Reference v4.1.0 Instruction Manual

ManualsBrandsBrocade ManualsComputer AccessoriesNetwork OS Command

53-1003115-01

05 Feb 2014

Network OS

Command Reference

Supporting Network OS v4.1.0

Summary of content (1418 pages)

PAGE 1
53-1003115-01 05 Feb 2014 Network OS Command Reference Supporting Network OS v4.1.
PAGE 2
Copyright © 2013-2014 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, Brocade Assurance, ADX, AnyIO, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, HyperEdge, ICX, MLX, MyBrocade, NetIron, OpenScript, VCS, VDX, and Vyatta are registered trademarks, and The Effortless Network and the On-Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and in other countries. Other brands and product names mentioned may be trademarks of others.
PAGE 3
Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 iii
PAGE 4
iv Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 5
Contents About This Document How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii Supported hardware and software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii What’s new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv Text formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
certutil import syslogca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 channel-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 chassis beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 chassis disable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 chassis enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 chassis fan airflow-direction . . . . .
PAGE 8
clear logging auditlog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 clear logging raslog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 clear mac-address-table dynamic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 clear nas statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 clear policy-map-counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 clear sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 9
debug ip ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 debug ip pim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 debug ip rtm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 debug ip vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 debug lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 debug lldp dump . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 10
dot1x reauthMax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240 dot1x test eapol-capable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 dot1x test timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242 dot1x timeout re-authperiod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 dot1x timeout server-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 dot1x timeout supp-timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 11
fips root disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 fips selftests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 fips zeroize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 firmware activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 firmware commit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 firmware download . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 12
ip community-list standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 ip dhcp relay address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 ip directed-broadcast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 ip dns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 ip echo-reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 ipv6 echo-reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 13
ip route next-hop ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 ip route next-hop-enable-default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 ip route next-hop-recursion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397 ip route next-hop-vrf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 ip router-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 ip unreachable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 14
mac-group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446 mac-rebalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447 management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448 map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449 map fport interface fcoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 map qos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 15
neighbor capability as4 (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494 neighbor default-originate (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495 neighbor description (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496 neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .497 neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498 neighbor filter-list (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 16
port-profile (global configuration mode). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode). . . . . . .545 port-profile-domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 port-profile-port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 port-shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 power-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 17
qos rcv-queue cos-threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 qos rcv-queue multicast threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .597 qos-profile (AMPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 radius-server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 rasman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 18
seq (standard MAC ACLs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651 service password-encryption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .652 service-policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .653 set as-path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .654 set as-path prepend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 set automatic-tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 19
show cert-util sshkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 show cert-util syslogca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 show chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .702 show cipherset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706 show class-maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 show cli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 20
show environment temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755 show fabric all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .756 show fabric ecmp load-balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .757 show fabric isl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .758 show fabric islports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .762 show fabric port-channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 21
show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840 show ip bgp peer-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .841 show ip bgp routes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .842 show ip bgp routes age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .843 show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .844 show ip bgp routes community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 22
show ipv6 route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .903 show lacp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .904 show lacp sys-id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .905 show license. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .906 show license id. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908 show linecard . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 23
show process memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .961 show prom-access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .962 show qos flowcontrol interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .963 show qos interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .965 show qos maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .967 show qos maps dscp-cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 24
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1017 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x . .1018 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric . 1020 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport1021 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp. . . 1022 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp . . . 1023 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac . . .
PAGE 25
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet bpdu-drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1057 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee . . . . 1058 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet channel-group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1059 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x . . .
PAGE 26
show running-config port-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 show running-config port-profile activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100 show running-config port-profile qos-profile . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101 show running-config port-profile security-profile . . . . . . . . . 1102 show running-config port-profile static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 show running-config port-profile vlan-profile . . .
PAGE 27
show running-config username. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1147 show running-config vcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1148 show running-config zoning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149 show running-config zoning defined-configuration . . . . . . . 1150 show running-config zoning enabled-configuration. . . . . . . 1152 show running-config nas server-ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154 show secpolicy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 28
show vlan classifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 show vlan private-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 show vlan rspan-vlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1209 show vnetwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210 show vrf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 show vrrp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 29
ssh server shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260 ssh server status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1261 static-network (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1262 storm-control ingress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263 summary-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1265 support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 30
threshold-monitor sfp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318 timeout fnm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1321 timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1322 timers (BGP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323 traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 31
zoning defined-configuration alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 zoning defined-configuration cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1371 zoning defined-configuration zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear. . . . . . . . 1375 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save . . . . . . . . .1376 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 32
xxxii Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 33
About This Document In this chapter • How this document is organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii • Supported hardware and software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii • What’s new in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiv • Document conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv • Notice to the reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 34
The following hardware platforms are supported by this release of Network OS: • Brocade VDX 6710-54 • Brocade VDX 6720 - Brocade VDX 6720-24 - Brocade VDX 6720-60 • Brocade VDX 6730 - Brocade VDX 6730-32 - Brocade VDX 6730-76 • Brocade VDX 6740 - Brocade VDX 6740-48 - Brocade VDX 6740-64 • Brocade VDX 6740-T - Brocade VDX 6740T-48 - Brocade VDX 6740T-64 - Brocade VDX 6740T-1G • Brocade VDX 8770 - Brocade VDX 8770-4 - Brocade VDX 8770-8 To obtain information about an OS version other than Network OS v4.1.
PAGE 35
Document conventions This section describes text formatting conventions and important notice formats used in this document.
PAGE 36
Nesting square brackets and curly brackets When reading a command entry, optional keywords are surrounded by square brackets and mandatory keywords are surrounded by curly brackets. See “Command syntax conventions” on page xxxv for complete details. In some cases, these brackets can be nested. In this example, rbridge-id is optional as denoted by the square brackets, but if you use it, then you must follow it with either a specific rbridge-id or the word “all.
PAGE 37
For definitions of SAN-specific terms, visit the Storage Networking Industry Association online dictionary at: http://www.snia.org/education/dictionary Notice to the reader This document may contain references to the trademarks of the following corporations. These trademarks are the properties of their respective companies and corporations. These references are made for informational purposes only.
PAGE 38
Getting technical help Contact your switch support supplier for hardware, firmware, and software support, including product repairs and part ordering. To expedite your call, have the following information available: 1.
PAGE 39
Chapter Using the Network OS CLI 1 In this chapter • DCB command line interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 • Saving your configuration changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 • Network OS CLI RBAC permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 • Default roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 40
1 Network OS CLI RBAC permissions Network OS CLI RBAC permissions Role-Based Action Control (RBAC) defines the capabilities that a user account has based on the role the account has been assigned. A role is an entity that defines the access privileges of the user accounts on the switch. A user is associated with one role. Default roles Attributes of default roles cannot be modified; however, the default roles can be assigned to non-default user accounts.
PAGE 41
Network OS CLI command modes 1 Network OS CLI command modes The following lists the major Network OS CLI command modes and describes how to access them. NOTE Use the pwd command to view the mode of the current working directory. This command functions in global configuration mode and the modes accessed from global configuration mode. Network OS CLI command modes Command mode Prompt How to access the command mode Description Privileged EXEC switch# This is the default mode for the switch.
PAGE 42
1 Network OS CLI command modes Network OS CLI command modes (Continued) Command mode Prompt How to access the command mode Description Protocol configuration From global configuration mode, specify a protocol by entering one of the following commands: • protocol lldp • protocol spanning-tree mstp • protocol spanning-tree rstp • protocol spanning-tree stp • protocol spanning-tree pvst • protocol spanning-tree rapid-pvst • protocol udld Access and configure protocols.
PAGE 43
Network OS CLI command modes 1 Network OS CLI command modes (Continued) Command mode Prompt How to access the command mode Description Routing protocol configuration BGP: switch(config)# switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# From global configuration mode, specify an RBridge ID to enter RBridge ID configuration mode. Configure Border Gateway Protocol routing protocol switch(config-bgp-router)# From RBridge ID configuration mode, use the router bgp command to enter BGP configuration mode.
PAGE 44
1 Network OS CLI command modes Network OS CLI command modes (Continued) Command mode Prompt How to access the command mode Description Hardware configuration mode switch(config)# hardware From global configuration mode, specify the hardware node by entering the hardware command. This mode is a prerequisite for entering connector and port-group mode.
PAGE 45
Network OS CLI command modes 1 Network OS CLI command modes (Continued) Command mode Prompt How to access the command mode Description Alias configuration switch(config-alias-config)# From global configuration mode, enter the alias-config command. Use the alias string expansion command to creaate aliases. Access configure alias features. User alias configuration switch(config-alias-config-user)# From alias configuration mode, enter the user name command. Access configure user alias features.
PAGE 46
1 Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts Table 1 lists Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts. Keystroke keys are not case-sensitive. TABLE 1 Network OS CLI keyboard shortcuts Keystroke Description Ctrl+B (or the left arrow key) Moves the cursor back one character. Ctrl+F (or the right arrow key) Moves the cursor forward one character. Ctrl+A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. Ctrl+E Moves the cursor to the end of the command line.
PAGE 47
Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax 1 Displaying Network OS CLI commands and command syntax Enter a question mark (?) in any command mode to display the list of commands available in that mode. switch(conf-lldp)# ? Possible completions: advertise The Advertise TLV configuration. description The User description disable Disable LLDP do Run an operational-mode command exit Exit from current mode hello The Hello Transmit interval.
PAGE 48
1 Network OS CLI command completion The Network OS CLI accepts abbreviations for commands. This example is the abbreviation for the show qos interface all command. switch# sh q i a If the switch does not recognize a command after Enter is pressed, an error message displays. switch# hookup ^ syntax error: unknown argument. If an incomplete command is entered, an error message displays. switch# show ^ syntax error: unknown argument.
PAGE 49
Show command output information TABLE 2 1 CEE CLI command output modifiers (Continued) Output modifier Description begin Displays the command output that begins with the specified expression. last Displays only the last few lines of the command output. tee Redirects the command output to the specified file. Note that this modifier also displays the command output. until string Ends the output when the output text matches the string. count Counts the number of lines in the output.
PAGE 50
1 12 Show command output information Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 51
Chapter Network OS Commands 2 aaa accounting Enables or disables the TACACS+ accounting service. Synopsis aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ [none] no aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+ no aaa accounting commands default start-stop tacacs+ [none] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description exec Enables login accounting. commands Enables command accounting. default Specifies the default mode.
PAGE 52
2 aaa accounting Examples To enable command accounting: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop tacacs+ To enable login accounting: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop tacacs+ To disable command accounting using the no form of the command: switch(config)# no accounting command default start-stop tacacs+ To disable command accounting using the none parameter: switch(config)# accounting command default start-stop none See Also 14 show running-config tacacs-server, show
PAGE 53
aaa authentication 2 aaa authentication Configures the AAA login sequence. Synopsis aaa authentication login {default | ldap | local | radius {local | local-auth-failback} | tacacs+ {local | local-auth-failback}} no aaa authentication login Operands login Specifies the type of server that will be used for authentication, authorization, and accounting (AAA) on the switch. The local server is the default. Specify one of the following options: default Specifies the default mode (local server).
PAGE 54
2 aaa authentication Usage Guidelines The authentication mode can only be set and cannot be added or deleted. For example, to change a configuration from “radius local” to radius only, execute the no aaa authentication login command to resets the configuration to the default mode, and then reconfigure the AAA mode with the desired setting. Beginning with Network OS v4.0.
PAGE 55
access-group 2 access-group Applies or removes an ACL from an interface. Synopsis {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-group NAME {in | out} no {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-group NAME {in | out} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ip | ipv6 | mac Specifies the Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL to bind to an interface. in | out Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress). access group NAME Specifies the name assigned to the access group.
PAGE 56
2 access-list access-list Creates an ACL. Synopsis {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list {standard | extended} NAME no {ip | mac} access-list {standard | extended} NAME Operands ip | ipv6 | mac Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL. standard | extended Specifies the ACL type. access-list NAME Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 18 Specifies the name assigned to the access list. None Global configuration mode Use this command to create an ACL on an interface.
PAGE 57
address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP) 2 address-family ipv4 unicast (BGP) Enables IPv4 address-family support for BGP4 routing. Synopsis address-family {ipv4} {unicast} no address-family {ipv4} {unicast} Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples BGP configuration mode Use this command to enter IPv4 address-family configuration mode to configure a variety of BGP4 unicast routing options.
PAGE 58
2 address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF) address-family ipv4 unicast (VRF) Enables IPv4 address-family support for VRF routing. Synopsis address-family {ipv4} {unicast} no address-family {ipv4} {unicast} Operands None Defaults None Command Modes VRF configuration mode Description Use this command to enter IPv4 address-family configuration mode to configure a variety of VRF unicast routing options.
PAGE 59
advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv 2 advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv Advertises application Type, Length, Values (TLVs) to ensure interoperability of traffic over the Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX), which runs over LLDP to negotiate an FCoE application TLV. Synopsis advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv no advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also None Advertise is disabled.
PAGE 60
2 advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv Advertises to any attached device the FCoE status of the logical link. Synopsis advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv no advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 22 None Advertise is disabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to advertise to any attached device the FCoE status of the logical link.
PAGE 61
advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv 2 advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv Advertises the iSCSI traffic configuration parameters for Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. Synopsis advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv no advertise dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also None Advertise is enabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to advertise the iSCSI traffic configuration parameters to the attached CEE-enabled servers and targets.
PAGE 62
2 advertise dcbx-tlv advertise dcbx-tlv Advertises to any attached device mandatory Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX) Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. Synopsis advertise dcbx-tlv no advertise dcbx-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 24 None Advertise is enabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to advertise to any attached device the mandatory Data Center Bridging eXchange protocol (DCBX) Type, Length, Values (TLV) values.
PAGE 63
advertise dot1-tlv 2 advertise dot1-tlv Advertises to any attached device IEEE 802.1 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. Synopsis advertise dot1-tlv no advertise dot1-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also None Advertise is disabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to advertise to any attached device IEEE 802.1 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values.
PAGE 64
2 advertise dot3-tlv advertise dot3-tlv Advertises to any attached device IEEE 802.3 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values. Synopsis advertise dot3-tlv no advertise dot3-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 26 None Advertise is disabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to advertise to any attached device IEEE 802.3 organizationally specific Type, Length, Values (TLV) values.
PAGE 65
advertise optional-tlv 2 advertise optional-tlv Advertises the optional Type, Length, and Values (TLV) values. Synopsis advertise optional-tlv {management-address | port-description | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} no advertise optional-tlv Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also management-address Advertises the management address of the system. port-description Advertises the user-configured port.
PAGE 66
2 advertise-backup advertise-backup Enables a backup VRRP router to send advertisement frames to the master VRRP router. Synopsis advertise-backup no advertise backup Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines There are no operands for this command. Advertisement is disabled. Virtual-router-group configuration mode Use this command to enable a backup VRRP router to send periodic transmissions of advertisement frames to all routers in the network.
PAGE 67
advertisement interval (fabric-map) 2 advertisement interval (fabric-map) Configures the FIP advertisement interval. Synopsis advertisement interval milliseconds no advertisement interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines milliseconds The interval value in milliseconds. Valid values range from 250 through 90000 milliseconds. 8000 milliseconds FCoE fabric-map configuration mode Use this command to configure the FIP advertisement interval for the FCoE fabric-map mode.
PAGE 68
2 advertisement-interval (VRRP) advertisement-interval (VRRP) Configures the interval at which the master VRRP router advertises its existence to the backup routers. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples advertisement-interval range range Interval at which the master VRRP router advertises its existence to the backup routers. Valid values range from 1 through 255 seconds.
PAGE 69
ag 2 ag Enables Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode. Synopsis ag Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command while in RBridge ID configuration mode for a specific RBridge ID. This command enables Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode on a specific switch.
PAGE 70
2 ag enable ag enable Enables Access Gateway mode on a switch. Synopsis ag [rbridge-id rbridge id vcs-id vcs-id] enable no ag enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge identifier for the switch. vcs-id vcs-id Specifies the VCS identifier for the switch. AG mode is disabled. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable Access Gateway mode on the switch.
PAGE 71
aggregate-address (BGP) 2 aggregate-address (BGP) Configures the device to aggregate routes from a range of networks into a single network prefix. Synopsis aggregate-address ip-addr ip-mask [as-set] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] [advertise-map map-name [attribute-map map-name] no aggregate-address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ip-addr IPv4 address.
PAGE 72
2 alias alias Configures the global or user switch alias. Synopsis alias string expansion no alias string expansion Operands Defaults Command Modes string Alias name string. The number of characters can be from 1 through 64. expansion Commands for the alias name. Multiple commands can be separated with a semicolon ( ; ). None Alias configuration mode User-alias configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure global or user-level alias for switch commands.
PAGE 73
alias-config 2 alias-config Launches the alias configuration mode. Synopsis alias-config Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Global configuration mode Use this command to launch alias configuration mode. This mode allows you to configure the alias for the switch. None Example of setting a switch alias and a user alias.
PAGE 74
2 allow non-profiled-macs allow non-profiled-macs Specifies whether non-profiled MAC addresses on the profiled port are dropped. Synopsis allow non-profiled-macs no allow non-profiled-macs Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 36 None Non-profiled MAC addresses are not dropped. Port-profile mode Use this command to decide whether non-profiled MAC addresses on profiled port should be dropped or not. This configuration is allowed on the default profile only.
PAGE 75
always-compare-med (BGP) 2 always-compare-med (BGP) Configures the device always to compare the Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs), regardless of the autonomous system (AS) information in the paths. Synopsis always-compare-med no always-compare-med Operands None Defaults This feature is disabled.
PAGE 76
2 always-propagate (BGP) always-propagate (BGP) Enables the device to reflect routes even though they are not installed in the Routing Table Manager (RTM). Synopsis always-propagate no always-propagate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This feature is disabled. BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode Use this command to enable the device to reflect routes even though they are not installed in the RTM.
PAGE 77
area nssa (OSPF) 2 area nssa (OSPF) Creates a not-so-stubby area (NSSA) or modifies its parameters. Synopsis area {A.B.C.D | decimal} nssa {metric [no-summary] | default-information-originate} no area nssa Operands A.B.C.D Area address in dotted decimal format. decimal Area address In decimal format. metric Additional cost for using a route to or from this area.
PAGE 78
2 area range (OSPF) area range (OSPF) Specifies area range parameters on an Area Border Router (ABR). Synopsis area {A.B.C.D | decimal} range E.F.G.H I.J.K.L {advertise | cost cost_value | not-advertise} no area range Operands A.B.C.D Area address in dotted decimal format. decimal Area address in decimal format. E.F.G.H I.J.K.L Specifies the IP address and mask portion of the range. All network addresses that match this network are summarized in a single route and advertised by the ABR.
PAGE 79
area stub (OSPF) 2 area stub (OSPF) Creates a stub area or modifies its parameters. Synopsis area {A.B.C.D | decimal} stub metric [no-summary] no area stub Operands Defaults Command Modes Description A.B.C.D Area address in dotted decimal format. decimal Area address In decimal Format. metric Additional cost for using a route to or from this area. no-summary When configured on the ABR, prevents any Type 3 and Type 4 summary LSAs from being injected into the area.
PAGE 80
2 area virtual-link (OSPF) area virtual-link (OSPF) Creates or modifies virtual links for an area. Synopsis area {A.B.C.D | decimal} virtual-link E.F.G.H [authentication-key {0 | 2 | 255} password] [dead-interval time] [hello-interval time] [md5-authentication {key-activation-wait-time time | key-id num key}] [retransmit-interval time] [transmit-delay time] no area virtual-link Operands A.B.C.D Area address in dotted decimal format. decimal Area address in decimal format. E.F.G.
PAGE 81
area virtual-link (OSPF) 2 retransmit-interval time Time between Link State Advertisement (LSA) retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Set this interval to a value larger than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. Valid values range from 0 through 3600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. transmit-delay time Estimated time required to send an LSA on the interface. This value must be an integer greater than zero.
PAGE 82
2 arp arp Enables specification of an IPv4 address for an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description arp A.B.C.D mac_address A.B.C.D A valid IP address. mac_address A valid MAC address. None RBridge configuration mode Use this command to specify an IPv4 address for an ARP entry.
PAGE 83
as-path-ignore (BGP) 2 as-path-ignore (BGP) Disables the comparison of the autonomous system (AS) path lengths of otherwise equal paths. Synopsis as-path-ignore no as-path-ignore Operands None Defaults This feature is disabled. Command Modes BGP configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to disable the comparison of the AS path lengths of otherwise equal paths. Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
PAGE 84
2 auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF) auto-cost reference-bandwidth (OSPF) Configures reference bandwidth. Synopsis auto-cost reference-bandwidth {ref-bw | use-active-ports} no auto-cost reference-bandwidth Operands Defaults Command Modes ref-bw Reference bandwidth in Mbps. Valid values range from 1 through 4294967. use-active-ports When set, any dynamic change in bandwidth immediately affects the cost of OSPF routes. This parameter enables cost calculation for currently active ports only.
PAGE 85
auto-qos enable 2 auto-qos enable Enables the Auto-QoS for NAS (automatic network attached storage) feature. Synopsis auto-qos enable no auto-qos enable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable the Auto-QoS feature. This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches. Use the no form of this command to disable the Auto-QOS feature.
PAGE 86
2 backup-advertisement-interval backup-advertisement-interval Configures the interval at which backup VRRP routers advertise their existence to the master router. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples backup-advertisement-interval interval interval Interval at which a backup VRRP router advertises its existence to the master router. Valid values range from 60 through 3600 seconds.
PAGE 87
banner incoming 2 banner incoming Sets the incoming banner message. Synopsis banner incoming message no banner incoming Operands. Defaults Command Modes message The message string to be displayed on the switch console. None Global configuration mode Description Use this command to create the incoming banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch for a user to know when accessing the switch.
PAGE 88
2 banner login banner login Sets the switch banner. Synopsis banner login message no banner login Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines message The message string to be displayed on the switch console. None Global configuration mode Use this command to create a switch banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch that a user wants another user to know when accessing the switch.
PAGE 89
banner login 2 Welcome to NOS CLI user connected from ::FFFF:10.103.8.61 using ssh on abc.
PAGE 90
2 banner motd banner motd Sets the message of the day (MOTD) banner. Synopsis banner motd message no banner motd Operands Defaults Command Modes message The message string to be displayed on the switch console. None Global configuration mode Description Use this command to create the MOTD banner. A banner is a text message that displays on the console. The banner can include information about the switch for a user to know when accessing the switch.
PAGE 91
bgp-redistribute-internal (BGP) 2 bgp-redistribute-internal (BGP) Causes the device to allow the redistribution of IBGP routes from BGP4 into RIP, OSPF, or ISIS. Synopsis bgp-redistribute-internal no bgp-redistribute-internal Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This feature is disabled.
PAGE 92
2 bind bind Used to create a persistent binding between the logical FCoE port and the ten/forty gigabit or LAG port. Synopsis bind {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port| port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port || mac-address address} Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. port-channel number Specifies a port-channel interface. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 93
bpdu-drop enable 2 bpdu-drop enable Drops STP, RSTP, MSTP, and PVST and RPVST bridge protocol data units (BPDUs), disabling the tunneling of those protocols on an interface. Synopsis bpdu-drop enable [rx | tx | all] no bpdu-drop enable [rx | tx | all] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines tx Disables tunneling in the transmit direction. rx Disables tunneling in the receive direction. all Disables tunneling in both the transmit and receive directions.
PAGE 94
2 bridge-priority bridge-priority Specifies the priority of the bridge. Synopsis bridge-priority priority no bridge-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes priority Specifies the bridge priority. Valid values range from 0 through 61440 in increments of 4096. Priority is 32768. Protocol Spanning Tree mode Description Use this command to set the bridge priority for the common instance. Using a lower priority value indicates that the bridge might become root.
PAGE 95
capability as4 (BGP) 2 capability as4 (BGP) Enables 4-byte autonomous system number (ASN) capability at the BGP global level. Synopsis capability as4 {enable} no capability as4 Operands enable Enables 4-byte ASN capability at the BGP global level. Defaults This feature is disabled. Command Modes BGP configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to enable 4-byte ASN capability at the BGP global level. Use the no form of this command to disable this functionality.
PAGE 96
2 capture packet interface capture packet interface Enables the capture of packet information on an interface, for display on the switch itself or for storage in an automatically generated file. Synopsis Operands capture packet {interface} {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} {direction {both | rx | tx} {filter {l2 | l3 | all} interface Selects an interface (required). all Selects all interfaces.
PAGE 97
capture packet interface 2 NOTE The all option is not supported for enabling packet capture. To view the captured information on the switch, use the show capture packet interface command. Note the following limitations: • Support is provided only on physical interfaces (1-, 10-, and 40-gigabit Ethernet), not on logical interfaces. To see packets on logical interfaces, first enable the capture on the corresponding physical interfaces.
PAGE 98
2 cbs cbs Mandatory command for configuring the controlled burst size for a class-map. Synopsis cbs cbs-size no cbs cbs-size Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cbs-size Controlled burst size. Valid values range from 1250 through 5000000000 bytes in increments of 1 byte. This is a mandatory parameter for configuring a class-map. None Policymap class police configuration mode This command sets the controlled burst size for a class-map.
PAGE 99
cee 2 cee Applies a Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) provisioning map on an interface. Synopsis cee default no cee Operands Defaults Command Modes None There is no CEE provisioning applied on an interface. The only map name allowed is “default.” Interface subtype configuration mode Description Use this command to apply an existing CEE map on a specific interface. Usage Guidelines The CEE map applied on an interface should already exist on the switch.
PAGE 100
2 cee-map (configuration) cee-map (configuration) Enters the CEE map configuration mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cee-map default None The only map name allowed is “default.” Global configuration mode Use this command to enter the CEE map configuration mode. Only a single CEE map is allowed, named “default.” It is created when system starts up.
PAGE 101
cee-map (FCoE) 2 cee-map (FCoE) Assigns a cee-map to the FCoE Fabric-Map. Synopsis cee-map default no cee-map default Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None The only map name allowed is “default.” FCoE map configuration mode Use this command to assign a cee-map to the FCoE fabric-map. You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE map for this command to function. Enter no cee-map to revert to the default values for the map.
PAGE 102
2 certutil import ldapca certutil import ldapca Imports an LDAP CA certificate. Synopsis certutil import ldapca directory path file filename protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password ssh certutil import ldapca | syslogca directory ca certificate path protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all}] no certutil ldapca [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] Operands directory path Specifies the path to the certificate.
PAGE 103
certutil import ldapca 2 In VCS mode To import a certificate for LDAP: switch# certutil import ldapca directory /usr/ldapcacert/ file cacert.pem protocol SCP host 10.23.24.56 user admin password rbridge-id 3 password: switch# To delete LDAP certificates on rbridge-id 3: switch# no certutil syslogca rbridge-id 3 Do you want to delete syslogca certificate? [y/n]:y Warning: All the syslog CA certificates are deleted.
PAGE 104
2 certutil import sshkey certutil import sshkey Imports the SSH public key for an SSH user from the remote host using the mentioned login credentials and path name. Synopsis certutil import sshkey host remote_ip_address directory ssh_public_key_path user user_acct password password login login_id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] no certutil sshkey [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] Operands directory path Specifies the path to the certificate. file filename Specifies the SSH public key with a .
PAGE 105
certutil import sshkey 2 Password: *********** switch# 2012/11/14-10:28:58, [SEC-3050], 75,, INFO, VDX6720-60, Event: sshutil, Status: success, Info: Imported SSH public key from 10.70.4.106 for user 'admin'. The following command deletes the SSH public key for “testuser.
PAGE 106
2 certutil import syslogca certutil import syslogca Imports a syslog CA certificate. Synopsis certutil import syslogca directory path file filename protocol {FTP | SCP} host remote_ip user user_acct password password [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] no certutil syslogca Operands directory path Specifies the path to the certificate. file filename Specifies the filename for the certificate. host remote_ip Specifies the IP address of the remote host.
PAGE 107
certutil import syslogca 2 The following command deletes a syslog CA certificate: switch# no certutil syslogca rbridge-id 5 Do you want to delete syslog CA certificate? [y/n]: See Also None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 69
PAGE 108
2 channel-group channel-group Enables Link Aggregation on an interface. Synopsis channel-group number mode {active | passive | on} [type {standard | brocade}] no channel-group Operands number Specifies a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) port channel-group number to which this link should administratively belong to. In Standalone mode, valid values range from 1 through 64. In Brocade VCS Fabric mode, valid values range from 1 through 6144. mode Specifies the mode of Link Aggregation.
PAGE 109
channel-group See Also 2 interface Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 71
PAGE 110
2 chassis beacon chassis beacon Controls the flashing LED beacon on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples chassis beacon {enable | disable} enable Enables the chassis beacon LED. disable Disables the chassis beacon LED. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to toggle the flashing LED locator on the switch. This makes finding the desired switch easier in large data centers.
PAGE 111
chassis disable 2 chassis disable Disables all interfaces in the chassis. Synopsis chassis disable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to disable all interfaces on the local switch. All interfaces will be taken offline. This command is supported only on the local switch. Enter chassis disable before making configuration changes or running offline diagnostics.
PAGE 112
2 chassis enable chassis enable Enables all interfaces in the chassis. Synopsis chassis enable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable all interfaces on the local switch. All interfaces that passed the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
PAGE 113
chassis fan airflow-direction 2 chassis fan airflow-direction Specifies the direction of airflow through the chassis based on physical PSU and fans. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines chassis fan airflow-direction [port-side-intake | port-side-exhaust] port-side-intake Specifies the airflow to enter the switch. port-side-exhaust Specifies the airflow to exit the switch.
PAGE 114
2 chassis virtual-ip virtual-ipv6 chassis virtual-ip virtual-ipv6 Sets the IPv4 or IPv6 address of a switch chassis. Synopsis chassis {virtual-ip | virtual-ipv6} no chassis {virtual-ip | virtual-ipv6} Operands Defaults Command Modes virtual-ip Sets an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR prefix (mask). virtual-ipv6 Sets an IPv6 address in colon-separated hexadecimal notation with a CIDR prefix.
PAGE 115
cidrecov 2 cidrecov Recovers data from Chassis ID cards if possible. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description cidrecov There are no operands for this command. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command if you receive an error or warning RASLog message that instructs you to run this command. Two chassis ID (CID) cards contain data necessary for system operation. Each CID contains two Serial Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (SEEPROM) devices.
PAGE 116
2 cidrecov IP address Record 1 on CID 1 1st IP Address: 10.17.19.53 1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0 2nd IP Address: 10.17.19.54 2nd IP Mask: 255.255.240.0 Gateway Address: 10.17.16.1 IP address Record 1 on CID 2 1st IP Address: 10.17.19.53 1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0 2nd IP Address: 10.17.19.54 2nd IP Mask: 255.255.240.0 Gateway Address: 10.17.16.1 IP address Record 2 on CID 1 1st IP Address: 10.17.19.52 1st IP Mask: 255.255.240.0 2nd IP Address: 0.0.0.0 2nd IP Mask: 0.0.0.0 Gateway Address: 0.0.0.
PAGE 117
cidrecov 2 Example 3: Critical SEEPROM data is mismatched, recovery is not possible: sw0# cidrecov CID 1 and CID 2 Critical Seeprom Data is Mismatched. CID Seeprom Problem Details CID Seeprom Chassis Serial Number Mismatch. CID 1 Serial Number: BYP3G15G00N CID 2 Serial Number: BYP3G17H00P Recovery is not possible. Please contact Brocade Technical Support for replacement of the corrupted CID(s).
PAGE 118
2 cipherset cipherset Configures FIPS-compliant ciphers for LDAP and SSH protocols. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description cipherset {ldap | ssh} ldap Specifies secure LDAP ciphers. ssh Specifies secure SSH ciphers. There are no restrictions on LDAP and SSH ciphers. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to configure secure ciphers that are FIPS compliant for the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and Secure Shell (SSH).
PAGE 119
cisco-interoperability 2 cisco-interoperability Configures the switch to interoperate with some legacy Cisco switches. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cisco-interoperability {disable | enable} disable Disables Cisco interoperability for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) switch. enable Enables Cisco interoperability for the MSTP switch. Cisco interoperability is disabled.
PAGE 120
2 class class Creates a class-map in a policy-map and enters the class-map configuration mode. he class-map must have been created and associated with match criteria using the class-map command. (Refer to qos cos.) Synopsis class class-map name no class class-map name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description class-map name No created policy-map.
PAGE 121
class 2 NOTE The cir and cbs parameters are the mandatory for configuring a class-map. Other parameters are optional. If optional parameters are not set then they will be treated as disabled. To delete the mandatory cir or cbs parameters, you must delete all Policer parameters while in the policy-map class configuration mode using the no police command. NOTE This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
PAGE 122
2 class-map class-map Enters class-map configuration mode. Synopsis class-map class-map-name no class-map class-map-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines class-map-name Name of classification map. The map name is restricted to 64 characters. The class-name “class-default” is reserved and cannot be created by users. Global configuration mode Use this command to enter class-map configuration mode.
PAGE 123
clear arp 2 clear arp Clears the ARP statistics cache on the host. Synopsis Operands clear arp [interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [no-refresh]] | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [no-refresh]] | [ip ip-address [no-refresh] | [no-refresh] | ve vlan_id | vrf vrf_name [rbridge-id rbridge-id} | all]] interface Clears the ARP cache for the specified interface only.
PAGE 124
2 clear arp • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 125
clear counters 2 clear counters Clears the IP counter statistics on the switch. Synopsis Operands clear counters [access-list {ip | ipv6 | mac} [all| interface {fcoe [vn-number | all]| port-channel number | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | vlan vlan_id} | storm-control] access-list Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 126
2 clear counters Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to clear the counter statistics on the switch. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows: • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.
PAGE 127
clear counters access-list 2 clear counters access-list Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch. Synopsis Operands clear counters access-list {ip IP_ACL | mac ACL_NAME | interface} {port-channel number | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | ve vlan_id | vlan vlan_id} {in | out} ip | mac Specifies the Layer 2 ACL bound to an interface.
PAGE 128
2 clear counters access-list Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces. The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
PAGE 129
clear counters access-list (interface) 2 clear counters access-list (interface) Clears the IP counter statistics on specified interfaces on the switch.
PAGE 130
2 clear counters access-list (interface) Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces. The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on. For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero). On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
PAGE 131
clear counters access-list (ip) 2 clear counters access-list (ip) Clears the IP ACL counters for all interfaces that have ACL applied on them or for a specific interface.
PAGE 132
2 clear counters access-list (ip) Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines interface Specifies the interface. out Specifies the egress direction. ve vlan_id Specifies the virtual Ethernet interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 133
clear counters access-list (MAC) 2 clear counters access-list (MAC) Clears all the Media Access Control (MAC) ACL counters for all interfaces that have ACL applied on them or for a specific interface. Synopsis Operands clear counters access-list mac name [interface [port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id]] [in |out |interface] MAC ACL name Specifies the name of the MAC ACL.
PAGE 134
2 clear counters access-list (MAC) Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear counters for all or for a specific interface for MAC access list counters. If the interface keyword is not specified, then ACL counters on all interfaces which have this ACL applied are cleared. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group. On the Brocade VDX family of hardware, switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view.
PAGE 135
clear counters interface 2 clear counters interface Clears the IP counter statistics on a specified interface on the switch.
PAGE 136
2 clear counters interface vlan vlan_id Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies a VLAN interface. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces. The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on. For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
PAGE 137
clear counters slot-id 2 clear counters slot-id Clears the IP counter statistics on a specified slot in the chassis. Synopsis clear counters slot-id num Operands num Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies a valid integer. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear statistics on one or all interfaces. The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats such as LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on.
PAGE 138
2 clear counters (IP) clear counters (IP) Clears the IP counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch. Synopsis Operands clear counters {all | access-list ip access_list_name | interface {port-channel number | fibrechannel {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | ve vlan_id} {in | out} all Specifies to clear statistics on all interfaces.
PAGE 139
clear counters (IP) ve vlan_id rbridge-id 2 Specifies the virtual Ethernet (VE) interface to which the ACL is bound. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) Specifies RBridge ID for node-specific ACL interface details. rbridge-id | all Specifies the unique identifier for a switch. All refers to all rbridge-ids in the cluster. Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces.
PAGE 140
2 clear counters (MAC) clear counters (MAC) Clears the MAC counter statistics on all interfaces on the switch. Synopsis Operands clear counters {all | access-list mac access_list_name | interface {port-channel number} | fibrechannel {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | slot-id number | vlan vlan_id} all Specifies to clear statistics on all interfaces.
PAGE 141
clear counters (MAC) slot-id number Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 2 Specifies the slot number of the linecard. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear statistics on one or on all interfaces. The clear counters all command does not clear counters for any of the protocol daemon stats like LLDP, LACP, MSTP, and so on. For Brocade VDX switches, the slot number is always 0 (zero).
PAGE 142
2 clear counters storm-control clear counters storm-control Clears counters about traffic controlled by configured rate limits.
PAGE 143
clear counters storm-control 2 To clear counters for all multicast traffic in the system: switch# clear counters storm-control multicast To clears all BUM-related counters in the system: switch# clear counters storm-control See Also None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 105
PAGE 144
2 clear dot1x statistics clear dot1x statistics Clears all dot1x statistics. Synopsis clear dot1x statistics Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear all accumulated port authentication statistics on all ports.
PAGE 145
clear dot1x statistics interface 2 clear dot1x statistics interface Clears the dot1x statistics for a port. Synopsis clear dot1x statistics interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] Operands gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 146
2 clear edge-loop-detection clear edge-loop-detection Re-enables all ports disabled by ELD and clears all ELD statistics. Synopsis clear edge-loop-detection [rbridge-id rbridge-id] clear edge-loop-detection interface {fortygigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | gigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | tengigabitethernet {rbridge-id/slot/port} | port-channel num} Operands rbridge-id A unique identifier for the switch. Values are from 1 through 239.
PAGE 147
clear edge-loop-detection Examples See Also 2 None protocol edge-loop-detection, show edge-loop-detection interface, show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 109
PAGE 148
2 clear fcoe login clear fcoe login Clears the FCoE login for a given FCoE interface, vlan, vfid, or device WWN. Synopsis clear fcoe login [interface fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number] | [vlan vlan_id] | [interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] | [vfid vfid] | [device device-wwn] Operands interface fcoe vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number The VN number/RBridge ID/front-port number for the virtual-fabric. vlan vlan_id The VLAN ID for the device. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 149
clear ip bgp dampening 2 clear ip bgp dampening Reactivates all suppressed BGP4 routes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples clear ip bgp dampening [ip-addr {/mask}] ip-addr IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation. mask (Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to unsuppress all suppressed BGP4 routes.
PAGE 150
2 clear ip bgp flap-statistics clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clears the dampening statistics for a BGP4 route without changing the dampening status of the route. Synopsis Operands clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-addr {/mask} | neighbor ip-addr | regular-expression string] ip-addr IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation. mask (Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation. neighbor Clears dampening statistics only for routes learned from the specified neighbor.
PAGE 151
clear ip bgp local routes 2 clear ip bgp local routes Clears all BGP4 local routes from the IP route table and resets the routes. Synopsis clear ip bgp local routes Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear all BGP4 local routes from the IP route table and reset the routes.
PAGE 152
2 clear ip bgp neighbor clear ip bgp neighbor Requests a dynamic refresh of BGP4 connections or routes from a neighbor, with a variety of options. Synopsis Operands clear ip bgp neighbor [all | as-num | peer-group-name | ip-addr] [last-packet-with-error | notification-errors | soft [in | out] | soft-outbound | traffic] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] all Resets and clears all BGP4 connections to all neighbors. as-num Clears all BGP4 connections within this autonomous system.
PAGE 153
clear ip bgp routes 2 clear ip bgp routes Clears BGP4 routes from the IP route table and resets the routes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples clear ip bgp routes [ip-addr {/mask}] ip-addr IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation. mask (Optional) IPv4 mask of a specified route in CIDR notation. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear BGP4 routes from the IP route table and reset the routes.
PAGE 154
2 clear ip bgp traffic clear ip bgp traffic Clears the BGP4 message counter for all neighbors. Synopsis clear ip bgp traffic Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the BGP4 message counters (resetting them to 0) for all neighbors.
PAGE 155
clear ip dhcp relay statistics 2 clear ip dhcp relay statistics Clears IP DHCP Relay statistics Synopsis Operands clear ip dhcp relay statistics [ip-address ip-address] [rbridge-id rbridge-id| all| range] ip-address ip-addr IPv4 address of DHCP server where client requests are to be forwarded. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas. all All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
PAGE 156
2 clear ip igmp groups clear ip igmp groups Clears information related to learned groups in the IGMP module. Synopsis Operands clear ip igmp groups [A.B.C.D {interface port-channel number | interface vlan vlan_id} | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface port-channel number | interface vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id [rbridge rbridge-id] | rbridge rbridge-id] A.B.C.
PAGE 157
clear ip igmp groups Usage Guidelines 2 On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows: • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 158
2 clear ip igmp statistics interface clear ip igmp statistics interface Clears statistical information related to the IGMP module. Synopsis clear ip igmp statistics interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id | vlan vlan_id [rbridge rbridge-id] | rbridge rbridge-id} Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Clears counters on the specified, valid 40 Gbps port interface.
PAGE 159
clear ip igmp statistics interface 2 • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches).,and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches)., and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 160
2 clear ip ospf clear ip ospf Clears OSPF process, counters, neighbors, or routes. Synopsis clear ip ospf all clear ip ospf counters {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id} } [vrf name [ rbridge rbridge-id]] |[rbridge-id rbridge-id] clear ip ospf neighbor {A.B.C.D | all} clear ip ospf routes {A.B.C.D | all} Operands clear ip ospf all Restarts the OSPF process.
PAGE 161
clear ip ospf A.B.C.D Specifies the IP address of the neighbor to clear. all Clears all neighbors. routes Defaults 2 Clears matching routes or clears all routes. A.B.C.D Clears all routes that match the prefix and mask that you specify. all Clears all routes. None Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode Usage Guidelines If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id rbridge-id option is not available.
PAGE 162
2 clear ip pim mcache clear ip pim mcache Clears the Protocol Independent Multicast forwarding cache. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description clear ip pim mcache [IP-addr [IP-addr]] IP-addr None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the Protocol Independent Multicast forwarding cache. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 124 Group or source IPv4 address. One or two IP addresses (Unicast or Multicast) can be specified.
PAGE 163
clear ip pim rp-map 2 clear ip pim rp-map Clears the static multicast forwarding table. Synopsis clear ip pim rp-map Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the static multicast forwarding table. This command should be used after the static Rendezvous Point configuration has been changed.
PAGE 164
2 clear ip pim traffic clear ip pim traffic Clears the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic counters. Synopsis clear ip pim traffic Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode This command clears the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic counters.
PAGE 165
clear ip route 2 clear ip route Clears IP routes. Synopsis Operands clear ip route {A.B.C.D/M | all | slot line_card_number | vrf name} A.B.C.D/M Clears the route specified by this IPv4 address/length. all Clears all routes from the routing table in IP route management. slot line_card_number Clears the route specified by this line card number. vrf name Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Clears the specified VRF.
PAGE 166
2 clear lacp clear lacp Clears the Link Aggregation Group Control Protocol (LACP) counters on a specific port-channel. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples clear lacp number counters number Specifies the port channel-group number. Valid values range from 1 through 64 in standalone mode and 1 through 6144 in VCS mode. counters Clears traffic counters. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the LACP counters per specified channel-group.
PAGE 167
clear lacp counters 2 clear lacp counters Clears the Link Aggregation Group Control Protocol (LACP) counters on all port-channels. Synopsis clear lacp counters Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the LACP counters for all port-channels.
PAGE 168
2 clear lldp neighbors clear lldp neighbors Clears the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) neighbor information on all or specified interfaces. Synopsis Operands clear lldp neighbors interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 169
clear lldp statistics 2 clear lldp statistics Clears LLDP statistics for all interfaces or a specified interface. Synopsis Operands clear lldp statistics interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 170
2 clear logging auditlog clear logging auditlog Clears the audit log system messages. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples clear logging auditlog [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. This command is executed on the local switch.
PAGE 171
clear logging raslog 2 clear logging raslog Clears RASLog messages from the switch. Synopsis Operands clear logging raslog [message-type {DCE | SYSTEM}] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] message-type SYSTEM Clears system messages. DCE Clears DCE application messages. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Clears RASLog messages of the specified type. Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 172
2 clear mac-address-table dynamic clear mac-address-table dynamic Provides a mechanism for clearing the MAC interface status and configuration information. Synopsis Operands clear mac-address-table dynamic [address mac_address | interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id] address mac_address MACaddress in HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.
PAGE 173
clear mac-address-table dynamic Examples None See Also None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 2 135
PAGE 174
2 clear nas statistics clear nas statistics Clears automatic network attached storage (NAS) statistics. Synopsis Operands clear nas statistics all | server-ip ip_addr mask [vlan vlan_id | vrf VRF_name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] all Shows all gathered statistics. server-ip IP address for which to clear Auto-NAS statistics for. ip_addr mask IPv4 address of a specified Auto-NAS port in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR notation mask.
PAGE 175
clear policy-map-counters 2 clear policy-map-counters Provides a mechanism for clearing the policy map counters. Synopsis Operands clear policy-map-counters [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number] interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface.
PAGE 176
2 clear sessions clear sessions To log out the user sessions connected to the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines clear sessions [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node. None Privileged EXEC Logs out the user sessions connected to the switch. This command is not distributed across the cluster.
PAGE 177
clear sflow statistics 2 clear sflow statistics Clears all sFlow statistics. Synopsis Operands clear sflow statistics interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Use this parameter followed by the slot or port number to identify the interface. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the routing bridge ID.
PAGE 178
2 clear spanning-tree counter clear spanning-tree counter Clears all spanning-tree counters on the interface. Synopsis Operands clear spanning-tree counter [interface | port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Specifies the interface on which to clear the spanning-tree counters. port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel.
PAGE 179
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols 2 clear spanning-tree detected-protocols Clears all spanning-tree detected protocols on the interface. Synopsis Operands clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [interface | port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Specifies the interface on which to clear the spanning-tree counters. port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel.
PAGE 180
2 clear support clear support Removes support data on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines clear support [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node. This command is executed on the local switch.
PAGE 181
clear udld statistics 2 clear udld statistics Clears UDLD statistics. Synopsis Operands clear udld statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for clearing UDLD statistics. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 182
2 clear vrrp statistics clear vrrp statistics Clears VRRP statistics. Synopsis clear vrrp statistics clear vrrp statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] [ve vlan] clear vrrp statistics [session VRID] Operands interface Clears statistics for an interface that you specify. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet port interface.
PAGE 183
clear vrrp statistics 2 switch# clear vrrp stastistics interface tengigabitethernet 121/0/50 To clear statistics for a session for a VRRP virtual group called “vrrp-group-25” switch# clear vrrp session 25 See Also None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 145
PAGE 184
2 client-to-client-reflection (BGP) client-to-client-reflection (BGP) Enables routes from one client to be reflected to other clients by the host device on which it is configured. Synopsis client-to-client-reflection no client-to-client-reflection Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This feature is enabled. BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode Use this command to enable routes from one client to be reflected to other clients.
PAGE 185
clock set 2 clock set Sets the local clock date and time. Synopsis Operands clock set CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] CCYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS Specifies the local clock date and time in year, month, day, hours, minutes, and seconds. Valid date and time settings range from January 1, 1970 to January 19, 2038. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Enables RBridge ID mode to support logical chassis cluster mode on individual nodes.
PAGE 186
2 clock timezone clock timezone Sets the time zone based on region and longitudinal city. Synopsis clock timezone region/city [rbridge-id {rbridge-Id | all}] no clock timezone [rbridge-id rbridge-Id] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines region Specifies the region’s time zone. city Specifies the city’s time zone. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Logical chassis cluster mode on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 187
clock timezone 2 To remove the timezone setting: switch# no clock timezone rbridge-id 5 See Also clock set, ntp server, show clock Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 149
PAGE 188
2 cluster-id (BGP) cluster-id (BGP) Configures a cluster ID for the route reflector. Synopsis cluster-id [num | ipv4-address ip-addr] no cluster-id Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num Integer value for cluster ID. Range is from 1 through 65535. ip-addr IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation. The default cluster ID is the device ID. BGP configuration mode Use this command to configure a cluster ID for the route reflector.
PAGE 189
compare-med-empty-aspath (BGP) 2 compare-med-empty-aspath (BGP) Enables comparison of Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs) for internal routes that originate within the local autonomous system (AS) or confederation. Synopsis compare-med-empty-aspath no compare-med-empty-aspath Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples BGP configuration mode Use this command to enable the comparison of MEDs for internal routes that originate within the local AS or confederation.
PAGE 190
2 compare-routerid (BGP) compare-routerid (BGP) Enables comparison of router IDs, so that the path-comparison algorithm compares the device IDs of neighbors that sent otherwise equal-length paths. Synopsis compare-routerid no compare-routerid Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples BGP configuration mode Use this command to enable the comparison of the router IDs of otherwise equal paths. Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
PAGE 191
configure terminal 2 configure terminal Enters global configuration mode. Synopsis configure terminal Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Descriptions Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enter global configuration mode.
PAGE 192
2 conform-set-dscp conform-set-dscp Optional command for configuring the packet DSCP priority of a class-map. Synopsis conform-set-dscp dscp-num no conform-set-dscp dscp-num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dscp-num Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR that has the packet DSCP priority set to the value specified by the dscp-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 63.
PAGE 193
conform-set-prec 2 conform-set-prec Optional command for configuring the packet IP precedence value of a class-map. Synopsis conform-set-prec prec-num no conform-set-prec prec-num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines prec-num Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR will have packet IP precedence value (first 3 bits of DSCP) set to the value in the prec-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
PAGE 194
2 conform-set-tc conform-set-tc Optional command for configuring the CIR internal queue assignment of a class-map. Synopsis conform-set-tc trafficclass no conform-set-tc trafficclass Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines trafficclass Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements within the rate configured for CIR will have traffic class (internal queue assignment) set to the value in the trafficclass variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
PAGE 195
connector 2 connector Executes connector mode for the purpose of configuring breakout mode on Quad SFPs (QSFPs). Synopsis connector [rbridge-id] slot/port no connector [rbridge-id] slot/port Operands Defaults Command Modes Descriptions Usage Guidelines Examples See Also rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 196
2 continue continue Configures a route-map instance number that goes in a continue statement in a route-map instance. Synopsis continue number no continue number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description number None Route map configuration mode Use this command to configure a route-map instance number that goes in a continue clause in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 158 Route-map instance number. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
PAGE 197
copy 2 copy Copies configuration data. Synopsis Operands copy source_file destination_file source_file default-config The source file to be copied. Specify one of the following parameters: The default configuration. global-running-config Global data of the running configuration. (Available in both fabric cluster mode and logical chassis cluster mode.) local-running-configuration Local data of the running configuration. (Available in fabric cluster mode only.
PAGE 198
2 copy usb://path Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines A file on an attached USB device. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to copy a file to another location. You can use this command to back up and restore configuration files with various protocols. This command is supported only on the local switch. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
PAGE 199
copy default-config startup-config 2 copy default-config startup-config Restores the startup configuration to the default configuration. Synopsis copy default-config startup-config Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to copy the default configuration to the current startup configuration. This operation effectively resets the startup configuration to factory defaults.
PAGE 200
2 copy running-config startup-config copy running-config startup-config Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description copy running-config startup-config [display-command] display-command Displays the configuration commands during the copy operation None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration.
PAGE 201
copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) 2 copy snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) Uploads and downloads configuration snapshot files to and from an FTP or SCP server.
PAGE 202
2 copy support copy support Copies support data to a remote host or a USB device. Synopsis Operands copy support {ftp | scp | support-param | usb} user user_name password password host ip_address directory dir [sub-directory dir] [timeout multiplier] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] ftp | scp | usb Specifies the File Transfer Protocol (ftp), the Secure Copy Protocol (scp), or the USB directory. support-param Enables specification of an optional subdirectory for uploading copy support files.
PAGE 203
copy support 2 To copy support data to a subdirectory: switch# copy support support-param sub-directory M8 timeout 3 See Also clear logging raslog, copy support-interactive, show support Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 165
PAGE 204
2 copy support-interactive copy support-interactive Copies support data interactively. Synopsis copy support-interactive Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to copy support data interactively.
PAGE 205
cos-mutation 2 cos-mutation Specifies the mutation-map to be used on the port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cos-mutation map_name map_name The user-defined map-name. None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to specify the mutation-map to be used on the port. This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction. This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
PAGE 206
2 cos-traffic-class cos-traffic-class Specifies the CoStraffic class mutation map to be used on the port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cos-traffic-class map_name map_name The user-defined map name. None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to specify the CoStraffic class mutation map to be used on the port. This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction. This command can only be configured for the class class-default command.
PAGE 207
counter reliability 2 counter reliability Sets and displays the reliability counter for the Access Gateway N_Port Monitoring feature. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples counter reliability value value A value from 10 through 100 static change notifications (SCNs) per 5-minute period. 25 SCNs per 5-minute period. Access Gateway (AG) configuration This command is used for the Access Gateway N_Port monitoring feature.
PAGE 208
2 dampening (BGP) dampening (BGP) Sets dampening parameters for the route. Synopsis dampening {half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time | route-map route-map} no dampening Operands half-life Number of minutes after which the route penalty becomes half its value. Range is from 1 through 45. Default is 15. reuse Minimum penalty below which the route becomes usable again. Range is from 1 through 20000. Default is 750. suppress Maximum penalty above which the route is suppressed by the device.
PAGE 209
database-overflow-interval (OSPF) 2 database-overflow-interval (OSPF) Configures frequency for monitoring database overflow. Synopsis database-overflow-interval interval no database-overflow-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description interval Time interval at which the device checks to see if the overflow condition has been eliminated. Valid values range from 0 through 86400 seconds. 0 seconds. If the router enters OverflowState, you must reboot before the router leaves this state.
PAGE 210
2 debug access-list-log buffer debug access-list-log buffer Configures ACL buffer characteristics. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description debug access-list-log buffer {circular | linear} packet count {64-2056} [clear] circular | linear Specifies the buffer type. packet count Specifies a value from 64 through 2056. clear Clears the buffer contents. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to configure buffer characteristics.
PAGE 211
debug dhcp packet buffer 2 debug dhcp packet buffer Configures a buffer to capture DHCP packets. Synopsis Operands debug dhcp packet buffer [circular|linear] [packet-count 64-2056] [vrf vrf-name] circular Buffer wraps around to overwrite earlier captures. linear Buffer stops capture when the packet-count value is reached. packet-count The maximum number of packets that can be captured in the buffer. Values can be from 64 through 2056. This parameter is necessary when linear is specified.
PAGE 212
2 debug dhcp packet buffer clear debug dhcp packet buffer clear Clears buffer content from DHCP packet capture. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples debug dhcp packet buffer clear [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name VRF name mapped to the VRF ID for which the buffer will be cleared. If this operand is not specified, the buffer for the default VRF ID is cleared.
PAGE 213
debug dhcp packet buffer interface 2 debug dhcp packet buffer interface Enables and disables DHCP packet capture on a specific interface.
PAGE 214
2 debug dhcp packet buffer interface Use the no form of this command to disable the DHCP packet capture on all switch interfaces when used with debug dhcp packet buffer all. You can specify a VLAN or physical port for capturing packets. If an interface is not specified, packets are captured on all interfaces. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces for configuration purposes. By default, all DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
PAGE 215
debug fcoe show swcfg 2 debug fcoe show swcfg Displays information related to FCoE classified VLAN configuration in a VIrtual Fabrics context, as well as other parameters. Synopsis debug fcoe show swcfg Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view information related to FCoE classified VLAN configuration in a VIrtual Fabrics context, as well as other parameters.
PAGE 216
2 debug ip debug ip Enables debugging for the IGMP and ICMP traffic on the switch. Synopsis debug ip packet [interface interface-type interface-number [vlan vlan_id] | count {tx | rx} | icmp [interface interface-type interface-number] | count value | tx | rx | igmp [interface interface-type interface-number] | all | group multicast-grp-address] no debug ip packet Operands packet Enables IP packet debugging. interface Displays the IP traffic for the specified interface only.
PAGE 217
debug ip Examples None See Also None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 2 179
PAGE 218
2 debug ip bgp debug ip bgp Displays information related to the processing of BGP4, with a variety of options. Synopsis debug ip bgp [cli | dampening | | events | general | ip-prefix ip-addr/mask-len | ip-prefix-list name keepalives | neighbor | route-map route-selection | |traces | updates [rx | tx]] no debug ip bgp Operands address-family Displays information about address-family mode. cli Displays information about BGP CLI dampening Displays BGP4 dampening. events Displays all BGP4 events.
PAGE 219
debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast 2 debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast Displays information related to the processing of IPv4 address-family support in BGP4. Synopsis debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast no debug ip bgp address-family ipv4 unicast Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view information related to the processing of IPv4 address-family support in BGP4.
PAGE 220
2 debug ip bgp neighbor debug ip bgp neighbor Displays information related to the processing of BGP4 for a specific neighbor. Synopsis debug ip bgp neighbor ip-addr no debug ip bgp neighbor ip-addr Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ip-addr IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view information related to the processing of BGP4 for a specific neighbor. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging.
PAGE 221
debug ip igmp 2 debug ip igmp Enables debugging for IGMP information. Synopsis debug ip igmp {all | group A.B.C.D | interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | vlan vlan_id}} no debug ip igmp Operands all Displays all values. group A.B.C.D Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format (for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
PAGE 222
2 debug ip igmp • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 223
debug ip ospf 2 debug ip ospf Enables debugging for the IP Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. Synopsis debug ip ospf {adj | all-vrfs | dev | error | events | flood | log-debug-message | log-empty-lsa | ls-id A.B.C.D | lsa-generation | max-metric | neighbor A.B.C.D | packet | retransmission | route A.B.C.D | spf | vrf name} no debug ip ospf Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples adj Adjacency related debugs.
PAGE 224
2 debug ip pim debug ip pim Enables debugging for IP Protocol Independent Multicast. Synopsis debug ip pim {add-del-oif | bootstrap | group | join-prune | nbr-change | packets | parent | regproc | route-change | rp | source | state | all} no debug ip pim all Operands add-del-oif Controls the OIF change flag. bootstrap Controls the bootstrap processing flag. group Controls the processing for a group flag. join-prune Controls the Join/Prune processing flag.
PAGE 225
debug ip rtm 2 debug ip rtm Enables debugging for IP RTM. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples debug ip rtm {A.B.C.D | all | counters {clear | show} dump | errors | fib-comm | nexthop | port | vrf} A.B.C.D Debugs the route specified by this IP address. all Enables all debugs. counters Enables debug counters. clear Clears debug counters. show Shows debug counters. dump Shows database dump. errors Enables internal error debugs.
PAGE 226
2 debug ip rtm total_number:128, allocated_number:1, alloc_failure 0 flag: 0, pool_index:1, avail_data:10221950 Nexthop Settings Update: no, Update-always no, Update-Timer 0 Check-Nexthops no Recur: yes, Levels 3, Default-enable no vrf-count 0, vrf-resolved yes Protocols: < connected> Nexthops List [7] 0xa14e801 hash 7 paths 1 upd last-update-time 0 -> 0xa14e801 mgmt 1 Nexthop List End See Also 188 None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 227
debug ip vrf 2 debug ip vrf Displays information related to VRF. Synopsis debug ip vrf ip-addr no debug ip vrf Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ip-addr IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view information related to VRF. Use the no form of this command to disable debugging. Typical command structure.
PAGE 228
2 debug lacp debug lacp Enables debugging for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
PAGE 229
debug lacp port 2 Specifies a valid port number. interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rbridge-id Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. sync Echo synchronization to consoles. timer Echo timer expiration to console. trace level number Specifies the trace level number.
PAGE 230
2 debug lldp dump debug lldp dump Dumps the LLDP debug information to the console. Synopsis debug lldp dump {all | [interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] [both]] | [detail [both | rx | tx]} no debug lldp dump {all | interface tengigabitethernet slot/port} Operands all Dumps all information to the console. interface Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored.
PAGE 231
debug lldp dump 2 Sending TLVs: CHASSIS_ID: 0x00051ecd226a (MAC) PORT_ID: Te 1/0/3 (IF Name) TTL: Hold (4) x Interval (30) IEEE_DCBX DCBX_FCOE_APP DCBX_FCOE_LOGICAL_LINK Configured FCoE App Configured FCoE Link DCBX_CTRL See Also show debug lldp Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 193
PAGE 232
2 debug lldp packet debug lldp packet Enables debugging for the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP).
PAGE 233
debug lldp packet Examples 2 To enable debugging of LLDP for both received and transmitted packets on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 0/1: switch# debug lldp packet interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 both switch# show debug lldp LLDP debugging status: Interface te0/1 : Transmit Receive See Also show debug lldp Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 195
PAGE 234
2 debug lldp dump debug lldp dump Dumps the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) data to the console. Synopsis Operands debug lldp dump {all | [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]} all Turns on LLDP packet debugging on all interfaces. interface Use this parameter to specify the interface to be monitored. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 235
debug spanning-tree 2 debug spanning-tree Enables debugging for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP).
PAGE 236
2 debug spanning-tree Te 0/1 rx is on Spanning-tree tx debugging is off Te 0/1 tx is on See Also 198 show debug spanning-tree Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 237
debug udld 2 debug udld Enables debugging for the UniDirectional Link Detection (UDLD) protocol. Synopsis debug udld packet [all | {interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port]} {both | rx | tx} no debug udld packet Operands all Activates UDLD debugging on all ports on the switch. fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for setting debugging.
PAGE 238
2 debug vrrp debug vrrp Enables debugging for the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP).
PAGE 239
debug vrrp port Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 2 Specifies a valid port number. ve vlan_id Specifies the VLAN number for a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. packets recv Debugs packets received. packets sent Debugs packets sent. session VRID Specifies the virtual group ID to debug. Valid values range from 1 through 128. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable debugging for VRRP traffic.
PAGE 240
2 default-information-originate (BGP) default-information-originate (BGP) Configures the device to originate and advertise a default route. Synopsis default-information-originate no default-information-originate Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode Use this command to configure the device to originate and advertise a default BGP4 route. Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
PAGE 241
default-information-originate (OSPF) 2 default-information-originate (OSPF) Controls distribution of default information. Synopsis default-information-originate [always] [metric metric] [metric-type {type-1 | type-2}] no default-information-originate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description always Always advertises the default route. If the route table manager does not have a default route, the router advertises the route as pointing to itself.
PAGE 242
2 default-local-preference (BGP) default-local-preference (BGP) Enables setting of a local preference value to indicate a degree of preference for a route relative to that of other routes. Synopsis default-local-preference num no default-local-preference Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 204 num Local preference value. Range is from 0 through 65535. The default local preference is 100.
PAGE 243
default-metric (BGP) 2 default-metric (BGP) Changes the default metric used for redistribution. Synopsis default-metric value no default-metric Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Metric value. Range is from 0 through 65535. The default metric value is 0. BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode When routes are selected, lower metric values are preferred over higher ones. The default, the BGP4 Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) value, is not assigned.
PAGE 244
2 default-metric (OSPF) default-metric (OSPF) Sets the default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol. Synopsis default-metric metric no default-metric Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples metric OSPF routing protocol metric value. The default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol is 10. OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to specify a default metric which will overwrite any incompatible metrics that may exist when OSPF redistributes routes.
PAGE 245
default-passive-interface (OSPF) 2 default-passive-interface (OSPF) Marks all OSPF interfaces passive by default. Synopsis default-passive-interface no default-passive-interface Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command if you want all OSPF interfaces marked passive by default. You can use the ip ospf active and ip ospf passive commands in interface subconfiguration mode to change active/passive state on specific OSPF interfaces.
PAGE 246
2 delete delete Deletes a file from the flash memory. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines delete file file The name of the file to be deleted. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to delete a user-generated file from the switch. This operation is final; there is no mechanism to restore the file. This command is supported only on the local switch. System configuration files cannot be deleted.
PAGE 247
deny (extended ACLs) 2 deny (extended ACLs) Configures a MAC address rule to drop traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses. Synopsis deny {any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4] [count] [log]} no deny {any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS/mask] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4} Operands any Specifies any source MAC address.
PAGE 248
2 deny (extended ACLs) • The order of the rules in an ACL is critical. The first rule that matches the traffic stops further processing of the frames. Rules containing specific information should be listed first, followed by rules that contain more general information. • Enter no deny any to deny any rule that was added earlier. • Enter no deny followed by specific address parameters to remove traffic dropping for a specific MAC address configuration.
PAGE 249
deny (standard ACLs) 2 deny (standard ACLs) Configures a MAC address rule to drop traffic based on the source MAC address. Synopsis deny {MAC_ADDRESS/mask | any} [count] no deny {MAC_ADDRESS/mask | any} Operands MAC_ADDRESS Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set deny conditions. The correct format is: HHHH.HHHH.HHHH. mask Specifies the mask for the associated host MAC address. any Specifies any source MAC address. count Enables counting of the packets matching the rule.
PAGE 250
2 description (interfaces) description (interfaces) Describes the interface. Synopsis description line no description Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples line Specifies characters describing the interface. The string must be between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify a string that contains the description of a specific interface. Enter no description to remove the interface description.
PAGE 251
description (LLDP) 2 description (LLDP) Specifies a string that contains the LLDP description. Synopsis description line no description Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples line Characters describing LLDP. The string must be between 1 and 50 ASCII characters in length. None Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to specify the description of the LLDP. Enter no description to remove the LLDP description.
PAGE 252
2 description (Port Mirroring) description (Port Mirroring) Specifies a string that contains the description of the Port Mirroring session. Synopsis description line no description Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples line Specifies string that contains the description of the Port Mirroring session. The string must be between 1 and 64 ASCII characters in length.
PAGE 253
description (VRRP) 2 description (VRRP) Describes a VRRP-E interface. Synopsis description description no description Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples description Characters describing the VRRP-E interface. The string must be between 1 and 64 ASCII characters in length. None Virtual-router-group configuration mode Use this command to describe a VRRP-E interface. Enter no description to remove the description.
PAGE 254
2 desire-distance desire-distance Sets the desired distance attribute for a Fibre Channel port used in the Dynamic (LD) or Static Long-Distance (LS) modes. Synopsis desire-distance distance no desire-distance Operands Defaults Command Modes Description distance The length (in km) of the desired link. The default is 0. Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode For a Fibre Channel link configured with Static Long Distance (LS) mode, use this command to set the length of the desired long distance.
PAGE 255
dhcp auto-deployment enable 2 dhcp auto-deployment enable Enables DHCP auto-deployment on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dhcp auto-deployment enable None Disabled Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable DHCP auto-deployment on the switch. This command will cause a cold/disruptive reboot and will require that Telnet, secure Telnet, or SSH sessions be restarted.
PAGE 256
2 diag burninerrclear diag burninerrclear Clears the error logs that are stored in the nonvolatile memory. These error logs are stored during POST and systemVerification failures. Error logs are automatically cleared during system verification. Synopsis diag burninerrclear Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear errors that are stored in the nonvolatile storage during the POST and system verification processes.
PAGE 257
diag clearerror 2 diag clearerror Clears the diagnostic errors encountered during offline diagnostic tests. Synopsis diag clearerror Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to clear the diagnostics failure status. This command is valid only on fixed-configuration switches.
PAGE 258
2 diag portledtest diag portledtest Runs various action modes on the port LED tests and validates the functionality on a given slot-based switch or fixed-configuration switch.
PAGE 259
diag portledtest 2 The rbridge-id is an optional parameter. If the rbridge-id is not specified, the test is assigned to the local RBridge ID. CAUTION This is a disruptive command. You must disable the switch and chassis before running the test. In addition, you must reload or fastboot the switch or chassis after the test has completed running. Examples The following commands allow you to run various action modes on the LEDs and validate the functionality.
PAGE 260
2 diag portloopbacktest diag portloopbacktest Runs the port loopback test on a given slot-based switch or fixed-configuration switch. You can run this test on a single port or on all ports in the blade (slot-based switches) or switch (fixed-configuration switches). This functional test verifies the ability of each port to transmit and receive frames by setting up the loopback at various levels and speed modes.
PAGE 261
diag portloopbacktest Usage Guidelines 2 During abnormal termination, the system might be in unusable state. Perform reload to reboot the chassis or switch to recover. In slot-based systems, the blade under test undergoes a reset or a reinitialization sequence as part of cleanup. The rbridge-id is an optional parameter. If the rbridge-id is not specified, the test is assigned to the local RBridge ID. CAUTION This is a disruptive command. You must disable the chassis and switch before running the test.
PAGE 262
2 diag post enable diag post enable Enables and disables the power-on self-test (POST). Synopsis diag post [rbridge-id] enable no diag post [rbridge-id] enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID on which POST is run. enable Enables the power-on self-test on the specified switch. POST is enabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable POST during bootup.
PAGE 263
diag prbstest 2 diag prbstest Runs the Pseudo Random Bit Sequence (PRBS) test on a given slot to verify the back end connections between the line card (LC) and switch fabric module (SFM). This test is not supported on fixed-configuration switches, nor can it be run on a per-port basis. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines diag prbstest slot {L1 | L2 | S1 | S2 …} pattern {pattern} slot slot Specifies the slot ID, from 1 through 6.
PAGE 264
2 diag setcycle diag setcycle Configures all the parameters required for the system verification test. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines diag setcycle None Referto the Usage Guidelines. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to set the user-defined parameters for running a system verification test. If, after you enter the diag setcycle command, you respond with yes, the following settings are the default values: • num_of_runs: 1.
PAGE 265
diag setcycle DEFAULT 1 2 0 VERIFY 1 16 0 speed 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 16 0 frames 2 - KEYWORD : COMMENT number_of_runs : number of passes of verify (0=infinite) min_lb_mode : Limits -lb_mode of tests sof : Enable stop testing on first fail label : Label for run start and stop messages tbr_passes : turboramtest number of passes plb_nframes : portloopbacktest number of frames default speed plb5_nframes : portloopbacktest (lb_mode 5) number of frames default - plb7_nframes pled_action pled_passes prbs_p7 prb
PAGE 266
2 diag systemverification diag systemverification Runs a combination of various hardware diagnostic tests based on the parameters set using the diag setcycle command. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines diag systemverification [short] [stop] short Sets the burn-in parameters that control the number of frames to one for a quick run. stop Stops the current systemVerification run.
PAGE 267
diag turboramtest 2 diag turboramtest This test performs a series of low-level structural tests to determine the basic health of the PCI or PCIe bus and the memories inside the switch ASIC. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines diag turboramtest [passcnt count] [slot slot_id} passcnt count Specifies the number of test repetitions. By default, the test runs once. Valid values range from 1 through 10. slot slot_id Specifies the slot ID.
PAGE 268
2 dir dir Lists the contents of the switch flash memory. Synopsis dir Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to list the files in the flash memory. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 269
distance (BGP) 2 distance (BGP) Changes the default administrative distances for EBGP, IBGP, and local BGP4. Synopsis distance external-distance internal-distance local-distance no distance Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines external-distance EBGP distance. Range is from 1 through 255. internal-distance IBGP distance. Range is from 1 through 255. local-distance Local BGP4 distance. Range is from 1 through 255.
PAGE 270
2 distance (OSPF) distance (OSPF) Configures an administrative distance value for OSPF routes. Synopsis distance {external | inter-area | intra-area} distance no distance Operands Defaults Command Modes Description external Sets the distance for routes learned by redistribution from other routing domains. inter-area Sets the distance for all routes from one area to another area. intra-area Sets the distance for all routes within an area.
PAGE 271
distribute-list route-map (OSPF) 2 distribute-list route-map (OSPF) Creates a route-map distribution list. Synopsis distribute-list route-map map in no distribute-list route-map Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples map Name of a route map. in Creates a distribution list for an inbound route map.
PAGE 272
2 dot1x authentication dot1x authentication Enables 802.1Xauthentication on a port. Synopsis dot1x authentication no dot1x authentication Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None 802.1Xauthentication is disabled for ports. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable 802.1Xauthentication on a specific port. Enter no dot1x authentication to disable dot1x on the port and remove the configuration from 802.1X management. To enable 802.
PAGE 273
dot1x enable 2 dot1x enable Enables 802.1X authentication globally. Synopsis dot1x enable no dot1x enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Authentication is disabled globally. Global configuration mode Use this command to globally enable 802.1X authentication. Enter no dot1x enable to disable 802.1X authentication globally. To enable 802.
PAGE 274
2 dot1x port-control dot1x port-control Controls port-state authorization. Synopsis dot1x port-control {auto | force-authorized | force-unauthorized} no dot1x port-control Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples auto Enables authentication on a port. The controlled port is unauthorized until authentication takes place between the client and authentication server. Once the client passes authentication, the port becomes authorized.
PAGE 275
dot1x quiet-period 2 dot1x quiet-period Sets the number of seconds that a switch remains quiet between a failed authentication and an attempt to retry authentication. Synopsis dot1x quiet-period seconds no dot1x quiet-period Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines seconds Specifies the time between attempts at authentication. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds.
PAGE 276
2 dot1x reauthenticate interface dot1x reauthenticate interface Initiates 802.1X reauthentication on a specified interface. Synopsis Operands dot1x reauthenticate interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 277
dot1x reauthentication 2 dot1x reauthentication Enables 802.1X port reauthentication. Synopsis dot1x reauthentication no dot1x reauthentication Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Reauthentication is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable 802.1X reauthentication on a port. Enter no dot1x reauthentication to return to the default setting. To enable 802.
PAGE 278
2 dot1x reauthMax dot1x reauthMax Sets the maximum number of times that a port attempts 802.1Xreauthentication. Synopsis dot1x reauthMax number no dot1x reauthMax Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples number Specifies the maximum number of reauthentication attempts before the port goes to the unauthorized state. Valid values range from 1 through 10. The number of times that a port attempts 802.1X authentication is 2.
PAGE 279
dot1x test eapol-capable 2 dot1x test eapol-capable Executes the 802.1x readiness check on the switch. Synopsis Operands dot1x test eapol-capable interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 280
2 dot1x test timeout dot1x test timeout Sets the 802.1X readiness test timeout. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples dot1x test timeout timeout timeout Specifies the interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. 10 seconds Global configuration mode Use this command to set the 802.1X readiness test timeout.
PAGE 281
dot1x timeout re-authperiod 2 dot1x timeout re-authperiod Sets the 802.1X reauthorization-attempts interval. Synopsis dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds no dot1x timeout re-authperiod Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Specifies the seconds between reauthorization attempts. Valid values range from 1 through 4294967295 seconds.
PAGE 282
2 dot1x timeout server-timeout dot1x timeout server-timeout Sets the 802.1X authentication-sever response timeout. Synopsis dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout server-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Specifies the number of seconds that a switch waits for the response from the 802.1X authentication server. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 283
dot1x timeout supp-timeout 2 dot1x timeout supp-timeout Specifies the EAP response timeout for 802.1X authentication. Synopsis dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds no dot1x timeout supp-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Specifies the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to the EAP frame. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 284
2 dot1x timeout tx-period dot1x timeout tx-period Sets the time the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) request or identity frame. Synopsis dot1x timeout tx-period seconds no dot1x timeout tx-period Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Specifies the time between successive request ID attempts. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds.
PAGE 285
dpod 2 dpod Manages Dynamic Ports on Demand (POD) assignments. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dpod rbridge-id/slot/port {reserve | release} rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies the slot number. port Specifies the port number. reserve Reserves a POD assignment for a port that is currently not able to come online but is expected to be viable in the future.
PAGE 286
2 dscp-cos dscp-cos Specifies a user-defined mutation-map to be used on the port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dscp-cos map_name map_name The user-defined map-name. None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to specify a user-defined mutation-map to be used on the port. This command is allowed only for the Ingress direction. This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
PAGE 287
dscp-mutation 2 dscp-mutation Specifies the dscp-mutation mutation-map to be used on the port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dscp-mutation map_name map_name The user-defined map-name. None Policy-map configuration modeUse this command to specify the dscp-mutation mutation-map to be used on the port. This command is allowed only for the ingress direction. This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
PAGE 288
2 dscp-traffic-class dscp-traffic-class Specifies the traffic-class mutation-map to be used on the port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dscp-traffic-class map_name map_name The user-defined map-name. None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to specify the traffic-class mutation-map to be used on the port. This command is allowed only for the ingress direction. This command can only be configured in for the class class-default command.
PAGE 289
ebs 2 ebs Optional command for configuring the excess burst size of a class-map. Synopsis ebs ebs-size no ebs ebs-size Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ebs-size Excess burst size. Valid values range from 1250 through 5000000000 bytes in increments of 1 byte. None Policy-map class police configuration mode This command configures the excess burst size of a class-map. Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
PAGE 290
2 eir eir Optional command for configuring the excess information rate for a class-map. Synopsis eir eir-rate no eir eir-rate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines eir-rate Excess information rate. Valid values range from 0 through 40000000000 bps in multiples of 40000. None Policy-map class police configuration mode This command configures the excess information rate for a class-map. Only the police cir and cbs commands are mandatory for configuring a class-map.
PAGE 291
hello-interval (ELD) 2 hello-interval (ELD) This global level configuration defines the interval for sending edge-loop detection (ELD) PDUs. Synopsis hello-interval milliseconds no hello-interval milliseconds Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines milliseconds Interval time in milliseconds. The default value is 1000 ms (one second) ELD configuration mode The range is from 100 ms through 5 seconds. This command applies only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 292
2 edge-loop-detection port-priority edge-loop-detection port-priority Sets the ELD priority for a port. Synopsis edge-loop-detection port-priority eld-priority no edge-loop-detection port-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description eld-priority Specifies the port priority. Valid values range from 0 through 256; a higher number indicates a lower priority. ELD priority is 128.
PAGE 293
edge-loop-detection vlan 2 edge-loop-detection vlan Enables edge-loop detection (ELD) on a port and VLAN. Synopsis edge-loop-detection vlan vlan-ID no edge-loop-detection vlan vlan-ID Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vlan vlan-ID Specifies a VLAN. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.)t. Edge-loop detection is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable edge-loop detection for a specific VLAN ID.
PAGE 294
2 end end Returns to the Privileged EXEC command mode from all configuration modes. Synopsis end Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples All configuration modes Use this command to return to the Privileged EXEC command mode from any command mode.
PAGE 295
enable 2 enable Enables a VRRP-E session. Synopsis enable no enable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Virtual-router-group configuration mode Use this command to enable a VRRP-Esession. Use the no form of this command to disable a VRRP-E session.
PAGE 296
2 enforce-first-as (BGP) enforce-first-as (BGP) Enforces the use of the first autonomous system (AS) path for external BGP (EBGP) routes. Synopsis enforce-first-as no enforce-first-as Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This option is disabled.
PAGE 297
enodes-config 2 enodes-config Configures the number of FCoE interfaces to be created on FCoE nodes (ENodes). Synopsis enodes-config {global | local} no enodes-config Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines global The value set by the fcoe-enodes command on all nodes in the cluster is changed on all RBridges in the cluster to the maximum of all values set by the fcoe-enodes command. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) local Refer to the Usage Guidelines. The default is local.
PAGE 298
2 error-disable-timeout enable error-disable-timeout enable Enables the timer to bring the interface out of the error-disabled state. Synopsis error-disable-timeout enable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode Use this command to enable the timer to bring the interface out of the disabled state.
PAGE 299
error-disable-timeout interval 2 error-disable-timeout interval Sets the timeout for errors on an interface. Synopsis error-disable-timeout interval seconds no error-disable-timeout interval Operands Defaults seconds Specifies the time for the interface to time out. Valid values range from 10 through 1000000 seconds. 300 seconds The timeout feature is disabled.
PAGE 300
2 exceed-set-dscp exceed-set-dscp Optional command for configuring the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map. Synopsis exceed-set-dscp dscp-num no exceed-set-dscp dscp-num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines dscp-num Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements that exceed the rate configured for CIR and sent to the EIR bucket will have packet IP precedence set to the value in the dscp-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
PAGE 301
exceed-set-prec 2 exceed-set-prec Optional command for configuring the CIR packet IP precedence of a class-map. Synopsis exceed-set-prec prec-num no exceed-set-prec prec-num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines prec-num Specifies that traffic with bandwidth requirements that exceed the rate configured for CIR and sent to the EIR bucket will have packet IP precedence set to the value in the prec-num variable. Valid values are 0 through 7.
PAGE 302
2 exceed-set-tc exceed-set-tc Optional command for configuring the queue assignment of the trafficclass variable for a class-map.
PAGE 303
exit 2 exit Exits the current mode and returns to the previous mode. Synopsis exit Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples All command modes Use this command to exit the current mode, and return to the previous mode. When used in EXEC and Privileged EXEC modes, the exit command terminates the session.
PAGE 304
2 external-lsdb-limit (OSPF) external-lsdb-limit (OSPF) Configures the maximum size of the external link state database (LSDB). Synopsis external-lsdb-limit value no external-lsdb-limit Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Maximum size of the external LSDB. The maximum allowed value is 14913080. 14913080 OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to configure the maximum size of the external LSDB.
PAGE 305
fabric ecmp load-balance 2 fabric ecmp load-balance Configures the hashing fields. Synopsis Operands fabric ecmp load-balance [dst-mac-vid | src-dst-ip | src-dst-ip-mac-vid | src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port | src-dst-ip-port | src-dst-mac-vid | src-mac-vid] dst-mac-vid Configures the command to use destination MAC address and VID-based load balancing. src-dst-ip Configures the command to use source and destination IP address-based load balancing.
PAGE 306
2 fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap Configures how to swap the input fields before feeding them to the hash function. Synopsis Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 268 fabric ecmp load-balance-hash-swap value The control value. Valid values range from 0x0 through 0xFFFFFFFF. RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to configure how to swap the input fields before feeding them to the hash function.
PAGE 307
fabric isl enable 2 fabric isl enable Enables and disables the administration and operational state of an Inter-Switch Link (ISL). Synopsis fabric isl enable no fabric isl enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None ISL ports are enabled persistently. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the state of an ISL. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
PAGE 308
2 fabric route mcast fabric route mcast Sets the multicast priority for the local RBridge in the fabric. Synopsis Operands fabric route mcast rbridge-id rbridge-id priority priority rbridge-id rbridge-id priority priority Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. Specifies the RBridge ID. Sets a priority. The highest priority overrides the lowest RBridge ID and becomes the root. Specifies the priority number of the RBridge.
PAGE 309
fabric trunk enable 2 fabric trunk enable Enables and disables trunking on a port. Synopsis fabric trunk enable no fabric trunk enable Operands Defaults Command Modes None Fabric trunking is enabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Description Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.
PAGE 310
2 fabric vlag fabric vlag Configures the load balancing feature on a remote RBridge. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description fabric vlag port-channel-id load-balance flavor port-channel-id The port channel ID. load-balance flavor The flavor to assign to the remote RBridge. Refer to the Description. The default flavor is src-dst-ip-mac-vid-port.
PAGE 311
fabric-map 2 fabric-map Enables FCoE fabric-map configuration mode. Synopsis fabric-map default Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines FCoE configuration mode Use this command to enable the FCoE fabric-map configuration mode. An FCOE fabric-map is equivalent to an FC Virtual-Fabric. The only map name allowed is “default.” You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE for this command to function. This command does not function in standalone mode.
PAGE 312
2 fast-external-failover (BGP) fast-external-failover (BGP) Resets the session if a link to an EBGP peer goes down. Synopsis fast-external-failover no fast-external-failover Operands Defaults Command Modes None This option is disabled. BGP configuration mode Description Use this command to terminate and reset external BGP sessions of an directly adjacent peer if the link to the peer goes down, without waiting for the timer, set by the BGP timers command, to expire.
PAGE 313
fastboot 2 fastboot Reboots the control processor (CP), bypassing the power-on self-tests (POST). Synopsis fastboot Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off and restart) of the control processor, bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly. The fastboot operation is disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing.
PAGE 314
2 fcmap fcmap Configures the FCMAP for an FCoE fabric-map. Synopsis Operands fcmap hh:hh:hh hh:hh:hh A valid FPMA FCMAP value. Valid values range from 0E:FC:00 through 0E:FC:FF. Defaults The FPMA FCMAP value is 0E:FC:00. Command Modes FCoE fabric-map configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure the FPMA FCMAP value for the FCoE fabric-map. You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
PAGE 315
fcoe 2 fcoe Enables the FCoE configuration mode. Synopsis fcoe Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Global configuration mode Use this command to enable the FCoE configuration mode, allowing configuration of FCoE.
PAGE 316
2 fcoe-enodes fcoe-enodes Sets the number of FCoE ENodes that are to be created on a switch. Synopsis fcoe-enodes number no fcoe-enodes Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines number The number of FCoE interfaces. The range is from 0 through 1000. The default value is 64. RBridge ID configuration mode, fabric map configuration mode Use this command to set the number of FCoE ENodes that are to be created on a switch. This command replaces the max-enodes command.
PAGE 317
fcoe-profile (AMPP) 2 fcoe-profile (AMPP) Activates the FCoE profile configuration mode for AMPP. Synopsis fcoe-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Port-profile configuration mode Use this command to activate the FCoE profile configuration mode for AMPP. This allows configuration of the FCoE attributes of a port-profile. The only fcoe-profile name allowed is “default”.
PAGE 318
2 fcoeport fcoeport Provisions a port with the default FCoE map. Synopsis fcoeport map no fcoeport Operands map Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines This must be default. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to configure a specific port to be an FCoE port with the assigned map name default. The only map name allowed is default. Enter no fcoeport to remove the FCoE port configuration from the applicable port.
PAGE 319
fcsp auth 2 fcsp auth Configures the protocol specific parameters. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes fcsp auth auth-type dh-chap group {0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | *} hash {sha1 | md5 | all} policy switch {on | off | active | passive} auth-type dh-chap Authentication type is DH-CHAP. group Specifies the DH group value. This parameter sets the strength of the secret. Values are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or *. The asterisk (*) indicates all values (0 through 4). The default value is *.
PAGE 320
2 fcsp auth Authentication policy configuration is not distributed across the cluster. The rbridge-id of the node should be used to configure protocol and policy configurations.
PAGE 321
fcsp auth-secret dhchap 2 fcsp auth-secret dhchap Sets the shared secret for DH CHAP authentication. Synopsis fcsp auth-secret dhchap node switch_wwn peer-secret secret_key local-secret secret_key no fcsp auth-secret dhchap node switch_wwn Operands node switch_wwn Specifies the world wide name (WWN) of the peer. peer-secret secret_key Specifies the secret of the peer that authenticates the peer to the local switch.
PAGE 322
2 fill-word fill-word Configures the link initialization and fill word primitives for an 8 Gbps Fibre Channel port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines fill-word {idle-idle | arbff-arbff | idle-arbff | aa-then-ia} idle-idle Sets IDLE mode for the link initialization and IDLE as the fill word.
PAGE 323
filter-change-update-delay 2 filter-change-update-delay Sets a delay to change the delay in the filter-change status prompt from the default. Synopsis filter-change-update-delay delay_time no filter-change-update-delay Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines delay_time The delay, in seconds, in the filter-change status prompt. Range is from 0 through 600. The default value is 10.
PAGE 324
2 fips root disable fips root disable Permanently disables root access to a switch for compliance with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines fips root disable None Root access is enabled. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to disable root access to a switch permanently when preparing the switch for FIPS compliance. Refer to the Network OS Administrator’s Guide for details about preparing a switch for FIPS compliance.
PAGE 325
fips selftests 2 fips selftests Enables Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) self tests which will be performed when the switch boots. If the tests run successfully, the switch comes up in the FIPS compliant state. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description fips selftests None The switch operates in the non-FIPS compliant state. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable FIPS self tests on the switch.
PAGE 326
2 fips zeroize fips zeroize Removes all critical security parameters from a switch in readiness for compliance with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) and reboots the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description fips zeroize None The switch operates in the non-FIPS compliant state. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to erase all critical security parameters from the switch in readiness for FIPS compliance including passwords, shared secrets, and private keys.
PAGE 327
firmware activate 2 firmware activate Activates the firmware in the Local or remote nodes after installing the firmware that was downloaded with firmware download noactivate selected. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description firmware activate [rbridge-id {rbridgeid_1-rbridgeid_3, rbridgeid_5} | all] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 328
2 firmware activate See Also 290 firmware download, firmware restore, show version, show firmwaredownloadstatus Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 329
firmware commit 2 firmware commit Commits a firmware upgrade. Synopsis firmware commit Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to copy the firmware image from the primary partition to the secondary partition. This command is effective only after a firmware download (with auto-commit mode disabled) and a reboot. The firmware download command updates the secondary partitions only.
PAGE 330
2 firmware download firmware download Downloads the firmware on the local switch. Synopsis Operands firmware download {default-config |ftp | scp | sftp | usb| interactive} [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] [noactivate] host {hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name] [vcs-mode vcs mode] [vcs-id vcs ID] [rbridge-id rbridge ID]] default-config Sets the configuration back to default except for the following parameters: VCS mode, VCS ID, and RBridge ID.
PAGE 331
firmware download 2 By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically. The user can specify noactivate to download the firmware to the system without activating it (the node is not rebooted). The user can run firmware activate later to activate the firmware. Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to download firmware from an external host or from an attached USB device.
PAGE 332
2 firmware download (output truncated) To download firmware to a local node: switch# firmware download protocol ftp host 10.1.2.30 user fvt password pray4green path /dist file release.plist This command will download the firmware to the local node. You will need to run firmware activate to activate the firmware after this command completes. Do you want to continue? [y/n]: y 2010/01/29-23:48:35, [HAM-1004], 226, switchid 1, CHASSIS | VCS, INFO, Brocade_switch, Firmwaredownload has started on the switch.
PAGE 333
firmware download ftp 2 firmware download ftp Specifies FTP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download. Synopsis Operands firmware download ftp [coldboot] [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host {hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name] [noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option.
PAGE 334
2 firmware download ftp By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically. The user can specify noactivate to download the firmware to the system without activating it (the node is not rebooted). The user can run firmware activate later to activate the firmware. Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to download firmware from an external host.
PAGE 335
firmware download interactive 2 firmware download interactive Allows the user to select firmware download parameters interactively before starting a firmware download. Synopsis Operands Defaults firmware download interactive None firmware download performs an auto-reboot and a subsequent auto-commit operation. By default, firmware download downloads the firmware to the system, reboots the system, and commits the firmware automatically.
PAGE 336
2 firmware download logical-chassis firmware download logical-chassis Downloads the firmware onto the switches. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples firmware download logical-chassis default-config {ftp |scp |sftp} host host_ip user username password password path path [rbridge-id rbridgeid_1-rbridgeid_3, rbridgeid_5 | all] [auto-activate] default-config Sets the configuration back to default except the following parameters: VCS mode, VCS ID, and RBridge ID.
PAGE 337
firmware download logical-chassis 2 To reboot switches in a specific order, which can be done from any node: switch# firmware download logical-chassis rbridge-id all path path. firmware activate rbridge-id 2 firmware activate rbridge-id 3 firmware activate rbridge-id 4 firmware activate rbridge-id 1 To download firmware using the default-config option, use the following command: sw0# firmware download logical-chassis default-config ftp host 10.1.2.30 user fvt password brocade directory /dist/nos/4.0.
PAGE 338
2 firmware download scp firmware download scp Specifies SCP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download. Synopsis Operands firmware download scp [coldboot] [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host {hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name] [noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option.
PAGE 339
firmware download scp 2 The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage (primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition. By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
PAGE 340
2 firmware download sftp firmware download sftp Specifies SFTP as the protocol used to perform a firmware download. Synopsis Operands firmware download sftp [coldboot] directory directory [manual] [nocommit] [noreboot] host {hostname | host_ip_address} user username password password directory directory [file file_name] [noactivate] coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option.
PAGE 341
firmware download sftp 2 The device components supported by this command have two partitions of nonvolatile storage (primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions, so the secondary partition becomes the primary partition. By default, the firmware download process reboots the system and activates the new image.
PAGE 342
2 firmware download usb firmware download usb Specifies USB as the protocol used to perform a firmware download. Synopsis Operands firmware download usb [coldboot] [noactivate] [nocommit] [noreboot] [manual] directory directory coldboot Performs a non-ISSU firmware download. When firmware is downloaded onto a chassis system, it is sometimes necessary to specify the coldboot option. This option must be specified on the active MM only.
PAGE 343
firmware download usb 2 This command does not support pagination. If the firmware download is interrupted because of an unexpected reboot as a result of a software error or power failure, the command automatically recovers the corrupted secondary partition. Wait for the recovery to complete before starting another firmware download. Examples To download firmware from an attached USB device using the command line: switch# firmware download usb directory NOS_v3.0.
PAGE 344
2 firmware install firmware install Installs new software but deletes all configuration in the system. CAUTION Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Technical Support. synopsis Operands firmware install {ftp|scp} host host_ip_address user username password password ddirectory directory [file file_name] [vcs-mode {0 |1 | 2} ] [vcs-id vcs_id] [rbridge-id rbridge ID] ftp Specifies FTP as the protocol used to install the firmware.
PAGE 345
firmware install Usage Guidelines 2 • In a dual-MM system, after firmware install is completed on both MMs, reboot them at the same time. Otherwise, the MMs may run into configuration mismatch issue. • If vcs-id or rbridge-id are specified, vcs-mode cannot be set to 2 (standalone). • On the Brocade 8770, 6740, 6740T, and 6740T-1G, vcs-mode cannot be set to 2 (standalone).
PAGE 346
2 firmware recover firmware recover Recovers the previous firmware version on the switch nodes if a firmware upgrade was unsuccessful. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description firmware recover [rbridge-id {rbridge-id_1-rbridge-id_3, rbridge-id_5 | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. Values can be a range of nodes or individual nodes and are separated by a comma.
PAGE 347
firmware restore 2 firmware restore Swaps the partition and reboots the node. CAUTION Do not use this command unless instructed by Brocade Technical Support. Synopsis firmware restore Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to restore the previously active firmware image. You can run this command only if auto-commit mode was disabled during the firmware download.
PAGE 348
2 firmware sync firmware sync Synchronizes firmware to standby MM. Synopsis firmware sync Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Run this command from the active MM to sync the firmware version on the standby MM to the version on the active MM. After the firmware is copied to the standby MM, the standby MM automatically reboots, after which the firmware takes effect.
PAGE 349
forward-delay 2 forward-delay Specifies the time an interface spends in each of the listening and learning states. Synopsis forward-delay seconds no forward-delay Operands Defaults Command Modes Description seconds Specifies the time that an interface spends in the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) learning and listening states. Valid values range from 4 through 30 seconds.
PAGE 350
2 ha chassisreboot ha chassisreboot Performs a reboot of the chassis. Synopsis ha chassisreboot Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to perform a reboot of the entire chassis. Both the active and the standby management module reboot. Both management modules retain their original high-availability (HA) role after the system comes back up.
PAGE 351
ha disable 2 ha disable Disables the High Availability feature. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ha disable None HA is disabled. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command has no effect. This command is supported only on the active management module. This command is not supported on the standby management module.
PAGE 352
2 ha enable ha enable Enables the High Availability feature. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description ha enable None HA is disabled. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect. If the HA feature is disabled, this command enables it. The standby management process reboots as part of the process.
PAGE 353
ha failover 2 ha failover Initiates a failover from the active to the standby management module (MM). Synopsis ha failover Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to force a failover from the active to the standby MM. When the process completes, the former standby takes over as the active MM. If the active and standby MMs are not synchronized, the command aborts. With the introduction of Network OS 4.
PAGE 354
2 ha sync start ha sync start This command is used to enable the high availability (HA) state synchronization. Synopsis ha sync start Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode After an ha sync stop command has been invoked, use the ha sync start command to enable HA state synchronization.
PAGE 355
ha sync stop 2 ha sync stop Disables high availability state synchronization on a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ha sync stop None Synchronization is enabled. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to disable state synchronization. None To disable state synchronization: switch# ha sync stop Are you sure you want to stop sync [y/n]? y Service instances out of sync 2012/10/06-16:06:13, [HASM-1101], 619, M2, WARNING, VDX8770-4, HA State out of sync.
PAGE 356
2 hardware hardware Enters hardware configuration mode to enter connector and port-group configuration mode. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 318 configure hardware Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enter hardware configuration mode. While in this mode you can enter connector configuration mode for the purpose of configuring breakout mode.
PAGE 357
hello (LLDP) 2 hello (LLDP) Sets the Hello transmit interval. Synopsis hello seconds no hello Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Valid values range from 4 through 180 seconds. 30 seconds LLDP protocol configuration mode Use this command to set the interval between LLDP hello messages. Enter no hello to return to the default setting.
PAGE 358
2 hello (UDLD) hello (UDLD) Sets the hello transmit interval. Synopsis hello hundred_milliseconds no hello Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples hundred_milliseconds Valid values range from 1 through 60 (in counts of 100 milliseconds). 5 is the default value (500 milliseconds). Unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration mode Use this command to set the time interval between the transmission of hello UDLD PDUs from UDLD-enabled ports.
PAGE 359
hello-interval 2 hello-interval Sets the interval between PDU packets sent from the ELD-enabled edge ports of a Brocade VCS Fabric cluster. Synopsis hello-interval interval no hello-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines interval Number of periods between each PDU. For example, a value of 2000 causes a PDU to be sent every two seconds. Valid values range from 100 through 5000 milliseconds (100 ms through 5 seconds).
PAGE 360
2 hello-time hello-time Sets the interval between the hello Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent on an interface. Synopsis hello-time seconds no hello-time Operands Defaults Command Modes Description seconds Specifies the time interval between the hello BPDUs sent on an interface. Valid values range from 1 through 10 seconds.
PAGE 361
hello-timer 2 hello-timer Configures the Hello message periodic interval. Synopsis hello-timer num no hello-timer Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num The interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 10 through 3600 seconds. 30 seconds PIM router configuration mode Use this command to specify the interval between Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) “Hello” messages. Enter no hello-timer to return to the default settings.
PAGE 362
2 hold-time hold-time Sets the time that a previously down backup VRRP router, which also must have a higher priority than the current master VRRP router, will wait before assuming mastership of the virtual router. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples hold-time range range A value between 1 and 3600 seconds that specifies the time a formerly down backup router waits before assuming mastership of the virtual router.
PAGE 363
inactivity-timer 2 inactivity-timer Configures the forwarding entry inactivity timer. Synopsis inactivity-timer num no inactivity-timer Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num The entry inactivity timer interval. Valid values range from 60 through 3600 seconds. 180 seconds PIM router configuration mode Use this command to specify the delay interval until a forwarding entry is considered to be active.
PAGE 364
2 install-igp-cost (BGP) install-igp-cost (BGP) Configures the device to use the IGP cost instead of the default BGP4 Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) value as the route cost when the route is added to the Routing Table Manager (RTM). Synopsis install-igp-cost no install-igp-cost Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This option is disabled. BGP configuration mode By default, BGP4 uses the BGP MED value as the route cost when the route is added to the RTM.
PAGE 365
instance 2 instance Maps a VLAN to a Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance. Synopsis instance instance_id [vlan vlan_id | priority priority_id] no instance Operands instance_id vlan vlan_id Specifies the MSTP instance. Valid values range from 1 through 31. Specifies the VLAN to map an MSTP instance. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. priority priority_id Specifies the priority for the specified instance. Valid values range from 0 through 61440.
PAGE 366
2 interface interface Enters the interface configuration mode to configure an interface.
PAGE 367
interface Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 2 None Global configuration mode Use this command to create or enter the interface configuration mode to configure an interface. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows: • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.
PAGE 368
2 interface (range specification) interface (range specification) Allows a range of values to be entered for some interface configurations.
PAGE 369
interface (range specification) vlan vlan_id 2 Specifies the VLAN number. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) loopback port_number Specifies the port number for the loopback interface. The range is 1 through 255. ve vlan_id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies the corresponding VLAN interface that must already be configured before the VE interface can be created. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) None Global configuration mode (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 370
2 interface (range specification) • Ranges can be applied only to interfaces that belong to the same RBridge. For the fibre channel interface, ranges can be applied only to interfaces that belong to the same RBridge. An FCoE interface from one node cannot be combined with a bind configuration of a physical port/port-channel that belongs to another node in the cluster. Refer to the Examples. A set of FCoE ports cannot be bound to the same MAC address.
PAGE 371
interface loopback 2 interface loopback Configures a loopback interface. Synopsis interface loopback port_number no interface loopback port_number Operands Defaults Command Modes port_number Specifies the port number for the loopback interface. The range is 1 through 255. None RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS) Global configuration mode (for standalone) Description Usage Guidelines Example Use this command to configure a loopback interface.
PAGE 372
2 interface management interface management Enters configuration mode for the management interface. Also used for binding ACLs to a management interface. Synopsis Operands interface management rbridge-id/port rbridge-id/port port Defaults Specifies the management interface to be configured as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number. On compact switches, the port number for the management port is always 0.
PAGE 373
interface management 2 Examples To configure a management interface with an IPv6 IP address: switch(config)# interface management 1/0 switch(config-Management-1/0)# ipv6 address \ fd00:60:69bc:832:e61f:13ff:fe67:4b94/64 To set the interface to 100 Mbps Full Duplex switch(config-Management-1/0)# speed 100 To apply an ACL to the management interfaces on a Brocade VDX 8770-4: switch(config)# interface Management 1/1 switch(config-Management-1/1)# ip access-group stdACL3 in switch(config-Management-1/1)# ip
PAGE 374
2 interface ve interface ve Configures a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface. Synopsis interface ve vlan_id no interface ve vlan_id Operands Defaults Command Modes vlan_id Specifies the corresponding VLAN interface that must already be configured before the VE interface can be created. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS) Global configuration mode (for standalone Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure a virtual Ethernet (VE) interface.
PAGE 375
interface vlan 2 interface vlan Allows the user to create 802.1Q VLANs, as well as service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis interface vlan vlan_id no interface vlan vlan_id Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to configure. The range is from 1 through 8191. (Refer to the Usage Guidelines.) VLAN 1 is predefined on the switch. Global configuration mode Use this command to configure a VLAN interface.
PAGE 376
2 interface vlan See Also 338 interface, interface ve, fcmap, shutdown (STP), switchport, vcs virtual-fabric enable Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 377
ip access-group 2 ip access-group Applies rules specified in a MAC ACL to traffic entering an interface. Synopsis ip access-group name {in | out} no ip access-group name {in | out} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines name Specifies the name of the standard or extended IP access list. in | out Specifies the binding direction (ingress or egress). No access lists are applied to the interface.
PAGE 378
2 ip access-list ip access-list Creates a standard or extended access control list (ACL) and, once created, configures a set of rules to define traffic parameters on the ACL. Synopsis [ip | ipv6] access-list {standard | extended} [name] [seq number] no [ip | ipv6] access-list {standard | extended} [name] [seq number] Operands ip | ipv6 Specifies the IP type. An ACL can contain rules for only one version of IP (either IPv4 or IPv6).
PAGE 379
ip access-list 2 To create rules on a standard ACL: switch(config)# ip access-list standard stdACL3 switch(config-ip-std)# seq 5 permit host 10.20.33.
PAGE 380
2 ip address ip address Configures an IP address. Synopsis ip address ip-address/mask [secondary] [{ospf-ignore | ospf-active}] no ip address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ip-address IP address. mask Mask for the associated IP subnet. Valid values range from integers from 1 through 31. Dotted-decimal is not supported. secondary Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address.
PAGE 381
ip arp-aging-timeout 2 ip arp-aging-timeout Sets how long an ARP entry stays in cache. Synopsis ip arp-aging-timeout value no ip arp-aging-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes value Determines how long an ARP entry stays in cache. For 1-gigabit, 10-gigabit, and 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces, the range of valid values is from 0 through 240 minutes. For virtual Ethernet interfaces, the range is from 0 through 35790 seconds. ip arp-aging-timeout is enabled and set to 10 minutes.
PAGE 382
2 ip as-path access-list ip as-path access-list Configures an AS-path access control list (ACL). Synopsis ip as-path access-list string [seq seq-value] [deny regular-expression | permit regular-expression] no ip as-path access-list string [seq seq-value] [deny regular-expression | permit regular-expression] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples string ACL name. seq-value Sequence number as defined by the seq command. regular-expression A string inside quotes.
PAGE 383
ip community-list extended 2 ip community-list extended Configures a community access control list (ACL), and specifies the community name and whether to permit or deny traffic, including through the use of a regular expression. Synopsis ip community-list extended community-list-name {deny string | permit string} [seq seq] [internet |local-as | no-advertise | no-export] no ip community-list extended community-list-name Operands community-list-name Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
PAGE 384
2 ip community-list standard ip community-list standard Configures a community access control list (ACL), and specifies the community number or type and whether to permit or deny traffic.
PAGE 385
ip dhcp relay address 2 ip dhcp relay address Configures the IP DHCP Relay on a Layer 3 interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes ip dhcp relay address ip-addr [use-vrf vrf-name] ip-addr IPv4 address of the DHCP server where the DHCP client requests are to be forwarded. use-vrf Use this option if the VRF where the DHCP server is located is different from the VRF of the interface where the client is connected. vrf-name VRF name.
PAGE 386
2 ip directed-broadcast ip directed-broadcast Enables IP directed broadcasts on an interface. Synopsis ip directed-broadcast no ip directed-broadcast Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None ip directed broadcast is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable IP directed broadcasts for a specific interface. A directed broadcast is an IP broadcast to all devices within a single directly attached network or subnet.
PAGE 387
ip dns 2 ip dns Sets the domain name service (DNS) parameters. Synopsis ip dns {domain-name domain_name |name-server ip_address_of_name_server} no ip dns {domain-name domain_name |name-server ip_address_of_name_server} Operands domain-name domain_name The domain name for the primary and secondary name servers. name-server ip_address_of_name_server The IP address of the primary and secondary name servers. IPv6 and IPv4 addresses are supported.
PAGE 388
2 ip echo-reply ip echo-reply Enables the generation of an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Echo Reply message. Synopsis ip echo-reply no ip echo-reply Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 350 Global configuration mode Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMP Echo Reply message. This is an interface-specific configuration. The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
PAGE 389
ipv6 echo-reply 2 ipv6 echo-reply Enables the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message. Synopsis ipv6 echo-reply no ipv6 echo-reply Operand None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Global configuration mode Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message. This command supports Joint Interoperability Test Command (JITC). The configuration is persistent across switch reload and is an interface specific configuration.
PAGE 390
2 ip http-server enable ip http-server enable Enables the HTTP server. Synopsis ip http-server enable no ip http-server enable Operands Defaults Command Modes None The HTTP server is disabled by default. Global configuration mode Description Use this command to enable the HTTP server. Once enabled, the HTTP daemon starts without the need to reboot. Usage Guidelines Use the no ip http-server enable command to disable the HTTP server.
PAGE 391
ip icmp rate-limit 2 ip icmp rate-limit Limits the rate at which Internet Control Message Protool (ICMP) messages are sent on an IPv4 network. Synopsis ip icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ip icmp rate-limit Operand milliseconds Defaults The default value is 1000 milliseconds. Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from 1 through 4294967295.
PAGE 392
2 ipv6 icmp rate-limit ipv6 icmp rate-limit Limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on a IPv6 network. Synopsis ipv6 icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ipv6 icmp rate-limit Operand milliseconds Defaults The default value is 1000 milliseconds. Command Modes Description Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from from 1 through 4294967295. Interface configuration mode This command limits the rate at which ICMP messages are sent on a IPv6 network.
PAGE 393
ip igmp immediate-leave 2 ip igmp immediate-leave Removes a group from the IGMP table immediately when receiving a Leave Group request. Synopsis ip igmp immediate-leave no ip igmp immediate-leave Operands Defaults Command Modes None This command is disabled.
PAGE 394
2 ip igmp last-member-query-interval ip igmp last-member-query-interval Sets the last member query interval. Synopsis ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds no ip igmp last-member-query-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes milliseconds Response time in milliseconds. Valid values range from 100 through 25500 milliseconds.
PAGE 395
ip igmp query-interval 2 ip igmp query-interval Sets the query interval. Synopsis ip igmp query-interval seconds no ip igmp query-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes seconds Response time in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 18000 seconds. 125 seconds VE interface configuration mode VLAN interface configuration mode Router interface configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to set the query interval.
PAGE 396
2 ip igmp query-max-response-time ip igmp query-max-response-time Sets the maximum response time for IGMP queries. Synopsis ip igmp query-max-response-time seconds no ip igmp query-max-response-time Operands Defaults Command Modes seconds Response time in seconds. Valid values range from 1 through 25 seconds.
PAGE 397
ip igmp snooping enable (global version) 2 ip igmp snooping enable (global version) Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping for all VLAN interfaces. Synopsis ip igmp snooping enable no ip igmp snooping enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None IGMP snooping is globally disabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping globally.
PAGE 398
2 ip igmp snooping enable ip igmp snooping enable Enables Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping for a specific VLAN interface. Synopsis ip igmp snooping enable no ip igmp snooping enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None When snooping is enabled globally, IGMP snooping is enabled on all VLAN interfaces. VLAN interface configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable IGMP snooping on a specific VLAN interface.
PAGE 399
ip igmp snooping fast-leave 2 ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enables snooping fast-leave. Synopsis ip igmp snooping fast-leave no ip igmp snooping fast-leave Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This command is disabled. VLAN interface configuration mode Use this command to enable Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping fast-leave processing.
PAGE 400
2 ip igmp snooping mrouter ip igmp snooping mrouter Configures a VLAN port member to be a multicast router interface.
PAGE 401
ip igmp snooping mrouter 2 • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 402
2 ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout Configures the mrouter timeout value for Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping. Synopsis ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout seconds no ip igmp snooping mrouter-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples seconds Timeout time in seconds. Valid range is from 1 through 60000 seconds.
PAGE 403
ip igmp snooping querier enable 2 ip igmp snooping querier enable Activates or deactivates the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping querier. Synopsis ip igmp snooping querier enable no ip igmp snooping querier enable Operands None Defaults IGMP snooping querier is disabled. Command Modes VLAN interface configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to control the IGMP snooping querier functionality.
PAGE 404
2 ip igmp static-group ip igmp static-group Configures the static group membership entries for a specific interface. Synopsis ip igmp static-group A.B.C.D no ip igmp static-group A.B.C.D Operands Defaults Command Modes A.B.C.D Specifies the group address, as a subnet number in dotted decimal format (for example, 10.0.0.1), as the allowable range of addresses included in the multicast group.
PAGE 405
ip load-sharing 2 ip load-sharing Enables load sharing. Synopsis ip load-sharing paths no ip load-sharing Operands Defaults Command Modes Description paths Specifies the number of load-sharing paths. Valid values range from 0 to 8. The default is 8. If you specify 1, load sharing is disabled. Load sharing is enabled and set to 8 paths. RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to enable load sharing and set the maximum number of load-sharing paths.
PAGE 406
2 ip mtu ip mtu Sets the MTU. Synopsis ip mtu size no ip mtu Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines size Specifies the size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of an interface. MTU size is 1500 bytes. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify the MTU on a specific interface. The entire fabric acts like a single switch. Therefore, MTU is applicable only on edge ports and not on an ISL. The allowed MTU size is from 576 to 9018 bytes.
PAGE 407
ip multicast-boundary 2 ip multicast-boundary Configures a multicast boundary on an interface. Synopsis ip multicast-boundary no ip multicast-boundary Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None No multicast boundaries are defined on an interface. Interface configuration mode Use this command to configure a multicast boundary on an interface. Since there is no support for a prefix-list, this command applies the boundary for the entire multicast range on the interface.
PAGE 408
2 ip ospf active ip ospf active Sets a specific OSPF interface to active. Synopsis ip ospf active Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Interface subtype configuration mode Use the ip ospf active command to change the state to active on specific OSPF interfaces. Use the ip ospf active command on each interface participating in adjacency formation.
PAGE 409
ip ospf passive 2 ip ospf passive Sets a specific OSPF interface to passive. Synopsis ip ospf passive Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Interface subtype configuration mode Use the ip ospf passive command to change the state on to passive on specific OSPF interfaces. Use the ip ospf passive command to disable transmission of OSPF control packets on that interface. OSPF control packets received on a passive interface are discarded.
PAGE 410
2 ip ospf area ip ospf area Enables OSPF on an interface. Synopsis ip ospf area area-id no ip ospf area Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples area-id Area address in dotted decimal or decimal format. OSPF is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable an OSPF area on the interface to which you are connected. Enter no ip ospf area to disable OSPF on this interface.
PAGE 411
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 2 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time Configures authentication-change hold time. Synopsis ip ospf auth-change-wait-time wait-time no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time Operands Defaults Command Modes Description wait-time Time before an authentication change takes place. Valid values range from 0 to 14400 seconds.
PAGE 412
2 ip ospf authentication-key ip ospf authentication-key Configures simple password-based authentication for OSPF. Synopsis ip ospf authentication-key {0 password | 2 password | 255 password | password} no ip ospf authentication-key Operands 0 password No encryption.
PAGE 413
ip ospf cost 2 ip ospf cost Configures cost for a specific interface. Synopsis ip ospf cost value no ip ospf cost Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Cost value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. Cost value is 1. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set or reset the OSPF cost on the interface. If the cost is not configured with this command, OSPF calculates the value from the reference and interface bandwidths.
PAGE 414
2 ip ospf database-filter ip ospf database-filter Configures filters for different types of outgoing Link State Advertisements (LSAs). Synopsis ip ospf database-filter {all-external {allow-default-and-type-4 | allow-default-out | out} | all-out | all-summary-external {allow-default-and-type-4 | allow-default-out | out}} no ip ospf database-filter all-external no ip ospf database-filter all-out no ip ospf database-filter all-summary-external Operands all-external Blocks all external LSAs.
PAGE 415
ip ospf database-filter See Also 2 interface, interface ve, ip ospf area, ip ospf auth-change-wait-time, ip ospf authentication-key, ip ospf cost, ip ospf dead-interval, ip ospf hello-interval, ip ospf md5-authentication, ip ospf mtu-ignore, ip ospf network, ip ospf passive, ip ospf priority, ip ospf retransmit-interval, ip ospf transmit-delay Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 377
PAGE 416
2 ip ospf dead-interval ip ospf dead-interval Configures neighbor dead interval. Synopsis ip ospf dead-interval interval no ip ospf dead-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples interval Dead interval in seconds. The default value is 40 seconds. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the number of seconds that a neighbor router waits for a hello packet from the device before declaring the router down.
PAGE 417
ip ospf hello-interval 2 ip ospf hello-interval Configures the hello interval. Synopsis ip ospf hello-interval interval no ospf hello-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples interval Hello interval in seconds. The default value is 10 seconds. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the length of time between the transmission of hello packets that this interface sends to neighbor routers.
PAGE 418
2 ip ospf md5-authentication ip ospf md5-authentication Configures MD5 password and authentication change hold time. Synopsis ip ospf md5-authentication {key-activation-wait-time wait-time | key-id id MD5_key {0 | 2 | 255} ospf_password} no ip ospf md5-authentication key-id Operands key-activation-wait-time. Sets the time that OSPF waits before activating a new key. wait-time key-id Time OSPF waits before activating a new MD5 key.
PAGE 419
ip ospf md5-authentication Examples 2 The following command sets authentication only on the OSPF 40-gigabit Ethernet interface 100/0/1. To enter an MD5 ID/key of 255 key and a plain text OSPF password called brocade that OSPF will encrypt as if encryption key 2 was specified: switch(config)# interface fortygigabitethernet 100/0/1 switch(conf-if-fo-100/0/1)# ip ospf md5 key-id 255 key brocade The following command sets authentication only on the OSPF virtual Ethernet (VE) interface 24.
PAGE 420
2 ip ospf mtu-ignore ip ospf mtu-ignore Enables or disables MTU-match checking. Synopsis ip ospf mtu-ignore no ip ospf mtu-ignore Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Enabled Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable MTU-match checking. In default operation, the IP MTU on both sides of an OSPF link must be the same, and a check of the MTU is performed when Hello packets are first exchanged.
PAGE 421
ip ospf network 2 ip ospf network Configures network type. Synopsis ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} no ip ospf network Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines broadcast Network type is broadcast, such as Ethernet. point-to-point Network type is point-to-point. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the network type for the interface. Point-to-point can support unnumbered links, which requires less processing by OSPF.
PAGE 422
2 ip ospf passive ip ospf passive Configures an interface as passive. Synopsis ip ospf passive no ip ospf passive Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None All OSPF interfaces are active. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set an OPSF interface to the passive state. Passive interfaces accept and process all OSPF protocol traffic, but they do not send any traffic.
PAGE 423
ip ospf priority 2 ip ospf priority Configures priority for designated router (DR) election. Synopsis ip ospf priority value no ip ospf priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 255. The default value is 1. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set priority for DR election and backup-router election on the interface you are connected to.
PAGE 424
2 ip ospf retransmit-interval ip ospf retransmit-interval Configures retransmit interval. Synopsis ip ospf retransmit-interval rtx-int no ip ospf retransmit-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples rtx-int Retransmit interval in seconds. Valid values range from 0 through 3600 seconds. 5 seconds. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the time between Link-State Advertisement (LSA) retransmissions to adjacent routers for this interface.
PAGE 425
ip ospf transmit-delay 2 ip ospf transmit-delay Configures transmit delay for link-update packets. Synopsis ip ospf transmit-delay tx-delay no ip ospf transmit-delay Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples tx-delay Transmit delay in seconds. Valid values range from 0 through 3600 seconds. 1 second.
PAGE 426
2 ip pim dr-priority ip pim dr-priority Configures the designated router (DR) priority of a PIM router. Synopsis ip pim dr-priority priority-value no ip pim dr-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes priority-value The DR priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 65535. DR priority value is 1.
PAGE 427
ip pim-sparse 2 ip pim-sparse Enables or disables Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode on a physical or a VE interface. Synopsis ip pim-sparse no ip pim-sparse Operands Defaults Command Modes None Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) is not enabled on an interface. Interface configuration mode Router interface configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to enable or disable Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse Mode on a physical or a VE interface.
PAGE 428
2 ip policy route-map ip policy route-map Enables policy-based routing (PBR) on any Layer 3 interface after ACLs and route map entries are configured. Synopsis ip policy route-map map-tag no ip policy route-map map-tag Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 390 map-tag The name of the route-map when it was created.
PAGE 429
ip prefix-list 2 ip prefix-list Configures the IP prefix-list instance. Synopsis ip prefix-list name instance [permit | deny] A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value no ip prefix-list name instance [permit | deny] A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value Operands name instance permit deny A.B.C.D/MLEN ge value le value Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to configure the IP prefix-list instance. Enter no ip prefix-list to disable this feature.
PAGE 430
2 ip proxy-arp ip proxy-arp Enables proxy ARP on an interface. Synopsis ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Proxy ARP is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable proxy ARP on a specific interface. Proxy ARP allows a Brocade device to answer ARP requests from devices on one network on behalf of devices in another network.
PAGE 431
ip route 2 ip route Adds a static route. Synopsis ip route A.B.C.D/L A.B.C.D [metric] [distance distance] [tag tag] ip route A.B.C.D/L {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port| gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan#} [metric] [distance distance] [tag tag] ip route A.B.C.D/L null rbridge-id/slot/port [metric] [distance distance] [tag tag] no ip route A.B.C.D/L A.B.C.D no ip route A.B.C.
PAGE 432
2 ip route slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. metric Cost metric of the route. Valid values range from 1through 16. The default is 1. distance distance Specifies the administrative distance of the route. When comparing otherwise equal routes to a destination, a Brocade device prefers lower administrative distances over higher ones. Valid values range from 1 through 255. The default is 1.
PAGE 433
ip route next-hop ospf 2 ip route next-hop ospf Enables static-route next-hop-resolution with OSPF routes. Synopsis ip route next-hop ospf no ip route next-hop ospf Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples There are no operands for this command. Disabled RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to enable a Brocade device to use routes learned from a specified protocol to resolve a configured static route.
PAGE 434
2 ip route next-hop-enable-default ip route next-hop-enable-default Enables the default route for next-hop resolution. Synopsis ip route next-hop-enable-default no ip route next-hop-enable-default Operands Defaults Command Modes Description There are no operands for this command. Disabled RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to enable a Brocade device to use the default route (0.0.0.0/0) to resolve a next hop.
PAGE 435
ip route next-hop-recursion 2 ip route next-hop-recursion Enables Brocade switches to use routes to resolve another route. Synopsis ip route next-hop-recursion level no ip route next-hop-recursion Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples level Sets the number of levels of recursion allowed. Valid values range from 0 through 10. The default is 3. Next-hop recursion level is 3.
PAGE 436
2 ip route next-hop-vrf ip route next-hop-vrf Enables the leaking of static routes from one VRF instance to another. Synopsis ip route ip_addr/mask next-hop-vrf vrf VRF_name next_hop_ip_addr no route ip_addr/mask next-hop-vrf vrf VRF_name next_hop_ip_addr Operands ip_addr/mask IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR notation mask. vrf VRF_name Specifies the name of the target VRF instance to which route leaking is enabled.
PAGE 437
ip router-id 2 ip router-id Configures router ID. Synopsis ip router-id A.B.C.D no ip router-id A.B.C.D Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples A.B.C.D Specifies the IPv4 address that you want as the router ID. None RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to set a router ID (the 32-bit number that uniquely identifies the device).
PAGE 438
2 ip unreachable ip unreachable Prohibits routers from forwarding an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) Destination Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on a point-to-point link back onto the ingress port. Synopsis ip unreachable no ip unreachable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None This command is enabled by default.
PAGE 439
ipv6 echo-reply 2 ipv6 echo-reply Enables the generation of an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 (ICMPv6) Echo Reply message. Synopsis ipv6 echo-reply no ipv6 echo-reply Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Global configuration mode Use this command to enable the generation of an ICMPv6 Echo Reply message. This is an interface-specific configuration. The configuration is persistent across a switch reload.
PAGE 440
2 ipv6 icmp rate-limit ipv6 icmp rate-limit Limits the rate at which Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) messages are sent on an IPv6 network. Synopsis ipv6 icmp rate-limit milliseconds no ipv6 icmp rate-limit Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 402 milliseconds Number of milliseconds between packets. The range is from 1 through 4294967295. The default value is 1000 milliseconds.
PAGE 441
ipv6 ra-guard 2 ipv6 ra-guard Protects against malicious Router Advertisements (RAs). Synopsis ipv6 ra-guard no ipv6 ra-guard Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Interface configuration mode Use this command to protect against malicious Router Advertisements (RAs).
PAGE 442
2 ipv6 route ipv6 route Configures a static IPv6 route. Synopsis ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix no ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix Operands IPv6_address/prefix Sets the IPv6address and prefix for the next hop. next-hop Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples The next-hop IPv6 address. None RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to configure a static IPv6 route. Enter no ipv6 route IPv6_address/prefix to remove the configuration. To configure a static IPv6 route.
PAGE 443
ipv6 unreachable 2 ipv6 unreachable Prohibits routers from forwarding an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 (ICMPv6) Destination Unreachable Code 3 (port unreachable) message on a point-to-point link back onto the ingress port. Synopsis ipv6 unreachable no ipv6 unreachable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None This command is enabled by default.
PAGE 444
2 iscsi-priority iscsi-priority Sets the iSCSI priority bitmap. Synopsis iscsi-priority value no iscsi-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 406 value The priority bitmap value. Valid values range from 0 through 7. Priority bitmap value is 4. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to set the iSCSI priority bitmap for use in the DCBX iSCSI TLV. Enter no iscsi-priority to return to the default value.
PAGE 445
isl-r_rdy 2 isl-r_rdy Sets the flow control primitive used to prevent frame drop to ISL R_RDY mode. Synopsis isl-r_rdy no isl-r_rdy Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None no isl-r_rdy or VC_RDY flow control mode. Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode Use this command to enable inter switch link receiver ready (ISL R_RDY) flow control mode on a Fibre Channel port.
PAGE 446
2 keep-alive timeout (fabric-map) keep-alive timeout (fabric-map) Enables or disables the keep-alive timeout. Synopsis keep-alive timeout no keep-alive timeout Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines FCoE fabric-map configuration mode Use this command to enable the keep-alive timeout. You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function. Enter no keep-alive timeout to disable the keep-alive timeout.
PAGE 447
l2traceroute 2 l2traceroute This command sends a simple traceroute from the source MAC address to the destination MAC address. This command is not supported in the standalone mode. Synopsis l2traceroute Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to send a plain Layer 2 traceroute, hop by hop, from the switch that learned the source MAC address to the switch that learned the destination MAC address.
PAGE 448
2 l2traceroute • IP Protocol Type [TCP |UDP|0–255]—Enter the IP protocol type including: • TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) is a connection-oriented protocol, which means that it requires handshaking to set up end-to-end communications. • UDP (User Datagram Protocol) is a message-based connectionless protocol. Communication occurs by transmitting information in one direction, from the source to the destination, without verifying the readiness of the receiver. • 0–255 is the numeric protocol value.
PAGE 449
lacp default-up 2 lacp default-up Activates an LACP link in the absence of PDUs. Synopsis lacp default-up no lacp default-up Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Interface configuration mode Use this command to force the port to activate an LACP link if there are no PDUs available on the interface port. This command is supported on all physical interfaces. This command is visible only if the interface is a dynamic and standard member of a port-channel.
PAGE 450
2 lacp port-priority lacp port-priority Sets port priority for an interface. Synopsis lacp port-priority value no lacp port-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description value Specifies the priority. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. A lower number takes priority over a higher number. The default value is 32768. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the priority of the physical interface for LACP. An LACP port priority is configured on each port using LACP.
PAGE 451
lacp system-priority 2 lacp system-priority Sets the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system priority. Synopsis lacp system-priority value no lacp system-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines value Specifies the value of the LACP system priority. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. The default value is 32768. Global configuration mode Use this command to set the system priority of a local system.
PAGE 452
2 lacp timeout lacp timeout Sets the timeout value used by the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) to exchange packets on an interface before invalidating a received data unit (DU). Synopsis lacp timeout {long | short} no lacp timeout Operands Defaults long Specifies that a long-timeout value of 30 seconds will be used. With this value, the port waits three times this long (90 seconds) before invalidating the information received earlier on this PDU.
PAGE 453
ldap-server host 2 ldap-server host Configures an LDAP-server host. Synopsis ldap-server host {ipaddr | FQDN} [port portnum] [domain basedn] [timeout secs] [retries num] no ldap-server host {ipaddr | FQDN} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ipaddr | FQDN Specifies the IPv4 address or Fully Qualified Domain name of the Active Directory (AD) server. IPv6 is supported for Windows 2008 AD server only. The maximum supported length for the LDAP host name is 40 characters.
PAGE 454
2 ldap-server host Executing no on an attribute sets it with its default value. switch(config)# no ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 retries Attributes holding default values will not be displayed. switch# show running-config ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 ldap-server host 10.24.65.6 port 3890 domain security.brocade.
PAGE 455
ldap-server maprole 2 ldap-server maprole Maps an Active Directory (AD) group to a switch role. Synopsis ldap-server maprole group group_name role role_name no ldap-server maprole group group_name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples group group_name The name of the AD group. role role_name The name of the switch role. None Global configuration mode Use this command to map an Active Directory (AD) group to a switch role.
PAGE 456
2 license add license add Adds a license key to a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines license add {licstr licenseString | FTP-URL ftpPath | SCP-URL scpPath} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] licstr licenseString Specifies the license string to be added to the switch. The license string must be enclosed in double quotation marks. A maximum of 256 characters is allowed. FTP-URL ftpPath Specifies a URL from which to transfer license information using FTP.
PAGE 457
license remove 2 license remove Removes a license key from a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines license remove licstr {licenseString | feature} [rbridge-id ID] licstr licenseString Removes the specified license string and associated feature. The license string must be enclosed in double quotation marks. licstr feature Removes the license string associated with the specified feature from the license database of the local switch.
PAGE 458
2 line vty exec-timeout line vty exec-timeout Sets the CLI session timeout. Synopsis line vty exec-timeout timeout no line vty exec-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description timeout Specifies the CLI session timeout period in minutes. Valid values range from 0 through 136. The default timeout value is 10 minutes. Global configuration mode Use this command to specify the amount of time a CLI session can be idle before it logs you out.
PAGE 459
linecard 2 linecard Configures an interface module (line card). Synopsis linecard slot_number linecard_type no linecard slot_number Operands slot_number Specifies the slot number to be configured. Interface module slots are slots 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and slots 1 through 8 on a Brocade VDX 8770-8. linecard_type Specifies the type of interface module.
PAGE 460
2 linecard LC72x1G 72X1G linecard switch(config-rbridge-id-1)# linecard 1 LC48x10G Creating new linecard configuration was successful.
PAGE 461
lldp dcbx-version 2 lldp dcbx-version Specifies which version of the Data Center Bridging Exchange (DCBX) protocol to use. Synopsis lldp dcbx-version {auto |cee} no lldp dcbx-version Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples auto Specifies to auto-adjust the DCBX protocol version to accommodate the difference when a switch interacts with different vendors using a different version of the DCBX protocol.
PAGE 462
2 lldp disable lldp disable Disables the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). Synopsis lldp disable no lldp disable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None LLDP is enabled at both the global and interface levels. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to disable LLDP on the interface. Usage Guidelines Enter no lldp disable to enable LLDP on a specific interface.
PAGE 463
lldp iscsi-priority 2 lldp iscsi-priority Sets the priority that will be advertised in the DCBX iSCSI TLV. Synopsis lldp iscsi-priority value no lldp iscsi-priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Specifies the priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 7. Priority value is 4. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify the priority that will be advertised in the DCBX iSCSI TLV.
PAGE 464
2 lldp profile lldp profile Applies a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) profile to an interface. Synopsis lldp profile name no lldp profile Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines name Specifies the profile name. Valid profile name length is between 1 and 32 characters. LLDP profile name. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to apply a Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) profile to a specific interface.
PAGE 465
local-as (BGP) 2 local-as (BGP) Specifies the autonomous system number (ASN) where the device resides. Synopsis local-as num no local-as Operands num Defaults None Command Modes The local ASN. The range is from 1 through 4294967295. BGP configuration mode Description Use this command to enable specify an ASN for a given device to associate it with other devices in its autonomous system.
PAGE 466
2 log-dampening-debug (BGP) log-dampening-debug (BGP) Logs dampening debug messages. Synopsis log-dampening-debug no log-dampening-debug Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None This option is disabled. BGP configuration mode Use this command to log dampening debug messages. Usage Guidelines Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
PAGE 467
logging auditlog class 2 logging auditlog class Sets the severity levels for the audit log class. Synopsis logging auditlog class class no logging auditlog class class Operandsclass Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies the class name of the audit log. Valid classes are CONFIGURATION, FIRMWARE, and SECURITY. CONFIGURATION, FIRMWARE, and SECURITY audit log classes are enabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to set the class for the audit log.
PAGE 468
2 logging raslog console logging raslog console Sets the severity levels for the RASLog console and allows users to temporarily stop showing RASLog messages on the console. Synopsis logging raslog console severity no logging raslog console severity logging raslog console stop [minutes] logging raslog console start Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines severity Specifies the minimum severity level of the message to pass through the filter.
PAGE 469
logging syslog-facility local 2 logging syslog-facility local Configures the syslog facility. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines logging syslog-facility local log_level log_level Specifies the syslog facility level. Valid log levels include the following: LOG_LOCAL0, LOG_LOCAL1, LOG_LOCAL2, LOG_LOCAL3, LOG_LOCAL4, LOG_LOCAL5, LOG_LOCAL6, LOG_LOCAL7 Syslog level is LOG_LOCAL7.
PAGE 470
2 logging syslog-server logging syslog-server Configures a switch to forward system messages to specified servers. Synopsis logging syslog-server ip_address [secure {true | false}] [port [value]] no logging syslog-server ip_address Operands ip_address Specifies the IP address of the syslog server in IPv4 or IPv6 format. secure {true | false} Configures a secure syslog server. A secure port number with default values is not shown in the Brocade Network OS database.
PAGE 471
logical-chassis principal-priority 2 logical-chassis principal-priority Sets the priority of a switch to assign a specific RBridge ID the role of principal node in a logical chassis cluster. Synopsis logical-chassis principal-priority priority-value no logical-chassis principal-priority Operands priority-value Sets the priority for the switch. A lower number means a higher priority. Values range from 1 through 128.
PAGE 472
2 logical-chassis principal-switchover logical-chassis principal-switchover Triggers a fabric reformation and elects a principal node based on the principal priority value.
PAGE 473
long-distance 2 long-distance Configures a Fibre Channel port to support long distance. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description long-distance {l0 | le | ld | ls} l0 Configures the port as a regular port. 20 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic, regardless of the operating speed of the port. The maximum supported link distance is up to 5 km at 2 Gbps, up to 2 km at 4 Gbps, and up to 1 km at 8 Gbps. le Configures an E_Port distance greater than 5 km and up to 10 km.
PAGE 474
2 long-distance switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# desire-distance 100 switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# vc-link-init arb switch(config-FibreChannel-8/0/1)# do show running-config interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 interface FibreChannel 8/0/1 fill-word arbff-arbff long-distance ls vc-link-init arbff desire-distance 100 no isl-r_rdy-mode no shutdown See Also 436 desire-distance, fill-word, interface, isl-r_rdy, long-distance-isl, show running-config interface FibreChannel, shutdown, speed (Fibre Channel), t
PAGE 475
long-distance-isl 2 long-distance-isl Extends an ISL link up to 30 km. Synopsis long-distance-isl {2000 | 5000 | 10000 | 30000} no long-distance-isl Operands Defaults Command Modes 2000 Specifies a 2 km distant link. 5000 Specifies a 5 km distant link. 10000 Specifies a 10 km distant link. 30000 Specifies a 30 km distant link. DCB/FCoE capabilities are not supported with this setting. The default is 2 km.
PAGE 476
2 long-distance-isl Conditions for long distance Metro VCS (Continued) Condition Extended ISL up to 2 km Extended ISL up to 5 km Extended ISL up to 10 km Extended ISL up to 30 km Number of regular ISLs supported on a port group configured for long distance 1 1 0 0 Trunking support between multiple LD ISLs no no no no CEE map or FCoE port allowed in same port-group no no no no eNS Sync (MAC address table sync) yes yes yes yes Zoning yes yes yes yes HA failover yes yes yes
PAGE 477
mac 2 mac Allows the user to add a MAC address to a MAC address group in a service or transport VF configuration supporting multitenancy in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis mac mac_address no mac mac_address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines mac_address Specifies a MAC address in dot-separated hexadecimal notation.
PAGE 478
2 mac access-group mac access-group Applies rules specified in a MAC access control list (ACL) to traffic entering or exiting an interface. Synopsis mac access-group name {in | out} no mac access-group name {in | out} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description name Specifies the name of the standard or extended MAC access list. in Specifies to filter inbound packets only. out Specifies to filter outbound packets only. No access lists are applied to the interface.
PAGE 479
mac access-list extended 2 mac access-list extended Creates and assigns a name to the extended MAC access list. Synopsis mac access-list extended name no mac access-list extended name Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Assigns a name to the MAC extended access list. The name must start with a letter (‘a’ to ‘z’, ‘A’ to ‘Z’), or a number (‘1’ to ‘9’), and the only special characters allowed are underscores and hyphens. The name must be between 1 and 63 characters in length.
PAGE 480
2 mac access-list standard mac access-list standard Creates and assigns a name to the standard MAC access list. Synopsis mac access-list standard name no mac access-list standard name Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Assigns a name to the MAC extended access list. The name must start with a letter (‘a’ to ‘z’, ‘A’ to ‘Z’), or a number (‘1’ to ‘9’), and the only special characters allowed are underscores and hyphens. The name must be between 1 and 63 characters in length.
PAGE 481
mac-address-reduction 2 mac-address-reduction Enables or disables the MAC address reduction feature. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description mac-address-reduction [enable | disable] enable Enables the MAC address reduction feature. disable Disables the MAC address reduction feature. None Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable the MAC address reduction feature.
PAGE 482
2 mac-address-table mac-address-table Sets the aging time or add static addresses to the MAC address table. Synopsis mac-address-table {aging-time seconds| static mac-addr forward [port-channel number] | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id} no mac-address-table Operands aging-time seconds Specifies the time in seconds that a learned MAC address will persist after the last update.
PAGE 483
mac-address-table 2 • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. Enter no mac-address-table to reset the values to their defaults.
PAGE 484
2 mac-group mac-group Allows the user to create a MAC address group into which one or more end-station MAC addresses are defined, supporting service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis mac-group mac-group-id no mac-group mac-group-id Operands Defaults Command Modes mac-group-id A fabric-wide ID. Values range from 1 through 500.
PAGE 485
mac-rebalance 2 mac-rebalance Forces the rebalancing of EXM entries for the MAC tables. Synopsis Operands mac-rebalance port-channel number {rbridge-id rbridge-id} port-channel number Specifies the port-channel interface number. Valid values range from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. rbridge-id rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to force the rebalancing of MAC table EXM entries.
PAGE 486
2 management management Enables a variety of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) management options. Synopsis management [interface {autoconfig {dhcp | dhcpv6}] no management Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 448 interface Enables management options. autoconfig Enables automatic configuration of DHCP. dhcp Enables DHCP for IPv4. dhcpv6 Enables DHCP for IPv6. None RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to configure a variety of DHCP management options.
PAGE 487
map 2 map Enables map configuration mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also map {default} default This keyword is required. None FCoE configuration mode Use this command to configure the FCoE map. You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE for this command to function.
PAGE 488
2 map fport interface fcoe map fport interface fcoe Maps VF_Ports to N_Ports in Access Gateway (AG) mode and removes VF_Port to N_Port mapping. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes map fport interface fcoe port port VF_Port number None. N_Port configuration mode Description Use this command to specify a route that AG will use to direct traffic from a device (host or target) on a VF_Port to a fabric switch port connected to an Access Gateway N_Port.
PAGE 489
map qos 2 map qos Adds the QoS profile name as an action to the policy map. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description map qos profile_name profile_name None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to add the QoS profile name as an action to the policy map. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Designates the name of the QoS profile to be added.
PAGE 490
2 map sflow map sflow Adds the sFlow profile name as an action to the policy map. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples map sflow profile_name profile_name Designates the name of the sFlow profile to be added. None Policy-map configuration mode Use this command to add the sFlow profile name as an action to the policy map.
PAGE 491
match 2 match Creates a classification map or “class-map” to classify traffic based on configured match criteria. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples match criteria criteria Used while in config-classmap mode to configure the match criteria for the class. The only available match criteria at this time is “match any.” Class-map configuration mode Use this command to classify traffic based on match criteria.
PAGE 492
2 match (route map) match (route map) Defines a variety of match conditions for a route map. Synopsis match {[as-path name] | [community acl exact-match] | [ip address acl | prefix-list string] | [ip route-source acl | prefix name] | [metric num] | [next-hop address-filter-list] | [route-type [internal | external-type1 | external-type2]] | [level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2] [tag tag-value] | interface interface interface interface . . .
PAGE 493
match (route map) level-1-2 tag 2 Compares IS-IS routes with routes in the same and in different areas, but within a domain. Compares the route tag with the specified tag value. tag-value interface interface Tag value. Specifies an interface. Interface type. protocol bgp static-network Matches on BGP4 static network routes. protocol bgp external Matches on EBGP routes. protocol bgp internal Matches on IBGP routes.
PAGE 494
2 match access-list match access-list Configures the access control list to be used with the class map. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples match access-list acl_name acl_name Any valid MAC ACL access list name. None Class-map configuration mode Use this command to configure the access control list to be used with the class map for flow-based QoS.
PAGE 495
match as-path 2 match as-path Matches an AS-path access list name in a route-map instance. Synopsis match as-path name no match as-path Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to match an AS-path access list name in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Name of an AS-path access list. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
PAGE 496
2 match community match community Matches a BGP community access list name in a route-map instance. Synopsis match community name no match community Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to match a BGP community access list name in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 458 Name of a BGP community access list. Values range from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
PAGE 497
match interface 2 match interface Matches interface conditions in a route-map instance. Synopsis match interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve rbridge-id/slot/port] no match interface Operands Defaults Command Modes Description fortygigabitethernet Specifies a 40-GbE interface. gigabitethernet Specifies a 1-GbE interface. loopback Specifies a loopback port.
PAGE 498
2 match ip address match ip address Matches IP address conditions in a route-map instance. Synopsis match ip address prefix-list name no match ip address prefix-list name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description name None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to specify an IP prefix match clause in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 460 Name of the prefix list. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
PAGE 499
match ip next-hop 2 match ip next-hop Matches IP next-hop match conditions in a route-map instance. Synopsis match ip next-hop prefix-list name no match ip next-hop Operands Defaults Command Modes Description prefix list name None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to specify an IP next-hop match clause in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Specifies a prefix list. Values range from 1 through 32 ASCII characters.
PAGE 500
2 match metric match metric Matches a route metric in a route-map instance. Synopsis match metric value no match metric Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to specify a route-map metric in route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 462 Route metric. Values range from 0 through 4294967295.
PAGE 501
match protocol bgp 2 match protocol bgp Matches BGP routes on protocol types and subtypes in a route-map instance. Synopsis match protocol bgp [external | internal | static-network] no match protocol bgp Operands Defaults Command Modes Description external Matches EBGP routes. internal Matches IBGP routes. static-network Matches BGP static routes. This is applicable only for BGP outbound policy.
PAGE 502
2 match route-type match route-type Matches a route type in a route-map instance. Synopsis match route-type [internal | type-1 | type-2] no match route-type Operands Defaults Command Modes Description internal Internal route type type-1 OSPF external route type 1 type-2 OSPF external route type 2 None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to match a route type in a route-map instance.
PAGE 503
match tag 2 match tag Matches a route tag in a route-map instance. Synopsis match tag value no match tag Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to match routes with a specified tag. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also The range of valid values is from 0 through 4294967295.
PAGE 504
2 max-age max-age Sets the interval time in seconds between messages that the spanning tree receives from the interface. Synopsis max-age seconds no max-age Operands Defaults Command Modes Description seconds Configures the Spanning Tree Protocol interface maximum age. Valid values range from 6 through 40. 20 seconds.
PAGE 505
max-hops 2 max-hops Configures the maximum number of hops for a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) in an MSTP region. Synopsis max-hops hop_count no max-hops Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines hop_count Specifies the maximum number of hops for which the BPDU will be valid. Valid values range from 1 through 40. 20 hops Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode Use this command to configure the maximum number of hops for a BPDU in an MSTP region.
PAGE 506
2 max-mcache max-mcache Configures the maximum multicast cache size. Synopsis max-mcache num no max-mcache Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num Number of entries in the multicast cache. Valid values range from 1 through 2048. Multicast cache size is 2048 entries. PIM router configuration mode Use this command to set the maximum size of the multicast cache. Enter no max-mcache to disable this feature. Setting the multicast cache to 500 entries.
PAGE 507
max-metric router-lsa (OSPF) 2 max-metric router-lsa (OSPF) Advertises the maximum metric value in different Link State Advertisements (LSAs).
PAGE 508
2 max-metric router-lsa (OSPF) • Graceful removal of the router from the network for maintenance. • Graceful introduction of a new router into the network. • To avoid forwarding traffic through a router that is in critical condition. Usage Guidelines Examples Enter no max-metric router-lsa all-lsas to disable advertising the maximum metric value in different LSAs.
PAGE 509
max-route 2 max-route Sets the maximum number of routes for VRF. Synopsis max-route value Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description VRF configuration command Use this command to set the maximum number of routes for VRF. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also The maximum number of routes.
PAGE 510
2 maxas-limit (BGP) maxas-limit (BGP) Imposes a limit on the number of autonomous systems in the AS-PATH attribute. Synopsis maxas-limit {in} num no maxas-limit {in} num Operands in Allows an AS-PATH attribute from any neighbor imposing a limit on the number of autonomous systems. num Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Valid range is from 0 through 300. This option is disabled.
PAGE 511
maximum-paths (BGP) 2 maximum-paths (BGP) Changes the maximum number of BGP4 shared paths. Synopsis maximum-paths num | use-load-sharing no maximum-paths Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num Maximum number of paths across which the device balances traffic to a given BGP4 destination. use-load-sharing Uses the maximum IP ECMP path value that is configured by means of the ip load-sharing command. This option is disabled.
PAGE 512
2 maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP) maximum-paths ebgp ibgp (BGP) Specifies the number of equal-cost multipath EBGP or IBGP routes or paths that are selected. Synopsis maximum-paths {ebgp num| ibgp num} no maximum-paths Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 474 ebgp Specifies EBGP routes or paths. ibgp Specifies IBGP routes or paths. num The number of equal-cost multipath routes or paths that are selected. Range is from 1 through 8.
PAGE 513
med-missing-as-worst (BGP) 2 med-missing-as-worst (BGP) Configures the device to favor a route that has a Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) over a route that does not have one. Synopsis med-missing-as-worst no med-missing-as-worst Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None This option is disabled. BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode When MEDs are compared, by default the device favors a low MED over a higher one.
PAGE 514
2 message-interval message-interval Configures the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) Join/Prune message interval. Synopsis message-interval num no message-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num The interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 10 through 65535 seconds. 60 seconds PIM router configuration mode Use this command to specify the interval at which the periodic PIM Join/Prune messages must be sent out.
PAGE 515
metric-type (OSPF) 2 metric-type (OSPF) Configures the default metric type for external routes. Synopsis metric-type {type1 | type2} no metric-type {type1 | type2} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples type1 The metric of a neighbor is the cost between itself and the router plus the cost of using this router for routing to the rest of the world. type2 The metric of a neighbor is the total cost from the redistributing routing to the rest of the world.
PAGE 516
2 minimum-links minimum-links Sets the minimum bandwidth. Synopsis minimum-links num-of-links no minimum-links Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num-of-links Number of links. Valid values range from 1 through 32. Number of links is 1. Port-channel interface configuration mode Use this command to allow a port-channel to operate at a certain minimum bandwidth all the time.
PAGE 517
mode 2 mode Sets the LLDP mode on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples mode {tx | rx} tx Specifies to enable only the transmit mode. rx Specifies to enable only the receive mode. Both transmit and receive modes are enabled. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to set the LLDP mode on the switch.
PAGE 518
2 modes modes Enables and disables operating modes for port groups. Synopsis modes mode_name no modes mode_name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines mode_name lb (Automatic Login Balancing) lb Port Grouping configuration Enables or disables operating modes for a specific port group. Login Balancing (LB) is the only mode that you can enable. Automatic Login Balancing is enabled by default for a port group when the port group is created.
PAGE 519
monitor session 2 monitor session Enables a Port Mirroring session for monitoring traffic. Synopsis monitor session session_number no monitor session session_number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines session_number Specifies a session identification number. Valid values range from 0 through 511 in logical chassis mode, 0 through 23 for standalone mode. None Global configuration mode Use this command to enable a session for monitoring traffic.
PAGE 520
2 mtu mtu Specifies the size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) on an interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 482 mtu size size Size, in bytes, of the MTU. Range is from 1522 through 9216. 10-Gbps Ethernet interfaces have a default MTU of 2500 bytes. Interface configuration mode Use this command to specify the MTU on an interface. Configuring an MTU on a VLAN interface is not valid.
PAGE 521
multipath (BGP) 2 multipath (BGP) Changes load sharing to apply to only IBGP or EBGP paths, or to support load sharing among paths from different neighboring autonomous systems (ASs). Synopsis multipath [ebgp | ibgp | multi-as] no multipath Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ebgp Enables load sharing of EBGP paths only. ibgp Enables load sharing of IBGP paths only. multi-as Enables load sharing of paths from different neighboring autonomous systems.
PAGE 522
2 multiplier (LLDP) multiplier (LLDP) Sets the number of consecutive misses of hello messages before LLDP declares the neighbor as dead. Synopsis multiplier value no multiplier Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Specifies a multiplier value to use. Valid values range from 2 through 10. Multiplier default value is 4.
PAGE 523
multiplier (UDLD) 2 multiplier (UDLD) Sets timeout multiplier for missed UDLD PDUs. Synopsis multiplier value no multiplier Operands Defaults Command Modes Description value Specifies a multiplier value to use. Valid values range from 3 through 10. Multiplier default value is 5. Protocol UDLD configuration mode Use this command to set the timeout multiplier for missed UDLD PDUs. The timeout interval is the product of the "hello" time interval at the other end of the link and the "multiplier" value.
PAGE 524
2 nas auto-qos nas auto-qos Enables the Quality of Service (QoS) functionality for the Auto-NAS (automatic network attached storage) feature. Synopsis nas auto-qos no nas auto-qos Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable the QoS functionality for Auto-NAS. This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
PAGE 525
nasport server-ip 2 nasport server-ip Identifies the port that is to receive Auto NAS (automatic network attached storage) traffic. Synopsis nasport server-ip address no nasport server-ip address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines address IP address to receive NAS traffic. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to specify or disable the Auto NAS server port. This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
PAGE 526
2 nbr-timeout nbr-timeout Configures the neighbor timeout interval. Synopsis nbr-timeout num no nbr-timeout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num Interval value in seconds. Valid values range from 35 through 12600 seconds. The default is 105. PIM router configuration mode Use this command to specify the interval after which a neighbor is considered to be absent. Enter no nbr-timeout to disable this feature. Setting the timeout to 600 seconds.
PAGE 527
neighbor (BGP) 2 neighbor (BGP) Assigns a neighbor to a specified IPv4 address or peer group to provide a variety of configuration options.
PAGE 528
2 neighbor (BGP) Description Use this command to assign a neighbor to a specified peer group to provide a variety of configuration options. Neighbor configuration appears in both BGP global and BGP Address-Family command modes. The neighbor parameters/attributes that are common to all of the address families appear in the global mode, making support available for IPv6 address families in the future.
PAGE 529
neighbor (OSPF) 2 neighbor (OSPF) Manually configures a neighbor. Synopsis neighbor A.B.C.D no neighbor Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines A.B.C.D IPv4 address of the neighbor. Neighbors are not configured. OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to manually configure a neighbor. It is typically used in point-to-point networks. OSPF Hellos must use a unicast address, not broadcast or multicast packets. Enter no neighbor A.B.C.D to remove the specified neighbor.
PAGE 530
2 neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP) neighbor advertisement-interval (BGP) Enables changes to interval over which a specified neighbor or peer-group holds route updates before forwarding them. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds no neighbor Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 531
neighbor as-override (BGP) 2 neighbor as-override (BGP) Replaces the autonomous system number (ASN) of the originating router with the ASN of the sending BGP router. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} as-override no neighbor as-override Operands Defaults Command Modes Description ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. None BGP configuration mode BGP loop prevention verifies the ASN in the AS path.
PAGE 532
2 neighbor capability as4 (BGP) neighbor capability as4 (BGP) Enables or disables support for 4-byte autonomous system numbers (ASNs) at the neighbor or peer-group level. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} capability as4 [enable | disable] no neighbor capability as4 Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. enable Enables 4-byte numbering.
PAGE 533
neighbor default-originate (BGP) 2 neighbor default-originate (BGP) Configures the device to send the default route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate {route-map map-name} no neighbor Operands ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. route-map Optionally injects the default route conditionally, depending on the match conditions in the route map.
PAGE 534
2 neighbor description (BGP) neighbor description (BGP) Specifies a name for a neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 496 ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 535
neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP) 2 neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP) Allows EBGP neighbors that are not on directly connected networks and sets an optional maximum hop count.
PAGE 536
2 neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP) neighbor enforce-first-as (BGP) Ensures that a device requires the first ASN listed in the AS_SEQUENCE field of an AS path-update message from EBGP neighbors to be the ASN of the neighbor that sent the update.
PAGE 537
neighbor filter-list (BGP) 2 neighbor filter-list (BGP) Specifies a filter list to be applied to updates from or to the specified neighbor.
PAGE 538
2 neighbor local-as (BGP) neighbor local-as (BGP) Causes the device to prepend the local autonomous system number (ASN) automatically to routes received from an EBGP peer.
PAGE 539
neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP) 2 neighbor maxas-limit in (BGP) Causes the device to discard routes received in UPDATE messages if those routes exceed a maximum AS path length.
PAGE 540
2 neighbor maximum-prefix (BGP) neighbor maximum-prefix (BGP) Specifies the maximum number of IP network prefixes (routes) that can be learned from a specified neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 541
neighbor next-hop-self (BGP) 2 neighbor next-hop-self (BGP) Causes the device to list itself as the next hop in updates that are sent to the specified neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self [always] no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self [always] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 542
2 neighbor password (BGP) neighbor password (BGP) Specifies an MD5 password for securing sessions between the device and a neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 504 ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. string Alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 543
neighbor peer-group (BGP) 2 neighbor peer-group (BGP) Enables the creation of a BGP peer group. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} peer-group string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} peer-group string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. string Alphanumeric characters. Range is from 1 through 63.
PAGE 544
2 neighbor prefix-list (BGP) neighbor prefix-list (BGP) Filters the outgoing and incoming route updates to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to IP address and mask length.
PAGE 545
neighbor remote-as (BGP) 2 neighbor remote-as (BGP) Specifies the autonomous system (AS) in which a remote neighbor resides. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as num no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. num Remote AS number (ASN).
PAGE 546
2 neighbor remove-private-as (BGP) neighbor remove-private-as (BGP) Configures a device to remove private autonomous system numbers (ASNs) from UPDATE messages that the device sends to a neighbor.
PAGE 547
neighbor route-map (BGP) 2 neighbor route-map (BGP) Filters the outgoing and incoming route updates to or from a particular BGP neighbor according to a set of attributes.
PAGE 548
2 neighbor route-reflector-client (BGP) neighbor route-reflector-client (BGP) Configures a neighbor to be a route-reflector client. Synopsis neighbor {ip | peer-group} route-reflector-client no neighbor {ip | peer-group} route-reflector-client Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 510 ip IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation. peer-group Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 549
neighbor send-community (BGP) 2 neighbor send-community (BGP) Enables sending the community attribute in updates to the specified BGP neighbor.
PAGE 550
2 neighbor shutdown (BGP) neighbor shutdown (BGP) Causes a device to shut down the session administratively with its neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown {generate-rib-out} no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} shutdown {generate-rib-out} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 551
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP) 2 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound (BGP) Stores all the route updates received from a neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration inbound Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor peer-group-name Peer group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command.
PAGE 552
2 neighbor timers (BGP) neighbor timers (BGP) Specifies how frequently a device sends KEEPALIVE messages to its BGP4 neighbors, as well as how long the device waits for KEEPALIVE or UPDATE messages before concluding that a neighbor is dead.
PAGE 553
neighbor unsuppress-map (BGP) 2 neighbor unsuppress-map (BGP) Removes route suppression from neighbor routes when those routes have been suppressed as a result of aggregation. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map string no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} unsuppress-map string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor.
PAGE 554
2 neighbor update-source (BGP) neighbor update-source (BGP) Configures the device to communicate with a neighbor through a specified interface.
PAGE 555
neighbor update-source (BGP) See Also 2 None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 517
PAGE 556
2 neighbor weight (BGP) neighbor weight (BGP) Specifies a weight that the device will add to routes that are received from the specified BGP neighbor. Synopsis neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight num no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} weight num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 518 ip-address IPv4 address of the neighbor. peer-group-name Name of the peer group. num Value from 1 through 65535. The default for num is 0.
PAGE 557
network (BGP) 2 network (BGP) Configures the device to advertise a network. Synopsis network network/mask [route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor] no network network/mask [route-map map-name] | [weight num] | [backdoor] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also network/mask Network and mask in CIDR notation. map-name Name of the route map with which to set or change BGP4 attributes for the network to be advertised.
PAGE 558
2 next-hop-enable-default (BGP) next-hop-enable-default (BGP) Configures the device to use the default route as the next hop. Synopsis next-hop-enable-default no next-hop-enable-default Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 520 BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode Use this command to configure the device to use the default route as the next hop. Use the no form of this command to restore the default.
PAGE 559
next-hop-recursion (BGP) 2 next-hop-recursion (BGP) Enables recursive next-hop lookups. Synopsis next-hop-recursion no next-hop-recursion Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode If the BGP4 next hop is not the immediate next hop, a recursive route lookup in the IP routing information base (RIB) is needed.
PAGE 560
2 nport nport Enables N_Port configuration mode for a specific N_Port ID for Access Gateway mode. Synopsis nport port no nport port Operands port Defaults None Command Modes N_Port number supported by hardware platform. Access Gateway (AG) configuration Description This command enables N_Port configuration mode for a specific N_Port number so that you can map VF_Ports to the N_Port (Port Mapping).
PAGE 561
nport interface Fibrechannel 2 nport interface Fibrechannel Adds or deletes N_Ports in a specified port group for Access Gateway mode. Synopsis nport interface Fibrechannel port no nport interface Fibrechannel port Operands port Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples N_Port number supported by switch model. Port Grouping configuration mode Adds or deletes N_Ports in a port group.
PAGE 562
2 nssa-translator (OSPF) nssa-translator (OSPF) Configures Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) Type 7-to-Type 5 Link State Advertisement (LSA) translation. Synopsis nssa-translator no nssa-translator Defaults None Defaults Translation is enabled. Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable NSSA Type 7-to-Type 5 LSA translation on the NSSA Area Border Router (ABR).
PAGE 563
ntp authentication-key 2 ntp authentication-key Creates an authentication key to associate with the NTP server. Synopsis ntp authentication-key key-id md5 md5-string no ntp authentication-key key-id Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples key-id Specifies an ID for an authentication key. The range is from 1 through 65535. md5 md5-string Specifies a string for the MD5 message-digest algorithm. The string can be a maximum of 15 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 564
2 ntp server ntp server Specifies or adds an NTP server IP address and associates an authentication key to the server. Synopsis ntp server ip-address [key key-id] no ntp server ip-address [key key-id] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description ip-address Specifies the NTP server IPv4 IP address (dot-decimal notation) or the IPv6 IP address (hexadecimal colon-separated notation). key key-id Associates a key from the key list to the specified server. The range for a key ID is from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 565
oscmd 2 oscmd Provides a command shell for selected Linux commands. Synopsis Operands oscmd Linux command Linux command The following Linux commands are supported with oscmd: arp [-a] Displays the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) tables. cat Concatenates files and displays to standard output. cp Copies files and directories in a file system. ftp Transfers files to and from a remote server. ifconfig [netmask] [up] Configures the active network interface.
PAGE 566
2 oscmd Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to execute selected Linux commands on the switch. Refer to the Linux man pages for more information on the supported commands. The oscmd command is disabled under FIPS mode. Examples To display the ARP table: switch# oscmd arp -a ? (127.2.1.9) at ac:de:48:02:09:07 [ether] on eth2 ? (127.2.1.7) at ac:de:48:02:07:07 [ether] on eth2 ? (10.17.16.3) at 00:1b:ed:0b:90:00 [ether] on eth0 ? (10.17.16.1) at 02:e0:52:5a:36:5c [ether] on eth0 ? (10.17.19.
PAGE 567
password-attributes 2 password-attributes Configures the user password attributes. Synopsis password-attributes [min-length minlen] [max-retry maxretry] [character-restriction [upper numupper] [lower numlower]] [numeric numdigits] [special-char numsplchars]] no password-attributes [min-length minlen] [max-retry maxretry] [character-restriction] Operands min-length minlen Specifies the minimum length of the password. Valid values range from 8 through 32 characters. The default is 8 characters.
PAGE 568
2 password-attributes password-attributes character-restriction special-char 1 To reset the character restriction attributes and to verify the configuration: switch(config)# no password-attributes character-restriction lower switch(config)# no password-attributes character-restriction upper switch(config)# exit switch# show running-config password-attributes password-attributes max-retry 4 password-attributes character-restriction numeric 0 password-attributes character-restriction special-char 0 To cle
PAGE 569
password-attributes admin-lockout enable 2 password-attributes admin-lockout enable Enables the lockout policy for admin role accounts. Synopsis password-attributes admin-lockout enable no password-attributes admin-lockout enable Operand None Defaults None Command Modes Description Global configuration mode This command enables the lockout policy for admin role accounts. Lockout policy locks admin role accounts when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts.
PAGE 570
2 pdu-rx-limit pdu-rx-limit Sets the number of PDU packets received on an ELD-enabled port before detecting and breaking a loop. Synopsis pdu-rx-limit limit no pdu-rx-limit limit Operands Defaults Command Modes Description limit The number of PDU packets. The valid range is 1 through 5. The default is 1. ELD configuration mode Use this command to determine how many PDU packets are to be received before a loop is assumed to exist and ELD disables a port to break the loop.
PAGE 571
permit (extended ACLs) 2 permit (extended ACLs) Configures a MAC address rule to permit traffic based on the source and destination MAC addresses. Synopsis permit {[any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4] [count]} no permit {[any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS | MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType | arp | fcoe | ipv4]} Operands any Specifies any source MAC address.
PAGE 572
2 permit (extended ACLs) To delete a filter rule in a MAC extended ACL: switch(conf-macl-ext)# no permit 0022.3333.4444 0022.3333.
PAGE 573
permit (standard ACLs) 2 permit (standard ACLs) Configures a MAC address rule to permit traffic based on the source MAC address. Synopsis permit {MAC_ADDRESS | any} [count] no permit {MAC_ADDRESS | any} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines MAC_ADDRESS Specifies the source host MAC address for which to set permit conditions. Use the format HHHH.HHHH.HHHH. any Specifies any source MAC address. count Enables the counting of the packets matching the rule.
PAGE 574
2 pg pg Creates an N_Port group in Access Gateway mode. Synopsis pg pgid no pg pgid Operands pgid Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Port group identifier. Access Gateway (AG) configuration Use this command to configure a port group with a unique ID (pgid). Once configured, you can access the port group in Port Grouping configuration mode to perform configuration tasks, such as adding and removing N_Ports, enabling port group modes, and renaming the group.
PAGE 575
ping 2 ping Verifies network connectivity between a source and a destination. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Example ping dest-IPv4_addr [ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr] [host-name] [count [number]] [timeout seconds] [datagram-size bytes] [quiet] [numeric] [vrf vrf-name] dest-IPv4_addr Specifies the IPv4 address of the destination device. This parameter is valid only with the ping command. ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr Specifies the IPv6 address of the destination device.
PAGE 576
2 ping 5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 100.605/146.372/192.552/32.505 ms To ping an IPv6 destination address in numeric mode with a datagram size. switch# ping ipv6 fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 count 3 datagram-size 48 numeric timeout 3 Type Control-c to abort PING fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470 (fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470): 48 data bytes 56 bytes from fec0:60:69bc:92:218:8bff:fe40:1470: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=6.
PAGE 577
police cir 2 police cir Mandatory command for configuring the committed information rate for a class-map. Synopsis police cir cir-rate no police cir Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cir-rate Committed information rate. Valid values range from 40000 through 40000000000 bps in multiples of 40000. None Policy-map class configuration mode This command sets the committed information rate for a class-map.
PAGE 578
2 police-priority-map police-priority-map Creates color-based priority CoS mapping. A police-priority-map remaps frame CoS values to conform or exceed color values when rates conform or exceed limits set in a classification map.
PAGE 579
policy-map 2 policy-map Configures a policy-map containing a class-map so that you can apply Policer and QoS attributes to a particular interface. Synopsis policy-map policy-map name no policy-map policy-map name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines policy-map name Name of police policy-map No policy-map is created. Global configuration mode Use this command to configure a police policy-map.
PAGE 580
2 port-channel path-cost port-channel path-cost Sets the path-cost behavior. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples port-channel path-cost [custom | standard] custom Specifies to use the custom behavior, which sets the path-cost changes according to the port-channel’s bandwidth. standard Specifies to use the standard behavior, which sets that the path-cost does not change according to port-channel’s bandwidth. Path-cost is standard.
PAGE 581
port-group 2 port-group Enables port-group configuration mode for VDX 8770 Switch line cards that support the port-group command. The mode is a prerequisite reserved for future options that will configure port groups on supported Brocade VDX 8770 Switch line cards. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines port-group rbridge-id/slot/port-group-id rbridge-id A unique identifier for the switch. Values are from 1 through 239. This is not valid in standalone mode.
PAGE 582
2 port-profile (global configuration mode) port-profile (global configuration mode) Creates a new Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile in the fabric. Synopsis port-profile profile-name [activate | qos-profile | security-profile | vlan-profile | static mac-address] no port-profile profile-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description profile-name A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile.
PAGE 583
port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode) 2 port-profile (port-profile-domain configuration mode) Adds an Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile into a specific domain in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis port-profile port-profile-name no port-profile port-profile-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines port-profile-name A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile. Range is from 1 through 128 ASCII characters.
PAGE 584
2 port-profile-domain port-profile-domain Creates an Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile domain that contains all of the port-profiles that can be applied to a profiled port in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis port-profile-domain port-profile-domain-name no port-profile-domain port-profile-domain-name Operands Defaults Command Modes port-profile-domain-name A fabric-wide unique name of a port-profile domain. The range is from 1 through 128 ASCII characters.
PAGE 585
port-profile-port 2 port-profile-port Activates the Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) port-profile configuration mode on a port. Synopsis port-profile-port [profile port-profile-name | domain port-profile-domain-name] no port-profile-port [profile port-profile-name | domain port-profile-domain-name] Operands profile Selects a port-profile. port-profile-name Name of a port-profile. domain Selects a port-profile domain. port-profile-domain-name Name of a port-profile domain.
PAGE 586
2 port-profile-port switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# port-profile-port domain vDC1 To associate a profiled port with a single port profile: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/10 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/10)# port-profile-port profile PP_Tenant_A See Also 548 interface, shutdown, port-profile (global configuration mode), port-profile-domain Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 587
port-shape 2 port-shape Specifies the shaping rate for a port. Synopsis port-shape speed Operands speed Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines The speed for the port-shape rate in Kbps. The range of valid values is from 28000 to the top speed on the interface. Policymap configuration mode Use this command to specify the shaping rate for a port. You can use this command to smooth out the traffic egressing an interface. This command is allowed only for the Egress direction.
PAGE 588
2 power-off power-off Deactivates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description power-off {linecard | sfm} {m4_value | m8_value} linecard Selects a line card to deactivate. sfm Selects an SFM to deactivate. m4_value The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 3. m8_value The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 6.
PAGE 589
power-off linecard 2 power-off linecard Powers off an interface module (line card). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples power-off linecard slot_number slot_number Specifies the slot number to be powered-off. Interface module slots are 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and 1 through 8 on a Brocade VDX 8770-8. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to power off an interface module.
PAGE 590
2 power-on power-on Activates a line card or Switch Fabric Module (SFM). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description power-on {linecard | sfm} {m4_value | m8_value} linecard Selects a line card to activate sfm Selects an SFM to activate. m4_value The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 3. m8_value The slot number. If you are using a Brocade VDX 8770-8 switch, the range of values is from 1 through 6.
PAGE 591
power-on linecard 2 power-on linecard Powers on an interface module (line card). Synopsis Operands power-on linecard slot_number slot_number Specifies the slot number to be powered-on. Interface module slots are 1 through 4 on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 and 1 through 8 on a Brocade VDX 8770-8. DefaultsNone Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to power on an interface module.
PAGE 592
2 precedence precedence Sets the precedence of the CEE map. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples precedence value value The precedence value. Valid values range from 1 through 100. The default is 1. CEE map configuration mode Use this command to set the precedence of the CEE map.
PAGE 593
preempt-mode 2 preempt-mode Turns on preempt mode for a VRRP router session. Synopsis preempt-mode no preempt-mode Operands None Defaults Enabled for VRRP; Disabled for VRRP-E. Command Modes Virtual-router-group configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to enable or disable preempt mode for a virtual router session. When set, the highest-priority backup router will always be the master if the owner is not available.
PAGE 594
2 priority priority Sets the priority of a physical router in a VRRP router group. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description priority range range The priority of a physical router in a virtual router group. Higher numbers have priority over lower numbers. Valid values range from 1 to 254. The default is 1. Virtual-router-group configuration mode Use this command to set the priority of a physical router in a VRRP router group.
PAGE 595
priority-group-table 2 priority-group-table Configures the bandwidth for each priority group. Synopsis priority-group-table pgid [weight weight] [pfc {on | off}] no priority-group-table pgid Operands Defaults Command Modes Description pgid Specifies the priority group ID (PGID) assigned to a priority group. Valid values range from 15.0 through 15.7 for the eight reserved Strict Priority PGIDs. weight weight Maps a weight to a Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR) scheduler queue.
PAGE 596
2 priority-group-table switch(conf-ceemap)# priority-group-table 0 weight 50 pfc on switch(conf-ceemap)# priority-group-table 1 weight 50 See Also 558 cee-map (FCoE), show qos maps, show running-config cee-map Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 597
priority-tag 2 priority-tag Toggles priority-tagging support. Synopsis priority-tag no priority-tag Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Example None The priority-tag is disabled for all supported interfaces. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to toggle the priority-tagging support on a specific interface. This command is the only method for toggling priority-tagging. Enter no priority-tag to disable priority-tagging support.
PAGE 598
2 private-vlan private-vlan Configures a VLAN as a private VLAN (PVLAN). Synopsis private-vlan [isolated | community | primary] no private-vlan [isolated | community | primary] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description isolated The PVLAN is configured as an Isolated VLAN. community The PVLAN is configured as a Community VLAN. primary The PVLAN is configured as a Primary VLAN. None VLAN interface configuration mode Use this command to configure a VLAN as a private VLAN (PVLAN).
PAGE 599
private-vlan association 2 private-vlan association Associates a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN. Synopsis private-vlan association [add vlan_id | remove vlan_id] no private-vlan association [add vlan_id | remove vlan_id] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines add vlan_id Adds the association. remove vlan_id Removes the association. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to associates a secondary VLAN to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 600
2 profile profile Creates an LLDP profile. Synopsis profile name no profile name Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Assigns a name to the profile. The name must be between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to create an LLDP profile. When you apply an LLDP profile on an interface using the lldp profile command, it overrides the global configuration.
PAGE 601
prom-access disable 2 prom-access disable Disables access to the Boot PROM for FIPS compliance. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description prom-access disable None The Boot PROM is accessible. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to disable access to the boot PROM for compliance with FIPS. In non-FIPS compliant mode, you can access the Boot PROM by holding down the ESC key during the 4-second period when the switch is booting up.
PAGE 602
2 protect-mode enable protect-mode enable Enables protect mode. Synopsis protect-mode enable no protect-mode enable Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable protect mode. In the Blade Center Chassis environment, the Advanced Management Module (AMM) controls the operation of the switch by configuring and initializing it. Protect mode of operation is a special mode which needs to be supported by both the switch and the AMM.
PAGE 603
protocol edge-loop-detection 2 protocol edge-loop-detection Sets the edge-loop detection (ELD) configuration mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples protocol edge-loop-detection None ELD configuration mode is not set. Global configuration mode Use this command to enter the ELD configuration mode to make changes to the ELD configuration. This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
PAGE 604
2 protocol lldp protocol lldp Enters the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration mode. Synopsis protocol lldp no protocol lldp Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None The LLDP and DCBX protocols are enabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to enter LLDP configuration mode to be able to make changes to the parameters. Enter no protocol lldp to restore the default settings.
PAGE 605
protocol spanning-tree 2 protocol spanning-tree Designates the context for spanning tree. Synopsis protocol spanning-tree {mstp | rstp | stp | pvst | rpvst} no protocol spanning-tree Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines mstp Specifies the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). rstp Specifies the Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP). stp Specifies the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). pvst Specifies Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol Plus (PVST+).
PAGE 606
2 protocol udld protocol udld Enables and/or enters unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration mode. Synopsis protocol udld no protocol udld Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None This protocol is disabled by default. Global configuration mode UDLD detects and blocks a physical link that becomes unidirectional. A unidirectional link can cause traffic in a network to loop endlessly. When the link becomes bidirectional again, UDLD unblocks the link.
PAGE 607
protocol vrrp 2 protocol vrrp Globally enables VRRP (and VRRP-E on some platforms). Synopsis protocol vrrp no protocol vrrp Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Disabled RBridge ID configuration mode (For a switch in standalone mode, this command is available in global configuration mode.) Enables both the VRRP and VRRP-Extended protocols on the Brocade VDX 8770, 6710, 6720, and 6730, and enables VRRP on the Brocade VDX 6740.
PAGE 608
2 protocol vrrp-extended protocol vrrp-extended Globally enables VRRP-Extended. Synopsis protocol vrrp-extended no protocol vrrp-extended Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Disabled RBridge ID configuration mode (For a switch in standalone mode, this command is available in global configuration mode.) Enables the VRRP-Extended protocol. The no protocol vrrp-extended command globally disables VRRP-Extended.
PAGE 609
pwd 2 pwd Print Working Directory displays the mode of the current working directory. Synopsis pwd Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Functions in all modes except privileged EXEC mode. Use this command to view the mode of the current working directory. This command functions in global configuration mode and below. None To view the current working directory: switch2# pwd ---------^ syntax error: unknown argument.
PAGE 610
2 qos cos qos cos Specifies the interface Class of Service (CoS) value. Synopsis qos cos value no qos cos Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines value Specifies the CoS value. Valid values range from 0 through 7. The default is 0. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify the interface Default CoS value.
PAGE 611
qos cos-mutation 2 qos cos-mutation Applies a CoS-to-CoS mutation quality of Service (QoS) map on an interface. Synopsis qos cos-mutation name no qos cos-mutation Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines name Specifies the name of the CoS mutation map. No explicit CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map is applied; the inbound CoS equals the outbound CoS. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to apply a CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map on a specific interface.
PAGE 612
2 qos cos-traffic-class qos cos-traffic-class Applies a CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map on an interface. Synopsis qos cos-traffic-class name no qos cos-traffic-class Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines name Specifies the name of a previously created CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map. Only one CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map can exist at a time. An existing CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map must be removed before a new one can be applied.
PAGE 613
qos dscp-cos 2 qos dscp-cos Applies a defined DSCP-CoS map to an interface, Synopsis qos dscp-cos name no qos dscp-cos Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples name Name of DSCP-to-COS mutation map DSCP-to-CoS mutation is not enabled on interface. Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te) Use this command to apply a DSCP-to-COS mutation map defined by the qos map dscp-cos name command to a specific interface.
PAGE 614
2 qos dscp-mutation qos dscp-mutation Applies a defined DSCP mutation map to an interface, Synopsis qos dscp-mutation name no qos dscp-mutation Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples name Name of DSCP mutation map DSCP mutation map is not enabled on interface. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to apply a DSCP-to-COS mutation map defined by the qos map dscp-mutation name command to a specific interface.
PAGE 615
qos dscp-traffic-class 2 qos dscp-traffic-class Applies a defined DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map to an interface, Synopsis qos dscp-traffic-class name no qos dscp-traffic-class Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples name Name of DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map is not enabled on the interface.
PAGE 616
2 qos flowcontrol tx qos flowcontrol tx Activates and configures QoS flow control. Synopsis qos flowcontrol tx [on | off] rx [on | off] no qos flowcontrol Operands Defaults Command Modes Description tx [on | off] Activates or deactivates the transmission portion of flow control. rx [on | off] Activates or deactivates the receiving portion of flow control. None Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, port-channel, te) Use this command to configure and activate QoS flow control.
PAGE 617
qos flowcontrol pfc 2 qos flowcontrol pfc Activates and configures flow control for a Class of Service (CoS). Synopsis qos flowcontrol pfc cos_value tx [on | off] rx [on | off] no qos flowcontrol pfc cos_value Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cos_value The CoS value. tx [on | off] Activates or deactivates the transmission portion of flow control. rx [on | off] Activates the receiving portion of flow control.
PAGE 618
2 qos map cos-mutation qos map cos-mutation Creates a QoS map for performing CoS-to-CoS mutation. Synopsis qos map cos-mutation name cos0 cos1 cos2 cos3 cos4 cos5 cos6 cos7 no qos map cos-mutation name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples name Specifies a unique name across all CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS maps defined within the system. If the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map does not exist, then it is created.
PAGE 619
qos map cos-traffic-class 2 qos map cos-traffic-class Creates a QoS map for performing CoS-to-Traffic Class mapping. Synopsis qos map cos-traffic-class name tc0 tc1 tc2 tc3 tc4 tc5 tc6 tc7 no qos map cos-traffic-class Operands Defaults Command Modes name Specifies the CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map name. If the named CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map does not exist, then it is created.
PAGE 620
2 qos map dscp-cos qos map dscp-cos Creates a QoS map for performing DSCP-to-CoS mapping. This configures a DSCP-to-CoS map on the ingress interface. Synopsis qos map dscp-cos name no qos map dscp-cos name mark ingress dscp values to egress cos value Operands Defaults Command Modes name Name of dscp-cos map ingress dscp values Range of input DSCP values egress dscp values Output CoS value DSCP-to-CoS mutation is not enabled.
PAGE 621
qos map dscp-mutation 2 qos map dscp-mutation Creates a DSCP mutation by remapping the incoming DSCP value of the ingress packet to outgoing DSCP values. Synopsis qos map dscp-mutation name no map qos dscp-mutation name mark ingress dscp values to egress dscp value Operands Defaults Command Modes name Name of dscp-mutation map ingress dscp values Range of input DSCP values egress dscp values Output DSCP value DSCP mutation is not enabled.
PAGE 622
2 qos map dscp-mutation NOTE This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
PAGE 623
qos map dscp-traffic-class 2 qos map dscp-traffic-class Creates a QoS map for performing DSCP-to-Traffic Class mapping. This creates a dscp-traffic-class map on the ingress interface. You can configure an interface with either a DSCP-to-Traffic-Class map or a CoS-to-Traffic-Class map. Synopsis qos map dscp-traffic-class name no qos map dscp-traffic-class name mark ingress dscp values to traffic class Operands Defaults Command Modes name Name of QoS DSCP-to-Traffic Class map.
PAGE 624
2 qos red profile qos red profile Creates a Random Early Discard (RED) profile for egress traffic flow. Synopsis qos red-profile profile-ID value min-threshold percentage max-threshold percentage drop-probability percentage no qos red-profile profile-IDvalue Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines profile-ID value Valid values range from 1 through 384. percentage 0 through 100 percent.
PAGE 625
qos trust cos 2 qos trust cos Specifies the interface QoS trust Class of Service (CoS) mode for incoming traffic. Synopsis qos trust cos no qos trust cos Operands Defaults Command Modes None The QoS trust mode set to the untrusted state. Interface subtype configuration mode Description Use this command to specify the interface ingress QoS trust CoS mode, which controls user priority mapping of incoming traffic.
PAGE 626
2 qos trust dscp qos trust dscp Enables Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mode for incoming traffic. Synopsis qos trust dscp no qos trust dscp Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None The QoS trust DSCP mode set to the untrusted state. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify the interface ingress QoS trust DSCP mode, which controls user priority mapping of incoming traffic.
PAGE 627
qos queue multicast scheduler 2 qos queue multicast scheduler Configures the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy. All multicast Traffic Class packet expansion queues are serviced Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR).
PAGE 628
2 qos queue multicast scheduler Examples To set the multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler for Traffic Class 0 getting 5 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 1 getting 10 percent bandwidth, Traffic Class 2 getting 15 percent bandwidth, and Traffic Class 3 getting 20 percent bandwidth, and so on: switch(config)# qos queue multicast scheduler dwrr 5 10 15 20 5 10 15 20 To return the system to the default multicast Traffic Class packet expansion scheduler policy: switch(config)# no qos queue multic
PAGE 629
qos queue scheduler 2 qos queue scheduler Configures the Traffic Class packet scheduler policy. Synopsis qos queue scheduler strict-priority strict-priority-number dwrr weight0 weight1 weight2 weight3 weight4 weight5 weight6 weight7 no qos queue scheduler Operands strict-priority Configures the Strict Priority Traffic Class policy. All Strict Priority Traffic Classes are serviced before any DWRR Traffic Classes. strict-priority-number Sets the number of the Strict Priority Traffic Class.
PAGE 630
2 qos queue scheduler Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines weight5 Sets the DWRR weight for Traffic Class 5 in units of bandwidth percentage left over after servicing all of the Strict Priority Traffic Classes. The sum of all weight values must equal 100 percent. The weight5 value is only valid when the strict priority number is less than 3. Valid values range from 0 through 100 percent.
PAGE 631
qos random-detect cos 2 qos random-detect cos Maps a Random Early Discard (RED) profile to a CoS priority value for a port. Synopsis qos random-detect cos value red-profile-id profile-ID value no qos random-detect cos value Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples value Class of Service (COS) value. Valid values range from 0 through 7. profile-ID value Random Error Detection value. Valid values range from 1 through 384.
PAGE 632
2 qos rcv-queue cos-threshold qos rcv-queue cos-threshold Configures the port tail drop thresholds. Synopsis qos rcv-queue cos-threshold TDT0 {TDT1 | TDT2 | TDT3 | TDT4 | TDT5 | TDT6 | TDT7} no qos rcv-queue cos-threshold Operands Defaults Command Modes Description TDT0 Defines the proportion for the first port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100. TDT1 Defines the proportion for the second port tail drop threshold. Valid values range from 0 through 100.
PAGE 633
qos rcv-queue cos-threshold Usage Guidelines 2 The tail drop thresholds are not allowed to exceed 100%, but can be below 100%. For example, if the tail drop thresholds entered are less than 100%, then the buffer allocation happens as per what has been configured. Enter no qos rcv-queue cos-threshold to remove the configured tail drop thresholds.
PAGE 634
2 qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit Configures a cap on the maximum rate for multicast packet expansion. Synopsis qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit rate [burst burst-size] no qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rate Specifies the maximum rate for multicast packet expansion in units of packets per second (pkt/s). Valid values range from 6500 through 20000000 pkt/s.
PAGE 635
qos rcv-queue multicast threshold 2 qos rcv-queue multicast threshold Configures a cap on the maximum queue depth for multicast packet expansion queues. Synopsis qos rcv-queue multicast threshold mTC0 mTC1 mTC2 mTC3 mTC4 mTC5 mTC6 mTC7 no qos rcv-queue multicast threshold Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines mTC0 Sets the Tail Drop Threshold for multicast Traffic Class 0 packet expansion queue in units of packets (pkt). The valid range is 0 through 16383 packets.
PAGE 636
2 qos rcv-queue multicast threshold Examples To increase multicast packet expansion Tail Drop Threshold to 1000 pkt for each multicast Traffic Class: switch(config)# qos rcv-queue multicast threshold 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 To return the system to the default multicast packet expansion Tail Drop Threshold value: switch(config)# no qos rcv-queue multicast threshold See Also 598 qos rcv-queue multicast rate-limit Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 637
qos-profile (AMPP) 2 qos-profile (AMPP) Activates the QoS profile mode for AMPP. Synopsis qos-profile no qos-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Port-profile configuration mode Use this command to activate the QoS profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of QoS attributes of a port-profile. Enter no qos-profile to remove the profile.
PAGE 638
2 radius-server radius-server Configures the Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) server. Synopsis radius-server host {ip-address | host_name} [auth-port portnum] [protocol {chap|pap |peap}] [key shared_secret] [encryption-level value_level] [timeout sec] [retries num] no radius-server host hostname| ip-address Operands host {ipaddr | host_name} Specifies the IP address or host name of the RADIUS server. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
PAGE 639
radius-server Description Usage Guidelines 2 Use this command to configure the attributes of the RADIUS server. If a RADIUS server with the specified IP address or host name does not exist, it is added to the server list. If the RADIUS server already exists, this command modifies the configuration. The key parameter does not support an empty string. Enter no radius-server to reset to their default values.
PAGE 640
2 rasman rasman Provides instant customer access to RASLog messages decoding and documentation on the switch. Synopsis Operands rasman [[module-description] | [message id RAS-message-id] | [module type module-name] | [type value RAS-message-type]] module-description Displays the RAS module description. message id RAS-message-id Displays the RAS message ID details. module type module-name Displays the RAS message ID based on module. Displays all external RAS messages.
PAGE 641
rasman AUTH-1003 INFO %s type has been successfully set t AUTH-1004 ERROR Failed to set %s type to %s.
PAGE 642
2 rasman FCIP-1003 INFO An IPsec/IKE policy was deleted FCIP-1004 INFO Tape Read Pipelining is being disabled AUTH-1001 INFO %s has been successfully completed AUTH-1002 ERROR %s has failed Example of rasman type value VCS: sw0# rasman type value VCS RAS Message ID Severity Message --------------------------------------------------------------------SS-2000 INFO Copy support started on rbridge-id See Also 604 SS-2001 INFO Copy support completed on rbridge-id SS-2002 INFO Copy support fa
PAGE 643
rate-limit-delay get netconf 2 rate-limit-delay get netconf Returns the rate limit delay configured for processing NETCONF Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs). Synopsis rate-limit-delay get netconf Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to learn the configured minimum time in milliseconds between processing successive NETCONF RPCs. A value of 0 indicates that RPC processing is unlimited.
PAGE 644
2 rate-limit-delay set netconf rate-limit-delay set netconf Limits the rate at which BNA or NETCONF Remote Procedure Call (RPC) requests can be processed on the switch. Synopsisrate-limit-delay set netconf delay Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples delay The number of milliseconds the system waits between processing RPCs. The default is 0.
PAGE 645
rbridge-id 2 rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID configuration mode to support VCS on individual nodes. Synopsis rbridge-id rbridge-id no rbridge-id rbridge-id Operands Defaults Command Modes Description rbridge-id The number of an RBridge node. None Global configuration mode Use this command to enter RBridge ID configuration mode for fabric cluster and logical chassis cluster configuration. Usage Guidelines CAUTION It is always preferable to have the RBridge ID configured on a switch.
PAGE 646
2 rbridge-id top vrf See Also 608 setting Exit to top level and optionally run command VRF configurations None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 647
rd (route distinguisher) 2 rd (route distinguisher) Distinguishes a route for VRF. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rd admin-value:arbitrary-value admin-value The administrative number assigned to the route. This can be a local ASN number or an IP address. The ASN number can be either a 2-byte number (from 0 through 65535) or a 4-byte number (from 0 through 4294967295). arbitrary-value An arbitrary number you choose.
PAGE 648
2 redistribute (BGP) redistribute (BGP) Configures the device to redistribute OSPF, ISIS, or RIP routes, directly connected routes, or static routes into BGP4. Synopsis redistribute {connected | static} [metric num] | route-map string no redistribute {connected | static} [metric num] | route-map string Operands connected Redistributes connected routes. static Redistributes static routes. The range is from 0 through 4294967297.
PAGE 649
redistribute (OSPF) 2 redistribute (OSPF) Configures the device to redistribute OSPF routes. Synopsis redistribute ospf {match [external1 | external2 | internal]} [metric num] | route-map string no redistribute ospf {match [external1 | external2 | internal]} [metric num] | route-map string Operands Defaults Command Modes match Selects the type of route to be redistributed. external1 Redistributes OSPF external type 1 routes. external2 Redistributes OSPF external type 2 routes.
PAGE 650
2 region region Specifies the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) region. Synopsis region region-name no region Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines region-name Assigns a name to an MSTP region. None Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode Use this command to assign a name to an MSTP region. The region-name string must be between 1 and 32 ASCII characters in length, and is case-sensitive.
PAGE 651
reload 2 reload Reboots the control processor (CP) or management module (MM). Synopsis reload [standby | system] reload system [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines standby Reboots the standby CP or MM on a dual CP/MM chassis. system Reboots an entire chassis. rbridge-id rbridge-id Reloads the designated RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to perform a “cold reboot” (power off and restart) of the CP or MM.
PAGE 652
2 reload The following summarizes the behavior of the reload command under a variety of conditions. Behavior of the reload command Command HA synchronized Active reload If executed on active MM, reboots that MM1. In FC mode, the running configuration becomes the new active configuration. HA not synchronized Standby If executed on active MM, reboots that MM. Active The user is prompted to execute the reload system command. In LC mode, the running configuration becomes the new active configuration.
PAGE 653
remap fabric-priority 2 remap fabric-priority Remaps the CoS fabric priority. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description remap fabric-priority priority priority Specifies the remapped CoS priority value for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. The valid range is 0 through 6. The default is 0. CEE map configuration mode Use this command to remap the CoS fabric priority to a different priority for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 654
2 remap lossless-priority remap lossless-priority Remaps the Brocade VCS Fabric priority. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description remap lossless-priority priority priority See Operands. CEE map configuration mode Use this command to remap the Brocade VCS Fabric lossless priorities to a different priority. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also None 616 Specifies the remapped priority value. Valid values range from 0 through 6. Default is 0.
PAGE 655
rename 2 rename Renames a file in the switch flash memory. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines rename current_name new_name current_name The file name you want to change. new_name The new file name. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to rename a user-generated file in the switch flash memory. This command is supported only on the local switch. System files cannot be renamed. If you try to rename a system file, a warning message is displayed.
PAGE 656
2 rename (Access Gateway mode) rename (Access Gateway mode) Provides a name for a port group or renames a port group in Access Gateway mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples rename pg_name pg_name Port group name None Port Grouping configuration mode Renames a specific port group identifier. You must be in Port Grouping configuration mode for the specific port group to use this command. The pg_name cannot exceed 64 characters,.
PAGE 657
resequence access-list 2 resequence access-list Specifies the renumbering of the rules in a MAC or IP ACL. Synopsis resequence {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list name [seq_num | increment] no resequence {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list name [seq_num | increment] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ip | ipv6 | mac Specifies the Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL bound to an interface. name Specifies the name of a standard or an extended ACL. A maximum of 63 characters is allowed.
PAGE 658
2 reserved-vlan reserved-vlan Defines the range of 802.1Q VLANs that cannot be created by means of the interface vlan command. Synopsis Operands Defaults reserved-vlan start-VLAN-ID end-VLAN-ID start-VLAN-ID Valid values range from1 through 4090. end-VLAN-ID Valid values range from 1 through 4090. For a Brocade VDX 6720 switch, the default reserved space is 128 VLANS, and is equal to sum of the number of maximum allowed port channels and the number of interfaces on a Brocade VDX 6720-60 switch.
PAGE 659
restrict-flooding 2 restrict-flooding Restricts the flooding of egress BUM traffic from a port-profile port. Synopsis restrict-flooding no restrict-flooding Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Port profile configuration mode Use this command to restrict the egress BUM traffic from a port-profile port. The default behavior would be to allow the egress BUM traffic.
PAGE 660
2 revision revision Assigns a version number to the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) configuration. Synopsis revision number no revision Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines number Specifies the revision or version number of the MSTP region. Valid values range from 0 through 255. The default is 0. Protocol Spanning Tree MSTP configuration mode Use this command to specify the configuration revision number.
PAGE 661
rfc1583-compatibility (OSPF) 2 rfc1583-compatibility (OSPF) Configures compatibility with RFC 1583. Synopsis rfc1583-compatibility no rfc1583-compatibility Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None OSPF is compatible with RFC 1583 (OSPFv2). OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable compatibility with RFC 1583.
PAGE 662
2 rfc1587-compatibility (OSPF) rfc1587-compatibility (OSPF) Configures compatibility with RFC 1587. Synopsis rfc1587-compatibility no rfc1587-compatibility Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None OSPF is compatible with RFC 1587 (OSPFv2). OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable compliance with RFC 1587, the original NSSA specification.
PAGE 663
rib-route-limit (BGP) 2 rib-route-limit (BGP) Limits the maximum number of BGP Routing Information Base (RIB) routes that can be installed in the Routing Table Manager (RTM). Synopsis rib-route-limit num no rib-route-limit num Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples num Decimal value for maximum number of RIB routes to be installed in the RTM. Range is from 1 through 65535. This option is disabled. There is no limit.
PAGE 664
2 rmon alarm rmon alarm Sets the RMON alarm conditions. Synopsis rmon alarm index snmp_oid interval seconds [absolute | delta] rising-threshold value event number [falling-threshold value event number [owner name] no rmon alarm Operands index Specifies the RMON alarm index. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. snmp_oid Specifies the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format, for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.16.1.1.1.5.65535. The object type must be a counter32.
PAGE 665
rmon collection history 2 rmon collection history Collects Ethernet group statistics for later retrieval. Synopsis rmon collection history number [buckets bucket_number | interval seconds | owner name] no romn collection history number Operands number Specifies the RMON collection control index value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. buckets bucket_number Specifies the maximum number of buckets for the RMON collection history. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 666
2 rmon collection stats rmon collection stats Collects Ethernet group statistics. Synopsis rmon collection stats number [owner name] no rmon collection stats number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples number Specifies the RMON collection control index value. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. owner name Specifies the identity of the owner. RMON statistic collection is not enabled.
PAGE 667
rmon event 2 rmon event Adds or removes an event in the RMON event table associated to the RMON alarm number. Synopsis rmon event index [description word | log | owner name | trap word] no rmon event Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples index Specifies the RMON event number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. description word Specifies a description of the event. log Generates an RMON log when an event is triggered.
PAGE 668
2 role name role name Creates or modifies a user role. Synopsis role name role_name [desc description] no role name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines role_name The name of the role. desc description An optional description of the role. None Global configuration mode Use this command to create a new role. A role defines the access privileges of the user accounts on the switch. A user is associated with a single role.
PAGE 669
route-map 2 route-map Creates or deletes a route map instance, with a variety of options. Synopsis route-map name [permit | deny] instance_number | [continue sequence number] no route-map name [permit | deny] instance_number| [continue sequence number] Operands name The name of the route map. The string must be between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length. permit Allows a matching pattern deny Disallows a matching pattern. instance_number The instance ID. The range is from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 670
2 route-map • • • • • • • • • • • • • Usage Guidelines set community set cos traffic-class set dscp set dampening set distance set ip next-hop set local-preference set metric set metric-type set origin set route-type set tag set weight The maximum number of OSPF networks that can be advertised and processed in a single area in a router is limited to 600. Enter no route-map name to remove the route-map name. Examples See Also 632 None All commands listed under Description, above.
PAGE 671
router bgp 2 router bgp Enables BGP4 routing. Synopsis router bgp no router bgp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to enable BGP4 routing. Use the no form of this command to disable BGP4 routing.
PAGE 672
2 router ospf router ospf Enables and configures the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol over virtual forward and routing (VRF). Synopsis router ospf [vrf name] no router ospf Operands vrf name Defaults Enabled Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples The name of the non-default VRF to connect. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable the OSPF routing protocol and enter OSPF VRF router configuration mode. With NetworkOS4.
PAGE 673
router pim 2 router pim Enables or disables the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) routing protocol. Synopsis router pim no router pim Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None The PIM protocol is disabled. RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable the PIM protocol. It launches the PIM router configuration mode. Usage Guidelines Enter exit to exit this mode.
PAGE 674
2 route-target route-target Imports or exports the routes for the router-id. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description route-target [admin-value:arbitrary-value] [export | import] admin-value The administrative number assigned to the route. This can be a local ASN number or an IP address. The ASN number can be either a 2 byte (from 0 through 65535) or a 4 byte number from 0 through 4294967295). arbitrary-value An arbitrary number you choose.
PAGE 675
rp-address 2 rp-address Adds or removes a static rendezvous point. Synopsis rp-address A.B.C.D no rp-address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples A.B.C.D The IP address that should be designated as the rendezvous point router. No interface is configured as the rendezvous point candidate. PIM router configuration mode Use this command to add or remove a static rendezvous point address for a PIM domain.
PAGE 676
2 rspan-vlan rspan-vlan Configures the VLAN to support RSPAN (Remote Switched Port Analyzer) traffic analysis. Synopsis rspan-vlan Operands None Defaults None Command Modes VLAN configuration mode Description This command configures the VLAN to support RSPAN. RSPAN extends SPAN by enabling remote monitoring of multiple switches across your network.
PAGE 677
rule 2 rule A rule defines the permissions applicable to a particular role. Synopsis rule index [action {accept | reject}] [operation {read-only | read-write}] role role_name command command_name no rule index Operands index Specifies a numeric identifier for the rule. Valid values range from 1 through 512. action accept | reject Specifies whether the user is accepted or rejected while attempting to execute the specified command. The default value is accept.
PAGE 678
2 scheduler scheduler Specifies the scheduling attributes along with the TC shape rate. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description scheduler sp_count [shape_rate | [shape_rate ... shape_rate] dwrr [weight | weight ... weight] sp_count Specifies how many strict priority queues for each port scheduler. The range of valid values is from 0 through 8. shape_rate Specifies the shape rate on strict priority queues. The range of valid values are from 28000 kbps to the maximum interface speed.
PAGE 679
secpolicy activate 2 secpolicy activate Activates the defined switch connection control (SCC) policy and its member set. Synopsis Operands Defaults secpolicy activate [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node. Any switch is allowed to join the fabric. The SCC policy does not exist until it is defined and activated.
PAGE 680
2 secpolicy defined-policy secpolicy defined-policy Creates the switch connection control (SCC) policy and adds the SCC defined policy set members (WWNs). Synopsis secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY [member-entry switch_wwn] no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY [member-entry switch_wwn] Operands Defaults Command Modes member-entry switch_wwn The switch WWN to be added to the SCC defined policy set. Any switch is allowed to join the fabric. The SCC policy does not exist until it is created.
PAGE 681
secpolicy defined-policy 2 switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit To remove an entry from the policy set: switch(config)# no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry \ 10:00:00:05:1e:00:69:00 To remove the SCC_POLICY entry: switch(config)# no secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY VCS mode To create the defined SCC policy: switch(config)# rbridge-id 3 switch(config-rbridge-id-3)# secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY switch(config-defined-policy-SCC_POLICY)# exit To add a switch WWN to the
PAGE 682
2 security-profile (AMPP) security-profile (AMPP) Activates the security-profile mode for AMPP. Synopsis security-profile no security-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Port-profile configuration mode Use this command to activate the security-profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of security attributes of a port-profile. Enter no security-profile to remove the profile.
PAGE 683
seq (extended IP ACLs) 2 seq (extended IP ACLs) Inserts a rule anywhere in the IP ACL.
PAGE 684
2 seq (extended IP ACLs) range The policy applies to all TCP or UDP port numbers that are between the first TCP or UDP port name or number and the second one you enter following the range parameter. The range includes the port names or numbers you enter. For example, to apply the policy to all ports between and including 23 (Telnet) and 53 (DNS), enter the following: range 23 53. The first port number in the range must be lower than the last number in the range.
PAGE 685
seq (extended IP ACLs) 2 Description Use this command to insert a rule anywhere in the IP ACL; it configures rules to match and permits or drops traffic based on the source and destination IP addresses, and the protocol type. You can also enable counters for a specific rule. There are 255 ACL counters supported per port group. Usage Guidelines The first set of [any | host Source_IP_ADDRESS | Source_IP_ADDRESS] parameters is specific to the source IP address.
PAGE 686
2 seq (standard IP ACLs) seq (standard IP ACLs) Inserts a rule anywhere in the IP ACL. Synopsis seq value {deny | permit | hard-drop} [any | A:B:C:D:E:F:H:I/prefix_len | host SIP_address| SIP_address mask] [count] [log] no seq value {deny | permit | hard-drop} [any | A:B:C:D:E:F:H:I/prefix_len | host SIP_address| SIP_address mask] [count] [log] Operands value Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 4294967295. permit Specifies rules to permit traffic.
PAGE 687
seq (extended MAC ACLs) 2 seq (extended MAC ACLs) Inserts a rule anywhere in the MAC ACL. Synopsis seq value [deny | permit] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [EtherType |arp |fcoe | ipv4] [count] no seq value Operands value Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 65535. permit Specifies rules to permit traffic. deny Specifies rules to deny traffic. any Specifies any source MAC address.
PAGE 688
2 seq (extended MAC ACLs) Enter no seq value to remove a rule from the MAC ACL. Hard-drop can prevent trapping of control frames. As a result, it could interfere with normal operations of the protocols. If no sequence value is specified, the rule is added to the end of the list. Examples To create a rule in a MAC extended ACL to permit or drop IPv4 traffic from the source MAC address 0022.3333.4444 to the destination MAC address 0022.3333.
PAGE 689
seq (standard MAC ACLs) 2 seq (standard MAC ACLs) Inserts a rule anywhere in the MAC ACL. Synopsis seq value [deny | permit | hard-drop] [any | host MAC_ADDRESS| MAC_ADDRESS] [count] no seq value Operands value Specifies the sequence number for the rule. Valid values range from 0 through 65535. permit Specifies rules to permit traffic. deny Specifies rules to deny traffic. any Specifies any source MAC address.
PAGE 690
2 service password-encryption service password-encryption Enables or disables password encryption. Synopsis service password-encryption no service password-encryption Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Default value is service password-encryption. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable encryption for all user account passwords. Enter no service password-encryption to disable password encryption.
PAGE 691
service-policy 2 service-policy Binds a policy-map to an interface. Synopsis service-policy in | out policy-map name no service-policy in | out Operands Defaults Command Modes in Binds policy-map to inbound traffic. out Binds policy-map to outbound traffic. policy-map name Name of the policy-map. No service policy is created.
PAGE 692
2 set as-path set as-path Sets a prepended string or a tag for a BGP AS-path attribute in a route-map instance. Synopsis set as-path [prepend string | tag] no set as-path [prepend string | tag] Operands prepend string tag Defaults Command Modes Description Sets a route tag. Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a prepended string or a tag for a BGP AS-path attribute in a route-map instance. None Examples None 654 AS numbers. Range is from 1 through 4294967295.
PAGE 693
set as-path prepend 2 set as-path prepend Prepends an AS4 number to an AS path, makes the AS number a tag attribute for a route map, and provides a variety of route-management options. Synopsis set as-path prepend as-num, as-num, . . .
PAGE 694
2 set as-path prepend ip next-hop peer-address Sets the BGP4 next hop for a route to the neighbor address. local-preference num metric assign Replaces the current metric value with a new value. none Removes the MED attribute (metric) from the BGP4 route. sub Subtracts from the current metric value. Type 1 route. type-2 Type 2 route. external External Type 1 or Type 2 route.
PAGE 695
set automatic-tag 2 set automatic-tag Sets the route-map tag value. Synopsis set automatic-tag value Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set an automatically computed tag value in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also The value for the computed tag.
PAGE 696
2 set comm-list set comm-list Sets a BGP community list for deletion in a route-map instance. Synopsis set comm-list name no set comm-list name Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 658 BGP community list name. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters. Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a BGP community list for deletion in a route-map instance. Use the no version of this command to disable this feature.
PAGE 697
set community 2 set community Sets a BGP community attribute in a route-map instance. Synopsis set community [community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none] no set community community-number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description community-number BGP community number, in two format options: (1) Range is from 1 through 4294967295. (2) Format is AA:NN, where AA is the AS number, and NN is a locally significant number. local-as Do not send outside local AS (well-known community).
PAGE 698
2 set cos traffic-class set cos traffic-class Specifies the User-Priority field value in VLAN header and traffic-class queuing value when a packet matches a flow. Synopsis set cos {0..7} traffic-class {0..7} no set cos {0..7} traffic-class {0..7} Operands 0..7} Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 660 Modifies the Class of Service (CoS) value in the VLAN header of classified traffic, or assigns a queue to the classified traffic.
PAGE 699
set dscp 2 set dscp Specifies the DSCP field value in IP header when a packet matches a flow. Synopsis set dscp {0..63} no set dscp {0..63} Operands 0..63 Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also The DSCP value in the IP header of the classified traffic. The range of valid values is from 0 through 63. Route-map configuration mode You can specify the DSCP field value in IP header when a packet matches a flow.
PAGE 700
2 set dampening set dampening Sets a BGP route-flap dampening penalty in a route-map instance. Synopsis set dampening number no set dampening number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description number The default is 15. Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a BGP route-flap dampening penalty in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 662 Half-life in minutes for the penalty. Range is from 1 through 45.
PAGE 701
set distance 2 set distance Sets the administrative distance for matching OSPF routes in route-map instance. Synopsis set distance value no set distance Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set the route administrative distance in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Administrative distance for the route. Range is from 1 through 254.
PAGE 702
2 set ip interface null0 set ip interface null0 Drops traffic when the null 0 statement becomes the active setting. Synopsis set ip interface null0 no set ip interface null0 Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 664 Route-map configuration mode Use this command to drop traffic when the null 0 statement becomes the active setting as determined by the route-hop selection process. The no command setting deletes the matching filter from the ACL.
PAGE 703
set ip next-hop 2 set ip next-hop Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop in a route-map instance. Synopsis set ip [global | vrf vrf-name] next-hop A.B.C.D no set ip next-hop A.B.C.D Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also A.B.C.D IPv4 address of the next hop. global Specifies that the next specified hop address is to be resolved from the global routing table. vrf vrf-name Specifies from which VRF routing table the specified next hop address will be resolved.
PAGE 704
2 set local-preference set local-preference Sets a BGP local-preference path attribute in a route-map instance. Synopsis set local-preference number no set local-preference Operands Defaults Command Modes Description number None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a BGP local-preference path attribute in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also 666 Range is from 0 through 4294967295.
PAGE 705
set metric 2 set metric Configures the route metric set clause in a route-map instance. Synopsis set metric [add | assign | sub] value no set metric [add | assign | sub] value Operands add Adds the value to the current route metric. assign Replaces the current route metric with this value. sub Subtracts the value from the current route metric. none Removes the current route metric.
PAGE 706
2 set metric-type set metric-type Sets a variety of metric types for destination routing in a route-map instance.
PAGE 707
set origin 2 set origin Sets a BGP origin code in a route-map instance. Synopsis set origin [igp | incomplete] no set origin [igp | incomplete] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description igp Local IGP incomplete Unknown heritage None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a BGP origin code in a route-map instance.
PAGE 708
2 set-priority set-priority Optional command for configuring the priority map of a class-map. Synopsis set-priority priority-map-name no set-priority priority-map-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines priority-map-nameThe priority-map name that you are including in the policy-map. Refer to the description of the police-priority-map command. None Class-map configuration mode This command configures the priority map of a class-map.
PAGE 709
set route-type 2 set route-type Sets a route type in a route-map instance. Synopsis set route-type [internal | type-1 | type-2] no set route-type Operands Defaults Command Modes Description internal Internal route type type-1 OSPF external route type 1 type-2 OSPF external route type 2 None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a route type in a route-map instance.
PAGE 710
2 set tag set tag Sets the route tag value in a route-map instance. Synopsis set tag value no set tag value Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 672 The tag clause value for the route-map. Range is from 0 through 4294967295. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to set the route tag value in a route-map instance. Enter no set tag value to disable this feature.
PAGE 711
set weight 2 set weight Sets a BGP weight for the routing table in a route-map instance. Synopsis set weight number no set weight number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description number None Route-map configuration mode Use this command to set a BGP weight for the routing table in a route-map instance. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Weight value. Range is from 0 through 65535.
PAGE 712
2 sflow collector sflow collector Identifies the sFlow collectors to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Synopsis sflow collector [IPv4 address | IPv6 address] no sflow collector [IPv4 address | IPv6 address] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines IPv4 address Specifies an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal format for the collector. IPv6 address Specifies an IPv6 address for the collector.
PAGE 713
sflow enable (global version) 2 sflow enable (global version) Enables sFlow globally. Synopsis sflow enable no sflow enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None sFlow is disabled on the system. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable sFlow globally. This command is supported on physical ports only. On a Brocade VDX 8770, SPAN and sFlow can be enabled at the same time. On a Brocade VDX 6720, SPAN and sFlow cannot be enabled at the same time.
PAGE 714
2 sflow enable (interface version) sflow enable (interface version) Enables sFlow on an interface. Synopsis sflow enable no sflow enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None sFlow is disabled on all interfaces. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable sFlow on a specific interface. sFlow is used for monitoring network activity. This command is supported on physical ports only.
PAGE 715
sflow polling-interval (global version) 2 sflow polling-interval (global version) Configures the polling interval globally. Synopsis sflow polling-interval interval_value no sflow polling-interval interval_value Operands interval_value Specifies a value in seconds to set the polling interval. Valid values range from 1 through 65535 seconds. Defaults The default is 20.
PAGE 716
2 sflow polling-interval (interface version) sflow polling-interval (interface version) Configures the polling interval at the interface level. Synopsis sflow polling-interval interval_value no sflow polling-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples interval_value Specifies a value in seconds to set the polling interval. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. The defaut is 20.
PAGE 717
sflow sample-rate (global version) 2 sflow sample-rate (global version) Sets the number of packets that are skipped before the next sample is taken. Synopsis sflow sample-rate sample rate no sflow sample-rate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples sample rate Specifies the sampling rate value in packets. Valid values range from 2 through 16777215 packets. The default is 32768. Global configuration mode Use this command to change the current global default sampling rate.
PAGE 718
2 sflow sample-rate (interface version) sflow sample-rate (interface version) Sets the default sampling rate for an interface. Synopsis sflow sample-rate sample rate no sflow sample-rate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines sample rate Specifies the sampling rate. Valid values range from 2 through 16777215 packets. The default is 32768. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to change the default sampling rate for a specific interface.
PAGE 719
sflow-profile 2 sflow-profile Establishes an sFlow profile name and sets a sampling rate. Synopsis sflow-profile {sflow_profile_name} {sample-rate sampling_rate} no sflow-profile {sflow_profile_name} Operands sflow_profile_name Name of an sFlow profile for sampling rates. The maximum number of characters is 64. sample-rate Selects a sampling rate. sampling_rate Specifies a sampling rate. Range is from 2 through 8388608 packets, in powers of 2 only. The default is 32768 packets.
PAGE 720
2 sfp breakout sfp breakout Displays the QSFP port breakout configurations. Synopsis sfp breakout no sfp breakout Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Breakout mode is set to disabled. Connector configuration mode Use this command to display the QSFP port breakout configuration for the specified QSFP ports. This command is an executable command and it could be executed under connector mode. This command is destructible and irreversible.
PAGE 721
short-path-forwarding 2 short-path-forwarding Enables short-path forwarding on a VRRP router. Synopsis short-path-forwarding [revert-priority number] no short-path-forwarding Operands revert-priority number Allows additional control over short-path-forwarding on a backup router.
PAGE 722
2 show access-list show access-list Displays the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface Synopsis Operands show access-list {ip | ipv6 | mac} name {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out} [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] ip | ipv6 |mac Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL. name The “name” of the ACL assigned at creation.
PAGE 723
show access-list interface 2 show access-list interface Displays the status of all ACLs bound to a particular interface Synopsis show access-list interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out} show access-list {ip | ipv6} interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id | management rbridge-i
PAGE 724
2 show access-list ip show access-list ip Displays summary information for an ACL list. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show access-list [{ip IP_ACL | ipv6 IP_ACL} {in | out}] ip IP_ACL Specifies the IPv4 IP address. ipv6 IP_ACL Specifies the IPv6 IP address. in | out Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress). None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular IP address.
PAGE 725
show access-list mac 2 show access-list mac Displays summary information for an ACL list. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show access-list mac {in | out}] in | out None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of all ACLs bound to a particular IP address. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Specifies the ACL binding direction (ingress or egress).
PAGE 726
2 show access-list-log buffer show access-list-log buffer Displays ACL buffer characteristics. Synopsis show access-list-log buffer Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display buffer characteristics.
PAGE 727
show ag 2 show ag Displays the current Access Gateway configuration on a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show ag [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display current, active configuration information for Access Gateway, such as the switch identification, number and type of ports, enabled policies, port grouping, and attached fabric details.
PAGE 728
2 show ag Fi 5/0/2 0x020300 20:03:00:05:33:72:f5:5a 10.37.209.
PAGE 729
show ag map 2 show ag map Displays the current VF_Port mapping to N_Ports in Access Gateway mode on a specific switch or on all switches in the VCS cluster. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show ag map nport [rbridge-id {rbridge-id|all }] nport N_Port number supported by the switch model in /rbridge-id/port group/N Port format. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. all Specifies all RBridges in the VCS cluster.
PAGE 730
2 show ag map 5/0/7 0 pg0 None 5/0/8 0 pg0 None --------------------------------------------------- See Also 692 map fport interface fcoe Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 731
show ag pg 2 show ag pg Displays information on Port Grouping (PG) configured on a switch for Access Gateway (AG) mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ag pg [rbridge-id {rbridge-id|all }] rbridge-id rbridge id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster enabled for AG mode. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information on N_Port groups configured on a switch.
PAGE 732
2 show arp show arp Displays the ARP cache. Synopsis Operands show arp [{switch_ID| all | dynamic | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ip ip-address | mac | slot | static | summary | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |ve vlan_id | vrf name}] switch_ID Unique identifier for a switch (WWN). all Displays ARP information for all RBridge IDs in a cluster. dynamic Displays all the dynamic ARP entries in the ARP table.
PAGE 733
show arp Description Usage Guidelines 2 Use this command to display the contents of the ARP cache. The gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port parameter is used only on Brocade VDX 6710, Brocade VDX 8770-4, and Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows: • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086.for 802.
PAGE 734
2 show bpdu-drop show bpdu-drop Displays information about BPDU guard. Synopsis Operands show bpdu-drop [interface {port-channel num| fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Selects an interface (required). port-channel num Selects a port channel interface. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 735
show capture packet interface 2 show capture packet interface Displays information about captured packets. Synopsis Operands show capture packet interface {all | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} all Selects all interfaces. fortygigabitethernet Selects a 40-GbE interface. gigabitethernet Selects a 1-GbE interface. tengigabitethernet Selects a 10-GbE interface.
PAGE 736
2 show cee maps show cee maps Displays information on the defined CEE maps. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show cee maps default None The only map name allowed is “default.” Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information on the CEE map. The configuration state is displayed with a list of all of the Layer 2 interfaces bound to the CEE map. Network OS v4.1.0 only allows the CEE map named “default.
PAGE 737
show cert-util ldapca 2 show cert-util ldapca Displays the LDAP Certification Authority (CA) certificate. Synopsis Operands show cert-util ldapca [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Certification Authority (CA) certificate.
PAGE 738
2 show cert-util sshkey show cert-util sshkey Displays the public SSH key. Synopsis Operands show cert-util sshkey user user_id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] user user_id The user ID to display. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the public SSH key for the user specified.
PAGE 739
show cert-util syslogca 2 show cert-util syslogca Displays the syslog Certification Authority (CA) certificate. Synopsis Operands show cert-util syslogca [rbridge-id {rbridge_id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the syslog Certification Authority (CA) certificate.
PAGE 740
2 show chassis show chassis Displays all field-replaceable units (FRUs). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show chassis [rbridge-id rbridge-id ] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) header content for each object in the chassis. Use this command to display the following information per line: • Chassis name and model, for example, BR-VDX6720-24.
PAGE 741
show chassis Examples 2 To display the FRU information on a Brocade VDX 6720-24: switch# show chassis rbridge-id 9 Chassis Family: BR-VDX6720-24 Chassis Backplane Revision: 2 switchType: 96 FAN Unit: 1 Time Awake: 64 days FAN Unit: 2 Time Awake: 64 days POWER SUPPLY Unit: 1 Header Version: Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Update: Time Alive: Time Awake: 2 40-1000590-03 BWU0406G006 Day: 18 Month: Day: 1 Month: 594 days 0 days POWER SUPPLY Unit: 2 Header Version: Factory Part Num: F
PAGE 742
2 704 show chassis Time Alive: Time Awake: 78 days 1 days SFM Slot: S2 Blade Version: Power Consume Factor: Power Usage (Watts): Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Update: Time Alive: Time Awake: 3 -150 -132 60-1002180-05 BVU0321G01F Day: 39 Month: Day: 30 Month: 76 days 1 days LC Slot: L1 Blade Version: Power Consume Factor: Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Update: Time Alive: Time Awake: 3 -400 60-1002181-08 BVV0333G00E Day: 17 Month: Day: 30 Month: 69 days 1 days
PAGE 743
show chassis Time Awake: ID: Part Num: Rework: 1 days LPCS SP750Z1A A POWER SUPPLY Unit: 2 Power Consume Factor: Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Time Awake: ID: Part Num: Rework: 3000 23-0000135-01 BMM2J02G008 Day: 1 Month: 1 days LPCS SP750Z1A A FAN Unit: 1 Power Consume Factor: Power Usage (Watts): Factory Part Num: Factory Serial Num: Manufacture: Time Awake: -126 -19 60-1002130-02 BYX0320G007 Day: 3 Month: 1 days FAN Unit: 2 Power Consume Factor: Power Usage (Watts): Factory Pa
PAGE 744
2 show cipherset show cipherset Displays the current cipherset status. Synopsis show cipherset Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current cipherset status for LDAP and SSH.
PAGE 745
show class-maps 2 show class-maps Displays all the class-maps configured in the system. Synopsis show class-maps Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display all the class-maps configured in the system.
PAGE 746
2 show cli show cli Displays all the current CLI settings. Synopsis show cli Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display all the current CLI settings. None Typical command output display.
PAGE 747
show cli history 2 show cli history Displays the last 512 commands executed. Synopsis show cli history Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the last 512 commands executed on the local node across user sessions.
PAGE 748
2 show clock show clock Returns the local time, date, and time zone. Synopsis Operands show clock [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] rbridge-id rbridge-id all Defaults Command Modes Description Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. The local clock is used. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current local clock and time zone. If the RBridge ID is not provided, status results default to the local switch (LOCL).
PAGE 749
show config snapshot 2 show config snapshot Displays the snapshots present on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show config snapshot [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] [snapshot-id] all Displays all snapshot information. rbridge-id Displays snapshots for the specified RBridge. snapshot-id Specifies the name of the snapshot that has been captured. This can be any combination of characters and numbers. The range is from 1 through 50.
PAGE 750
2 show copy-support status show copy-support status Displays the status of the copy support operation. Synopsis Operands show copy-support status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of the copy support operation on the local switch.
PAGE 751
show dadstatus 2 show dadstatus Displays the current DHCP auto-deployment (DAD) status output on the switch. Synopsis show dadstatus Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the DAD status output on the switch. If DAD fails, one of the following errors will show in the output: 1. DHCP auto-deployment failed during DHCP process 2. DHCP auto-deployment failed in sanity check 3.
PAGE 752
2 show debug dhcp packet show debug dhcp packet Displays the DHCP packet capture configuration for interfaces configured for DHCP packet capturing. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 714 show debug dhcp packet Privileged EXEC mode Displays the DHCP packet capture configuration for each interface configured for DHCP packet capture.
PAGE 753
show debug dhcp packet buffer 2 show debug dhcp packet buffer Displays DHCP packets saved in the DHCP packet capture buffer. Synopsis show debug dhcp packet buffer Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode This command displays DHCP capture buffer content for all VRF IDs. None The following command displays buffer content for all VRF IDs.
PAGE 754
2 show debug dhcp packet buffer Protocol Type : DHCP Packet Flow : RX Src Port : 68 (DHCP Client) Dst Port : 67 (DHCP Server) Message Type : 3 (DHCP-Request) Hardware Type : 1 (Ethernet (10Mb)) Hw Address Len : 6 Hops : 0 Transaction ID : 0 Seconds Elapsed : 0 BootP Flags : 8000 Client IP : 0.0.0.0 Your (client) IP : 0.0.0.0 Next Server IP : 0.0.0.0 Relay Agent IP : 0.0.0.
PAGE 755
show debug ip bgp all 2 show debug ip bgp all Displays all BGP4 debug options that are enabled. Synopsis show debug ip bgp all Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view all BGP4 debug options that are enabled.
PAGE 756
2 show debug ip igmp show debug ip igmp Displays the IGMP packets received and transmitted, as well as related events. Synopsis show debug ip igmp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the IGMP packets received and transmitted.
PAGE 757
show debug ip pim 2 show debug ip pim Displays the current state of the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) debug flags. Synopsis show debug ip pim Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of PIM debugging flags on the switch. None A typical output of this command.
PAGE 758
2 show debug lacp show debug lacp Displays the configured debugging features for LACP. Synopsis show debug lacp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of LACP debugging flags on the switch.
PAGE 759
show debug lldp 2 show debug lldp Displays the LLDP debugging status on the switch. Synopsis show debug lldp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of LLDP debugging flags on the switch.
PAGE 760
2 show debug spanning-tree show debug spanning-tree Displays the STP debugging status on the switch. Synopsis show debug spanning-tree Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of STP debugging flags on the switch.
PAGE 761
show debug udld 2 show debug udld Shows UDLD debug status on the switch. Synopsis show debug udld Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to show the unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol debug status of the switch. The status reflects the bugging you set with the debug udld command.
PAGE 762
2 show debug vrrp show debug vrrp Displays debug parameters. Synopsis show debug vrrp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of VRRP debugging flags on the switch. This command is for VRRP and VRRP-E. You can modify or redirect the displayed information by using the default Linux tokens (|, >).
PAGE 763
show defaults threshold 2 show defaults threshold Displays the default thresholds for environmental and alert values for Ethernet interfaces, security monitoring, and SFPs. Synopsis Operands show defaults threshold [interface type Ethernet | security | sfp] interface type Ethernet Thresholds for all Ethernet interfaces. security Thresholds for login and Telnet monitoring.
PAGE 764
2 show defaults threshold The following example illustrates security thresholds: sw0# show defaults threshold security +------------+-----------------------+----------------------+--------+--------+ | | High Threshold | Low Threshold | Buffer | Time | | Area |Value | Above | Below |Value | Below | Value | Base | | | | Action | Action| | Action | | | +------------+------+--------+-------+----------+-----------+--------+--------+ | Telnet | 2 | raslog | none | 1| none | 0| minute | +------------+------+----
PAGE 765
show default-vlan 2 show default-vlan Displays the current default VLAN value. Synopsis show default-vlan Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current default VLAN value.
PAGE 766
2 show dpod show dpod Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) licensing. Synopsis Operands show dpod [rbridge-id {rbridge-id |all}] rbridge-id rbridge-id all Defaults Current Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster. None Privileged Exec mode Use this command to display port reservations for a specified port or for all ports on the local switch. This command has no effect on Brocade VDX 6710 and VDX 8770 switches.
PAGE 767
show dpod 2 1 40G ports are assigned to the Port Upgrade license 40G ports assigned to the base switch license: None 40G ports assigned to the Port Upgrade license: 15/0/49 40G ports not assigned to a license: 15/0/50, 15/0/51, 15/0/52 3 40G license reservations are still available for use by unassigned ports switch# See Also show running-config dpod Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 729
PAGE 768
2 show diag burninerrshow show diag burninerrshow Displays the error messages that are stored in the nonvolatile storage on the slot during the POST and system verification processes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag burninerrshow [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which errors stored in the storage on the slot during POST and system verification are displayed.
PAGE 769
show diag burninerrshowerrLog 2 show diag burninerrshowerrLog Displays the error log messages that are stored in the nonvolatile storage on the slot during the POST and system verification processes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag burninerrshowerrLog [slot slot-id] slot slot_id Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only.
PAGE 770
2 show diag burninerrshowerrLog iobuf.c, line: 648, comp:insmod, ltime:2012/06/03-07:2012/06/03-07:19:29:651740, [DIAG-5046], 0, M1, ERROR, chassis, L3:portLoopbackTest FAILED. Err -2, OID:0x43240000, diag_mercury_mm, line: 543, comp:diag, ltime:2012/06/03-07:19:29:6516992012/06/03-07:29:52:276612, [DIAG-5004], 0, M1, INFO, chassis, DIAG-MANUAL4 " L3 verify: TESTED stat FAILED 8 cmds in 1 runs Therm 10 Vib 2 in 0 hr 18 min 34 sec (0:18:34)"Err# 0140045 0900:101:000:001:0:20: , OID:0x43240000, iobuf.
PAGE 771
2 show diag burninstatus show diag burninstatus Displays the diagnostics burn-in status or system verification status stored in the nonvolatile storage memory in the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag burninstatus [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the burn-in status for a switch.
PAGE 772
2 show diag post results show diag post results Displays either the brief results or detailed information of the power-on self-test (POST) executed on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag post results {brief | detailed} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [slot slot-id] brief | detailed Specifies whether the POST passed or failed (brief) or displays detailed status with the register dump when a POST fails (detailed).
PAGE 773
show diag post results 2 rbridgeId 1 See Also diag post enable Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 735
PAGE 774
2 show diag setcycle show diag setcycle Displays the current systemVerification test parameters. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag setcycle [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display current values used in system verification.
PAGE 775
show diag status 2 show diag status Displays the currently diagnostic test status on one or all slots in the system. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show diag status [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [slot slot-id] rbridge-idrbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch to display. slot slot_id Specifies the slot ID. This is mandatory for slot-based systems only. If an RBridge ID is not specified, diagnostic tests for all blades in the system are displayed.
PAGE 776
2 show dot1x show dot1x Displays the overall state of dot1x on the system. Synopsis show dot1x Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the overall state of dot1x on the system. None To display the state of dot1x on the system: switch# show dot1x 802.
PAGE 777
show dot1x all 2 show dot1x all Displays detailed dot1x information for all of the ports. Synopsis show dot1x all Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display detailed information for all of the ports. None To display detailed dot1x information for all of the ports: switch# show dot1x all 802.1X Port-Based Authentication Enabled PAE Capability: Authenticator Only Protocol Version: 2 Auth Server: RADIUS 802.
PAGE 778
2 show dot1x diagnostics interface show dot1x diagnostics interface Displays all diagnostics information for the authenticator associated with a port. Synopsis Operands show dot1x diagnostics interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 779
show dot1x interface 2 show dot1x interface Displays the state of a specified interface. Synopsis Operands show dot1x interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 780
2 show dot1x session-info interface show dot1x session-info interface Displays all statistical information of an established session. Synopsis Operands show dot1x session-info interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 781
show dot1x statistics interface 2 show dot1x statistics interface Displays the statistics of a specified interface. Synopsis Operands show dot1x statistics interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 782
2 show dpod show dpod Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (POD) license information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show dpod [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster. This command is executed on the local switch. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display Dynamic POD license information for the local switch.
PAGE 783
show edge-loop-detection detail 2 show edge-loop-detection detail Displays ELD detailed information for the entire node. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes show edge-loop-detection detail [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. all Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster. None Privileged EXEC mode ELD configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to view detailed ELD information for the entire node.
PAGE 784
2 show edge-loop-detection globals show edge-loop-detection globals Displays ELD global configuration values for status, disabled ports, and resource. Synopsis show edge-loop-detection globals Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Privileged EXEC mode ELD configuration mode Description Use this command to view the configured values for PDU receive limit, shutdown time, and hello time. Usage Guidelines This functionality detects Layer 2 loops only.
PAGE 785
show edge-loop-detection interface 2 show edge-loop-detection interface Displays ELD interface configuration information and packet statistics. Synopsis show edge-loop-detection interface interface-type interface-id show edge-loop-detection interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number} Operands interface-type Specifies an interface type. interface-id Specifies an interface ID.
PAGE 786
2 show edge-loop-detection interface Number of edge-loop-detection instances enabled: 1 Interface: 7/0/5 -----------------------Enabled on VLANs: 100 Priority: 128 Interface status: UP Auto enable in: Never See Also 748 clear edge-loop-detection, edge-loop-detection vlan, edge-loop-detection port-priority, protocol edge-loop-detection, shutdown-time Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 787
show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id 2 show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id Displays ELD status information for a specific RBridge. Synopsis Operands show edge-loop-detection rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} rbridge-id all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies an RBridge ID for the switch. Specifies all RBridge IDs in the VCS cluster.
PAGE 788
2 show environment fan show environment fan Displays fan status information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show environment fan [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID. all Specifies all switches in the fabric.
PAGE 789
show environment history 2 show environment history Displays the field-replaceable unit (FRU) history log. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show environment history [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID.
PAGE 790
2 show environment history Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Not Available Not Available POWER SUPPLY Unit 2 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Wed Mar 30 19:19:56 2011 Not Available Not Available Records: 4 To display the FRU history on a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch# show environment history See Also 752 CID Unit 2 Factory Part Number: Factory Serial Number: Inserted at Tue Sep 40-1000592-01 BVW0311G00K 6 22:40:27 2011 SFM Slot 3 Factory Part Number: Factory Seria
PAGE 791
show environment power 2 show environment power Displays power supply status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show environment power [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID. all Specifies all switches in the fabric.
PAGE 792
2 show environment sensor show environment sensor Displays the environment sensor status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show environment sensor [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
PAGE 793
show environment temp 2 show environment temp Displays environment temperature. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show environment temp [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode, and is supported only for the local RBridge ID. all Specifies all switches in the fabric.
PAGE 794
2 show fabric all show fabric all Displays the Brocade VCS Fabric membership information. Synopsis show fabric all Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message “Local Switch disabled or fabric is re-building” is displayed.
PAGE 795
show fabric ecmp load-balance 2 show fabric ecmp load-balance Displays the current configuration of hash field selection and hash swap. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show fabric ecmp load-balance [rbridge-id value] rbridge-id value Specifies the RBridge ID None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current configuration of hash field selection and hash swap.
PAGE 796
2 show fabric isl show fabric isl Displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) information in the fabric. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show fabric isl [rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display ISL information in the fabric. If the ISL is segmented then “(segmented - incompatible)” displays in the output.
PAGE 797
show fabric isl 2 When a switch in a fabric is running Network OS 4.0.1 or later, CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index information for those switches, which includes the port followed by a colon (:) and the breakout indicator. This command displays ISL details, including the breakout index of the interface if breakout mode is configured on the source or neighbor interface. Examples This example displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) information in the fabric.
PAGE 798
2 show fabric isl switch# sh fab isl Rbridge-id: 1 #ISLs: 4 Src Src Nbr Nbr Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk -------------------------------------------------------------------------------30 Te 1/0/27 1 Te 48/0/49:1 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes 32 Te 1/0/29 2 Te 48/0/49:2 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes 34 Te 1/0/31 3 Te 48/0/49:3 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes 36 Te 1/0/33 4 Te 48/0/49:4 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes Nbr-Name "sw0" "sw0" "sw0" "sw0" This example displays ISL det
PAGE 799
show fabric isl 2 Src Src Nbr Nbr Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN BW Trunk Nbr-Name ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 Te 48/0/49:1 30 Te 1/0/25 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0" 1 Te 48/0/49:2 32 Te 1/0/27 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0" 1 Te 48/0/49:3 34 Te 1/0/29 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0" 1 Te 48/0/49:4 36 Te 1/0/31 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 10G Yes "sw0" Output shown is for Network OS 4.1.
PAGE 800
2 show fabric islports show fabric islports Displays information for all Inter-Switch Link (ISL) ports in the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show fabric islports [rbridge-id] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID on which the ISL ports are displayed. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information for all ISL ports in the switch. The command output includes the following information: Name Switch name. Type Switch model and revision number.
PAGE 801
show fabric islports 2 Down, (Reason Code) The ISL is down due to the given reason code. In this command, ISL segmentation is denoted as “ISL segmented, (segmentation reason)”. The segmentation reason could be any of those listed below. Segmentation reasons Number Segmentation Explanation 1 RBridge ID Overlap When a new node joins the cluster with the RBridge-id already existing in the cluster.
PAGE 802
2 show fabric islports Disabled port reasons (Continued) Usage Guidelines Number Disabled Reasons Explanation 11 No VCS Fabric License Brocade VCS Fabric license is not enabled. For more than 2 nodes in the cluster VCS fabric license is mandatory. 12 ESC Fabric Distribution Service Conflict FDS state is different. 13 Zoning FDS Configuration Conflict FDS zoning configuration is different. This command is not available in standalone mode.
PAGE 803
show fabric islports See Also 2 fabric isl enable, show diag burninstatus, show fabric isl, show fabric trunk Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 765
PAGE 804
2 show fabric port-channel show fabric port-channel Displays the fabric VLAG load-balance information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show fabric port-channel [port-channel-id | load-balance | all ] port-channel-id Displays the information for the port channel ID. load-balance Displays the load balance information. all Displays all available information. None Privileged EXEC mode This command displays the fabric’s VLAG load-balance information.
PAGE 805
show fabric route linkinfo 2 show fabric route linkinfo Displays the RBridge route link information connected in the fabric. Synopsis show fabric route linkinfo Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display details about all the links connected to the fabric. It groups the information for each RBridge in the fabric. The command displays the following fields of information: Usage Guidelines Rbridge-id ID of the RBridge.
PAGE 806
2 show fabric route linkinfo Examples To display link information for the fabric: switch# show fabric route linkinfo Rbridge-id: 1 =============== Reachable: Yes Version: 1 No. of Links: 2 Link# Src Src Nbr Nbr Index Interface Index Interface Link-Cost Link-Type Trunk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 Fi 1/-/128 Fi 2/-/10000 Pt_Pt 2 159 Fi 1/-/128 Fi 160/-/10000 Pt_Pt Rbridge-id: 2 =============== Reachable: Yes Version: 1 No.
PAGE 807
show fabric route linkinfo 2 This example displays link linformation and includes the breakout index of the interface in normal mode. sw0# show fabric route linkinfo Rbridge-id: 1 =============== Reachable: Yes Version: 1 No.
PAGE 808
2 4 show fabric route linkinfo 3 Te 48/0/49 34 Te 1/0/49 500 Pt_Pt Ethernet This example displays link linformation and includes the breakout index of the interface in mixed mode running Network OS v4.1.0: switch# show fabric route linkinfo Rbridge-id: 1 =============== Reachable: Yes Version: 1 No.
PAGE 809
show fabric route multicast 2 show fabric route multicast Displays ISLs that receives any forwarded Broadcast, unknown Unicast, and Multicast (BUM) traffic. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show fabric route multicast [rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. all Specifies all switches in the fabric.
PAGE 810
2 show fabric route multicast Rbridge-id: 1 Mcast Priority: 1 Enet IP Addr: 10.24.85.
PAGE 811
show fabric route multicast 2 Root of the Multicast-Tree ========================== Rbridge-id: 1 Mcast Priority: 1 Enet IP Addr: 10.38.19.
PAGE 812
2 show fabric route neighbor-state show fabric route neighbor-state Displays the state information of all the ISL links connected to the RBridge. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show fabric route neighbor-state [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the RBridge for which neighbor information is to be displayed. all Displays neighbor information for all RBridges in the fabric.
PAGE 813
show fabric route neighbor-state 2 The show fabric family of commands display neighbor and local port information when connected to a down-level RBridge. When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric. When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.
PAGE 814
2 show fabric route neighbor-state Src Src Nbr Nbr Nbr Index Interface Index Interface State ------------------------------------------------------30 Te 1/0/49:1 1 Te 48/0/49 NB_ST_FULL See Also 776 show fabric route topology, show fabric route linkinfo Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 815
show fabric route pathinfo 2 show fabric route pathinfo Displays the path of a data stream through a fabric and provides statistics about each hop on that path. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show fabric route pathinfo Fabric ID Domain Source Port Destination Port Basic Stats Extended Stats Reverse Path You are prompted to select parameters interactively.
PAGE 816
2 show fabric route pathinfo Regardless of parameter selection, the command displays the following status of the destination port and routing information about each hop: Target port is Provides the status of the destination port. It can have one of the following values: Embedded: This is the embedded port. Not active: The port is not connected or is still initializing and has not yet reached a stable state. E_Port F_Port Hop The hop number. The local switch is hop 0.
PAGE 817
show fabric route pathinfo 2 intervals, and the counter is incremented if the condition is true. Each sample represents 1 ms of time with a 0 Tx BB Credit. An increment of this counter means that the frames could not be sent to the attached device for 1 ms, indicating degraded performance. TxCrdz(64s) The length of time, in milliseconds, over the previous 64-second interval that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit BB credit was 0.
PAGE 818
2 show fabric route pathinfo To show path information with basic statistics: switch# show fabric route pathinfo Fabric ID (1..
PAGE 819
show fabric route pathinfo 2 Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------4 1209 2 148 8G 500 Port B/s (1s) B/s (64s) TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) 1209 148 Tx Rx Tx Rx -------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 -0 -0 -0 -- Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------5 3 1 E --Port B/s (1s) B/s (64s) TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) 3 E Tx Rx Tx Rx ------------
PAGE 820
2 show fabric route pathinfo Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------1 5 142 54 4G 500 Port B/s (1s) B/s (64s) TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) words Frames Errors 5 54 Tx Rx Tx Rx -------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 7 7 0 -0 -0 -0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 967 967 0 0 1204 967 -0 -0 Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------2 14 5 1 4G
PAGE 821
show fabric route pathinfo TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) words Frames Errors 0 0 0 0 608 454 -- --0 0 608 608 0 0 0 0 0 424 563 -- 2 --0 0 424 424 0 Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------5 3 1 E --Port B/s (1s) B/s (64s) TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) words Frames Errors 3 E Tx Rx Tx Rx -------------------------------------------------0 0 --0 3 --0 ---0 ---0 0 --0 0 --1244 1244 --898 1244 ---0 --- Re
PAGE 822
2 show fabric route pathinfo Hop In Port Domain ID Out Port BW Cost -----------------------------------------------------------------------8 796 100 217 4G 500 Port B/s (1s) B/s (64s) TxCrdz (1s) TxCrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) words Frames Errors See Also 784 796 217 Tx Rx Tx Rx -------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 -0 -0 -0 -0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 48267544 48267544 50570 50570 1164982 48267544 50742 50570 -0 -0 show fabric route topology, show fabric route neighbor-state Netw
PAGE 823
show fabric route topology 2 show fabric route topology Displays the RBridge routes from the source switch to the destination switch. Synopsis Operands show fabric route topology [src-rbridgeId src-id] [dst-rbridgeId dst_id] src-rbridgeId src-id dst-rbridgeId dst_id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies the source RBridge ID Specifies details on the source RBridge. Specifies the destination RBridge ID Specifies details on the destination RBridge.
PAGE 824
2 show fabric route topology When a fabric is running normal mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or later), CLI output displays the QSFP breakout index for all switches in the fabric. When a fabric is running mixed mode (switches are running Network OS 4.1.0 or earlier), the QSFP breakout index is not displayed in the output on switches running Network OS versions earlier than v4.1.
PAGE 825
2 show fabric route topology 1 48 30 Te 1/0/49 1 500 1 Te 48/0/49 40G Yes This example displays route topology details and includes the breakout index of the neighbor interface in mixed mode running Network O.S. v4.1.0.
PAGE 826
2 show fabric trunk show fabric trunk Displays Inter-Switch Link (ISL) trunk information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show fabric trunk [rbridge-id| all] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display trunking information of ISL ports. The command displays the following fields: Rbridge-id RBridge ID of the switch.
PAGE 827
show fabric trunk Examples 2 To display the fabric trunk information: switch# show fabric trunk Possible completions: all all RBridges in fabric rbridge-id Syntax: rbridge-id [rbridge-id] | Output modifiers switch# show fabric trunk Rbridge-id: 65 Trunk Src Source Nbr Nbr Group Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN ----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 Te 65/0/1 1 Te 66/0/1 10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57 1 2 Te 65/0/2 2 Te 66/0/2 10:00:00:05:33:6F:27:57 2 45 Te 6
PAGE 828
2 show fabric trunk Trunk Src Source Nbr Nbr Group Index Interface Index Interface Nbr-WWN -----------------------------------------------------------------------------1 74 Te 1/0/49:1 0 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 1 76 Te 1/0/49:2 1 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 1 80 Te 1/0/49:3 3 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX 1 78 Te 1/0/49:4 2 Te 48/0/49 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX See Also 790 fabric trunk enable, show fabric isl, show fabric islports Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 829
show fcoe fabric-map 2 show fcoe fabric-map Displays the FCoE fabric-map configuration globally in a fabric, or on a single RBridge. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show fcoe fabric-map [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Optionally selects the fabric-map configuration on a single RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the FCoE fabric-map on all or one of the RBridges in a fabric.
PAGE 830
2 show fcoe fabric-map fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 200 ! sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 20 rbridge-id 20 : fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 64 ! sw0# show running-config rbridge-id 21 rbridge-id 21 : fcoe fabric-map default fcoe-enode 0 ! See Also 792 fcoe-enodes Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 831
show fcoe interface 2 show fcoe interface Displays a synopsis of the FCoE interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show fcoe interface [brief | ethernet rbridge-id rbridge-id] brief Displays a brief synopsis of the configuration status. ethernet Displays the FCoE Ethernet Interface information. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 832
2 show fcoe login show fcoe login Displays FCoE login information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show fcoe login {interface [WORD | VN-Num | rbridge | port]} {rbridge-id rbridge-id} {vfid vf_id} {vlan vlan_id} interface Displays logins for an FCoE interface WORD Displays Word information. VN-Num Displays VN-Num information. rbridge Displays RBridge information. port Displays port information.
PAGE 833
show fcoe map 2 show fcoe map Displays all FCoE maps, or a single map. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show fcoe map [default {rbridge-id rbridge-id} | rbridge-id rbridge-id] default The fabric map name. The only map name available is “default”. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies an RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display all available FCoE maps, or a single designated map. However, for Network OS v4.1.
PAGE 834
2 show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap Displays the switches (WWNs) for which a shared secret is configured. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 796 show fcsp auth-secret dh-chap Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the switch world wide names (WWNs) for which a shared secret is configured. This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 6730 switches.
PAGE 835
show fibrechannel login 2 show fibrechannel login Displays fibrechannel logins. Synopsis Operands show fibrechannel login [rbridge-id rbridge-id | interface fcoe-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id interface fcoe-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies the RBridge ID of the fibrechannel logins to display. Specifies the FCoE interface name in VN-Num/RBridge-ID/port format of the fibrechannel logins to display.
PAGE 836
2 show fibrechannel login To view fibrechannel logins on an interface: sw0# show fibrechannel login interface 17/0/3 ===================================================================================== === Interface Index PID status protocol speed PortWWN ===================================================================================== === Fi 17/0/3 2 110146 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2e:83:00:05:33:26:14:26 Fi 17/0/3 2 110145 up(In_Sync ) up 4G Auto 2d:07:00:05:33:26:14:26 Fi 17/0/3 2 110144 up(In_Sync
PAGE 837
show file 2 show file Displays the contents of a file. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show file filename filename The name of the file to be displayed. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the contents of a file in the local flash memory. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 838
2 show fips show fips Displays the current FIPS configuration. Synopsis show fips Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display whether FIPS self tests are enabled, and whether the root account is disabled.
PAGE 839
show firmwaredownloadhistory 2 show firmwaredownloadhistory Displays the firmware download history for the switches. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show firmwaredownloadhistory [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 840
2 show firmwaredownloadstatus show firmwaredownloadstatus Displays the firmware download activity log. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show firmwaredownloadstatus [brief] [summary] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] brief Displays only the last entry of the firmware download event log. summary Displays a high-level summary of the firmware download status. rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switch.
PAGE 841
show firmwaredownloadstatus 2 To display a high-level summary of the firmware download status: switch# show firmwaredownloadstatus summary rbridge-id 1-4 Rid 1: INSTALLING Rid 2: INSTALLED (Ready for activation) Rid 3: COMMITING Rid 4: COMMITED See Also firmware commit, firmware download, firmware restore, show version, firmware activate, firmware recover, firmware download logical-chassis Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 803
PAGE 842
2 show global-running-config show global-running-config Displays the global running configuration. Synopsis show global-running-config Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Displays the currently running global configuration for a node.
PAGE 843
show global-running-config 2 cee-map default precedence 1 priority-group-table 1 weight 40 pfc on priority-group-table 15.0 pfc off priority-group-table 15.1 pfc off priority-group-table 15.2 pfc off priority-group-table 15.3 pfc off priority-group-table 15.4 pfc off priority-group-table 15.5 pfc off priority-group-table 15.6 pfc off priority-group-table 15.7 pfc off priority-group-table 2 weight 60 pfc off priority-table 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 15.
PAGE 844
2 show ha show ha Displays the High Availability (HA) status of the management modules. Synopsis Operands show ha [all-partitions] [rbridge-id {rbridge-id} all}] all-partitions Displays the HA status for all partitions. rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switch. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch. all Defaults Command Modes Description Specifies all switches in the VCS fabric. Displays the HA status for the management modules.
PAGE 845
show ha Usage Guidelines Examples 2 HA is not supported in this release. All failover is disruptive. The HA commands are provided for consistency and future expansion.
PAGE 846
2 show history show history Displays the history of commands executed on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show history [number] number The number of commands to display. If you omit this value, all commands are displayed. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the history of commands executed on the switch. None Typical command output display.
PAGE 847
show interface 2 show interface Displays the detailed interface configuration and capabilities of all interfaces or for a specific interface.
PAGE 848
2 show interface port switchport Specifies a valid port number. Specifies to display information for Layer 2 interfaces. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. vlan vlan_id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies a VLAN interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 849
show interface 2 Errors: 0, Discards: 0 Transmit Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes Unicasts: 0, Multicasts: 0, Broadcasts: 0 Underruns: 0 Errors: 0, Discards: 0 Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 0.000000 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 850
2 show interface See Also 812 Inactive Vlans : 100 Interface name Switchport mode Ingress filter Acceptable frame types Default Vlan Active Vlans Inactive Vlans : : : : : : : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 1/0/20 trunk enable vlan-tagged only 0 1 - show interface fibrechannel, show interface management, show ip interface Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 851
show interface description 2 show interface description Displays the interface description. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show interface description [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239. range A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as “1-3,5”.
PAGE 852
2 show interface FibreChannel show interface FibreChannel Displays Fibre Channel port hardware statistics. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show interface FibreChannel rbridge-id/slot/port [detail] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. detail Displays detailed error and statistics counters.
PAGE 853
show interface FibreChannel 2 The second column displays link error status block counters.
PAGE 854
2 show interface FibreChannel tim_txcrd_z The number of times that the port was unable to transmit frames because the transmit buffer-to-buffer (BB) credit was zero. The purpose of this statistic is to detect congestion or a device affected by latency. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 2.5 microseconds, and the counter is incremented if the condition is true. Each sample represents 2.5 microseconds of time with 0 Tx BB Credit.
PAGE 855
show interface FibreChannel 2 LD—Link is from 5 km through 10 km. LE—Distance is determined dynamically. LS—Distance is determined statically by user. Max/Resv Buffers The maximum or reserved number of buffers that are allocated to the port based on the estimated distance (as defined by the desire-distance command). If the port is not configured in long distance mode, some systems might reserve buffers for the port. This field then displays the number of buffers reserved for the port.
PAGE 856
2 show interface FibreChannel Free_buffer: Overrun: Suspended: Parity_err: 2_parity_err: Rate info: Bandwidth: Tx performance: Rx performance: 0 0 0 0 0 Address_err: Lr_in: Lr_out: Ols_in: Ols_out: 0 1 1 0 1 8.00G 0 B/sec 0 B/sec To view Fibre Channel port statistics details: switch# show interface FibreChannel 66/0/1 detail fibrechannel 66/0/1 is up.
PAGE 857
show interface FibreChannel er_type2_miss er_type6_miss er_zone_miss er_lun_zone_miss er_crc_good_eof er_inv_arb 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 frames with FTB Type 2 miss frames with FTB type 6 miss frames with hard zoning miss frames with LUN zoning miss Crc error with good eof Invalid ARB Port Error Info: Loss_of_sync:1 Loss_of_sig:2 Frjt:0 Fbsy:0 Buffer Information: Lx Max/Resv Buffer Needed Link Remaining Mode Buffers Usage Buffers Distance Buffers =================================================================
PAGE 858
2 show interface management show interface management Displays information related to a management interface. Synopsis Operands show interface management [rbridge-id/port] [ip [address | gateway-address] | ipv6 [ipv6-address | ipv6-gateways] [line-speed] rbridge-id/port Specifies the management interface to be configured as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number. port On standalone platforms, the port number for the management port is always 0.
PAGE 859
show interface management 2 line-speed configured Auto The following example displays information related to a management interface on a Brocade VDX 8770. Interface 1/1 is configured with stateless IPv6 addresses: switch# show interface management interface Management 1/1 ip address 10.24.82.121/20 ip gateway-address 10.24.80.
PAGE 860
2 show interface stats show interface stats Displays interface statistics for a variety of interfaces. Synopsis Operands show interface stats {brief [slot linecard_number] | detail [interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] | slot number]} brief Displays summary statistics. slot linecard_number Displays statistics for specified linecard. detail Displays detailed statistics.
PAGE 861
show interface stats Multicasts Broadcasts Errors Discards Overruns Runts Jabbers CRC 64-byte pkts Over 64-byte pkts Over 127-byte pkts Over 255-byte pkts Over 511-byte pkts Over 1023-byte pkts Over 1518-byte pkts Mbits/Sec Packet/Sec Line-rate See Also 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000000 0 0.00% Underruns 2 0 0 0 0 0 0.000000 0 0.
PAGE 862
2 show interface status show interface status Displays the interface status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show interface status [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239. range A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as “1-3,5”. all Selects all of the members of the logical chassis cluster.
PAGE 863
show interface trunk 2 show interface trunk Displays the interface trunk information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show interface trunk [rbridge-id rbridge-id | range | all] rbridge-id rbridge-id The unique identifier for a switch, or set of switches. The range of valid values is from 1 through 239. range A range of rbridge-id values. The range string can be discontiguous, such as “1-3,5”. all All of the members of the logical cluster.
PAGE 864
2 show inventory show inventory Displays the hardware inventory of the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples 826 show inventory [chassis | fan | module | powerSupply] chassis Displays information about the chassis. fan Displays information about the fan. module Displays information about the module. powerSupply Displays information about the power supply. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the hardware inventory of the switch.
PAGE 865
show inventory SID:BR-VDX8770-4 PN:84-1001681-03 See Also 2 SwitchType:1000 SN:BZA0305H00D None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 827
PAGE 866
2 show ip bgp show ip bgp Displays BGP information. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp {summary} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] summary Displays the local autonomous system number (ASN), maximum number of routes supported, and some BGP4 statistics. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 828 Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 867
show ip bgp attribute-entries 2 show ip bgp attribute-entries Displays BGP4 route-attribute entries that are stored in device memory. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp attribute-entries [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 868
2 show ip bgp dampened-paths show ip bgp dampened-paths Displays all BGP4 dampened routes. Synopsis Operands rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node.Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 830 show ip bgp dampened-paths [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view all BGP4 dampened routes.
PAGE 869
show ip bgp filtered-routes 2 show ip bgp filtered-routes Displays BGP4 filtered routes that are received from a neighbor or peer group. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show ip bgp filtered-routes {detail} [ip-addr {/mask} [longer-prefixes]] | as-path-access-list name] | prefix-list name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] detail Optionally displays detailed route information. ip-addr IPv4 address of the destination network in dotted-decimal notation.
PAGE 870
2 show ip bgp flap-statistics show ip bgp flap-statistics Displays BGP4 route-dampening statistics for all dampened routes with a variety of options. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp flap-statistics [ip-addr {/mask}] [longer-prefixes]]] | as-path-filter name] | neighbor ip-addr] | [regular-expression name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] detail Optionally displays detailed route information. ip-addr IPv4 address of a specified route in dotted-decimal notation.
PAGE 871
show ip bgp neighbor 2 show ip bgp neighbor Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbor ip-addr [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 872
2 show ip bgp neighbors show ip bgp neighbors Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors {ip-addr | route-summary | last-packet-with-error} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. route-summary Displays routes received, routes accepted, number of routes advertised by peer, and so on. last-packet-with-error Displays the last packet with an error.
PAGE 873
show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes 2 show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes Displays configuration information and statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr advertised-routes {detail | ip-addr {/mask-bits}} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. advertised-routes Displays only the routes that the device has advertised to the neighbor during the current BGP4 session.
PAGE 874
2 show ip bgp neighbors flap-statistics show ip bgp neighbors flap-statistics Displays configuration information and flap statistics for BGP4 neighbors of the device. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr flap-statistics [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. flap-statistics Displays the route flap statistics for routes received from or sent to a neighbor.
PAGE 875
show ip bgp neighbors received 2 show ip bgp neighbors received Displays Outbound Route Filters (ORFs) received from BGP4 neighbors of the device. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received [extended-community | prefix-filter] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. extended-community Displays the results for ORFs that use the BGP Extended Community Attribute. prefix-filter Displays the results for ORFs that are prefix-based.
PAGE 876
2 show ip bgp neighbors received-routes show ip bgp neighbors received-routes Lists all route information received in route updates from BGP4 neighbors of the device since the soft-reconfiguration feature was enabled. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr received-routes {detail} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. detail Displays detailed route information.
PAGE 877
show ip bgp neighbors routes 2 show ip bgp neighbors routes Lists a variety of route information received in UPDATE messages from BGP4 neighbors. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes {best | not-installed-best | unreachable} | detail {best | not-installed-best | unreachable} [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. best Displays routes received from the neighbor that are the best BGP4 routes to their destination.
PAGE 878
2 show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary show ip bgp neighbors routes-summary Lists all route information received in UPDATE messages from BGP4 neighbors. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp neighbors ip-addr routes-summary [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 879
show ip bgp peer-group 2 show ip bgp peer-group Displays peer-group information. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address of a neighbor in dotted-decimal notation. peer-group-name Peer-group name configured by the neighbor peer-group-name command. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 880
2 show ip bgp routes show ip bgp routes Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by the table entry at which the display starts. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes num [rbridge-id rbridge-id] num Table entry at which the display starts. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 842 Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 881
show ip bgp routes age 2 show ip bgp routes age Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by age, best/not best routes, or routes not installed. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes [age num | best | no-best | cidr-only | not-installed-best] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] age Displays only those routes that have been received or updated more recently than the number of seconds specified by num. num best Displays only routes received from a neighbor that the device selected as best routes.
PAGE 882
2 show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list show ip bgp routes as-path-access-list Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by autonomous system (AS)-path access control list (ACL). Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes [as-path-access-list name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] as-path-access-list Displays only those routes that use the AS-path ACL defined by name. name Name of AS-path ACL. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 883
show ip bgp routes community 2 show ip bgp routes community Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by community and other options. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes [community num | internet | local-as | no-advertise | no-export] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] community num Specific community member. internet Displays routes for the Internet community. local-as Displays routes for a local sub-AS within the confederation.
PAGE 884
2 show ip bgp routes community-access-list show ip bgp routes community-access-list Displays BGP4 route information for an AS-path community access list. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes community-access-list name [rbridge-id rbridge-id] name Name of the AS path community access list. Range is from 1 through 32 ASCII characters. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 885
show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression 2 show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression Displays BGP4 route information for an ordered community-list regular expression. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes community-reg-expression expression [rbridge-id rbridge-id] expression An ordered community-list regular expression. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 886
2 show ip bgp routes longer-prefixes show ip bgp routes longer-prefixes Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered for a specific prefix and mask, as well as for prefixes with a longer mask than the one specified. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes ip-addr/prefix [longer-prefixes | ip-addr] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-addr IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation. prefix Mask length in CIDR notation. longer-prefixes Filters on prefixes equal to or greater than that specified by the mask.
PAGE 887
show ip bgp routes neighbor nexthop local unreachable 2 show ip bgp routes neighbor nexthop local unreachable Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by neighbor, next hop, and other options. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes [neighbor ip-addr | nexthop ip-addr | local | unreachable] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] neighbor Displays only those routes that are received from the specified neighbor. nexthop Displays only those routes that are received from the specified next hop.
PAGE 888
2 show ip bgp routes prefix-list regular-expression route-map show ip bgp routes prefix-list regular-expression route-map Displays BGP4 route information that is filtered by prefix list and other options.
PAGE 889
show ip bgp routes summary detail 2 show ip bgp routes summary detail Displays BGP4 summary route information. Synopsis Operands show ip bgp routes [summary | detail] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] summary Displays summary route information. detail Displays detailed route information. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies a unique identifier for a node.
PAGE 890
2 show ip dhcp relay address interface show ip dhcp relay address interface Displays IP DHCP Relay addresses configured on a specific interface. Synopsis show ip dhcp relay address interface [gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] show ip dhcp relay address interface ve vlan_id {rbridge-id rbridge-id|all |range} Operands gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port A valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 891
show ip dhcp relay address interface Examples 2 Display configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on a specific physical interface: sw0# show ip dhcp relay address interface tengigabitethernet 1/0/24 Interface ------------Te 1/0/24 Te 1/0/24 Rbridge Id: 1 ---------------Relay Address ------------10.3.4.5 10.5.1.1 VRF Name --------default-vrf blue Display configured IP DHCP Relay addresses on VE interface for RBridge ID 1.
PAGE 892
2 show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id Displays IP DHCP Relay addresses. Synopsis Operands show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id rbridge-id | all | range rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas. all All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
PAGE 893
show ip dhcp relay address rbridge-id See Also 2 show ip dhcp relay address interface, ip dhcp relay address Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 855
PAGE 894
2 show ip dhcp relay statistics show ip dhcp relay statistics Displays the general information about the DHCP Relay function. Synopsis Operands show ip dhcp relay statistics [ip-address ip-addr] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all |range] ip-address ip-addr IPv4 address of DHCP server where client requests are to be forwarded. rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identification. You can specify multiple RBridge IDs, separated by commas. all All RBridge IDs in the logical chassis cluster.
PAGE 895
show ip dhcp relay statistics 2 No Offers: 0 To display statistics for specific RBridge IDs: sw0# show ip dhcp relay statistics rbridge-id 1,3 Address ------2.3.4.5 10.0.1.2 DHCP Relay Statistics - Rbridge Id: 1 ---------------------------------------Disc. Offer Req. Ack Nak Decline Release ----- -----------------------300 100 1211 2968 0 0 0 300 100 1207 2975 0 0 0 Inform ------0 0 Client Packets: 2701 Server Packets: 2932 Address ------10.0.0.5 10.0.1.
PAGE 896
2 show ip igmp groups show ip igmp groups Displays information related to learned groups in the IGMP protocol module. Synopsis Operands show ip igmp groups [[[A.B.C.D [detail]] |rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} | [interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve [vlan_id | rbridge-id rbridge-id] [detail | A.B.C.D]] | [interface vlan vlan_id | detail] | [interface port-channel number | detail]]] A.B.C.
PAGE 897
show ip igmp groups 2 port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144. detail Defaults Command Modes Displays the IGMPv3 source information.
PAGE 898
2 show ip igmp groups See Also 860 None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 899
show ip igmp interface 2 show ip igmp interface Displays information related to VLANs in the IGMP protocol module. Synopsis Operands show ip igmp interface [vlan vlan_id [[A.B.C.D [detail]] |rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} | [interface [fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve [vlan_id | rbridge-id rbridge-id] [detail | A.B.C.D]] | [interface vlan vlan_id | detail] | [interface port-channel number | detail]]] A.B.C.
PAGE 900
2 show ip igmp interface port-channel number Specifies the interface is a port-channel. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144. detail Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Displays the IGMPv3 source information. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information related to VLANs in the IGMP protocol module.
PAGE 901
show ip igmp snooping 2 show ip igmp snooping Displays IGMP snooping information. Synopsis Operands show ip igmp snooping [interface vlan vlan_id | mrouter interface vlan vlan_id] interface vlan vlan_id Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. mrouter interface vlan vlan_id Specifies which VLAN interface to display the snooping configuration related information. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 902
2 show ip igmp statistics show ip igmp statistics Displays IGMP statistics. Synopsis Operands show ip igmp statistics interface [interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id [rbridge-id rbridge-id]] fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the routing bridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 903
show ip igmp statistics 2 • When the rbridge-id option is specified, details for the VE interface on that particular rbridge are displayed. • If rbridge-id is not specified, details for the VE interface on the node on which the command is executed is displayed. • When rbridge-id all is specified, all VE interfaces with that rbridge-id from all the nodes in the cluster are displayed.
PAGE 904
2 show ip interface show ip interface Displays the IP interface status and configuration of all interfaces or a specified interface. Synopsis Operands show ip interface [brief {rbridge-id rbridge-id | all} | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number |port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |ve vlan_id] brief Specifies to display a brief summary of IP interface status and configuration.
PAGE 905
show ip interface 2 Note the following with respect to the show ip interface brief command: • The command show ip interface brief rbridge-id rbridge-id provides information about all physical. loopback, and switched virtual interfaces (SVIs) specific to the given rbridge-id. • The command show ip interface brief rbridge-id all provides information about all physical. loopback, and SVIs for all nodes in a cluster.
PAGE 906
2 show ip interface Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Ten Gigabit Vlan 1 Vlan 100 Vlan 200 Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet 1/0/9 1/0/10 1/0/11 1/0/12 1/0/13 1/0/14 1/0/15 1/0/16 1/0/17 1/0/18 1/0/19 1/0/20 1/0/21 1/0/22 1/0/23 unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned
PAGE 907
show ip interface loopback 2 show ip interface loopback Displays loopback information for a Management Cluster. Synopsis Operands show ip interface loopback id [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] id Displays the information for the designated loopback. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to a given RBridge ID.
PAGE 908
2 show ip interface ve show ip interface ve Displays virtual Ethernet (VE) port information for a Management Cluster. Synopsis Operands show ip interface ve id [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] id Displays the information for the designated loopback. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to a given RBridge ID.
PAGE 909
show ip ospf 2 show ip ospf Displays the OSPF state. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf [vrf name [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] vrf name Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the selected RBridge. all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Displays information for all RBridges. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the OSPF state.
PAGE 910
2 show ip ospf area show ip ospf area Displays the OSPF area table. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf area {A.B.C.D | decimal} database link-state [advertise index| asbr {asbrid | adv-router rid} | extensive | link-state-id lid | network {netid | adv-router rid} | nssa {nsaaid | adv-router rid}| router {routerid | adv-router rid} | router-id rid | self-originate | sequence-number num | summary {lid | adv-router rid}] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] A.B.C.
PAGE 911
show ip ospf area all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the OSPF area address table in the format you have chosen. None switch# show ip ospf area Number of Areas is 4 Indx 1 2 3 4 See Also 2 Area 10.0.0.0 11.0.0.
PAGE 912
2 show ip ospf border-routers show ip ospf border-routers Displays information about border routers and boundary routers. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf border-routers [A.B.C.D] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] A.B.C.D Specifies the router ID in dotted decimal format. vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
PAGE 913
show ip ospf config 2 show ip ospf config Displays OSPF configuration. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf config [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all }] vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
PAGE 914
2 show ip ospf database show ip ospf database Shows database information.
PAGE 915
2 show ip ospf database router-id routerid Displays LSAs for the advertising router that you specify. self-originate Displays self-originated LSAs. sequence-number Displays the LSA entries for the hexadecimal LSA sequence number that you specify. summary Displays summary information. You can specify link-state ID or advertising router ID. adv-router rid Displays the link state for the advertising router that you specify. vrf name Specifies the name of the VRF instance.
PAGE 916
2 show ip ospf database Index 1 2 3 4 See Also 878 Age 1248 1248 1248 1248 LS ID 1.0.5.0 1.0.8.0 1.0.6.0 1.0.7.0 Router 1.0.0.1 1.0.0.2 1.0.0.1 1.0.0.2 Netmask ffffff00 ffffff00 ffffff00 ffffff00 Metric 00000001 00000001 00000001 00000001 Flag 0000 0000 0000 0000 Fwd Address 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.
PAGE 917
show ip ospf interface 2 show ip ospf interface Displays interface information. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf interface [{A.B.C.D | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief]| gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief] | loopback number | port-channel number [brief] | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port [brief] |ve vlan_id [brief]} [brief]] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] A.B.C.D Specifies interface IP address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 918
2 show ip ospf interface all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces of all nodes in the VCS cluster. There can be multiple loopbacks and SVIs with the same RBridge ID from different nodes. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about all or specific OSPF-enabled interfaces. If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available.
PAGE 919
show ip ospf neighbor 2 show ip ospf neighbor Displays neighbor information. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf neighbor [extensive] {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | router-id A.B.C.D | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id} [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] extensive Shows detailed information about all neighbors.
PAGE 920
2 show ip ospf neighbor Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about OSPF neighbors. If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
PAGE 921
show ip ospf redistribute route 2 show ip ospf redistribute route Displays redistributed routes. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf redistribute route [A.B.C.D:M] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] A.B.C.D:M Specifies an IP address and mask for the output. vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
PAGE 922
2 show ip ospf routes show ip ospf routes Displays routes. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf routes [A.B.C.D] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] A.B.C.D Specifies a destination IP address in dotted decimal format. vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output.
PAGE 923
show ip ospf summary 2 show ip ospf summary Displays summary information for all OSPF instances. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf summary [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance. If this option is not used, details for the default VRF are shown in the output. rbridge-id rbridge-id Displays the information for the physical, loopback, and SVI interfaces specific to the selected RBridge.
PAGE 924
2 show ip ospf traffic show ip ospf traffic Displays OSPF traffic details. Synopsis show ip ospf traffic [{fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | loopback number | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | ve vlan_id}] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Displays traffic information for the specified, valid 40 Gbps port interface.
PAGE 925
show ip ospf traffic Description Usage Guidelines 2 Use this command to display details of OSPF traffic sent and received. You can display all traffic or specify a particular interface. If the physical interface type and name are specified, the rbridge-id option is not available. On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1).
PAGE 926
2 show ip ospf virtual show ip ospf virtual Displays information about virtual links. Synopsis Operands show ip ospf virtual {link | neighbor} [index] [[vrf vrfname [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}]] | rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] link index Shows information about all virtual links or one virtual link that you specify. neighbor index Shows information about all virtual neighbors or one virtual neighbor that you specify. vrf vrfname Specifies the name of the VRF instance.
PAGE 927
show ip pim bsr 2 show ip pim bsr Displays the Boot Strap Router (BSR) information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim bsr [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the BSR information. The information displayed ignores whether the Protocol Independent Multicast router is the elected BSR or not. None A typical output for this command.
PAGE 928
2 show ip pim group show ip pim group Displays the list of multicast groups. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim group [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display a list of the multicast groups that Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) has learned. All groups, irrespective of how PIM learned them, are displayed. None A typical output for this command.
PAGE 929
show ip pim mcache 2 show ip pim mcache Displays the multicast cache. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim mcache [ip-address-1 [ip-address-2]] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] ip-address-1 Group/Source IP address ip-address-2 Group/Source IP address rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the entries in the multicast cache. None A typical output for this command.
PAGE 930
2 show ip pim neighbor show ip pim neighbor Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) neighbor information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim neighbor [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about all the neighbors that the PIM router perceives as active. None A typical output for this command.
PAGE 931
show ip pim rpf 2 show ip pim rpf Displays the Reverse Path Forwarding (RPF) for a given unicast IP address. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim rpf A.B.C.D A.B.C.D The unicast IP address. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the port that PIM regards as the best reverse path for a given unicast IP address. The unicast IP address may be an RP address or source address. A typical output for this command. switch# show ip pim rpf 123.
PAGE 932
2 show ip pim rp-hash show ip pim rp-hash Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) information for a Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) sparse group. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim rp-hash A.B.C.D A.B.C.D Group address in dotted decimal format. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the RP information for a PIM sparse group. It displays all RPs for the given group.
PAGE 933
show ip pim rp-map 2 show ip pim rp-map Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) to group mappings. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim rp-map [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the RP to group mappings. None A typical output for this command. switch# show ip pim rp-map Number of group-to-RP mappings: 6 Group address RP address ------------------------------1 239.
PAGE 934
2 show ip pim rp-set show ip pim rp-set Displays the Rendezvous Point (RP) set list. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ip pim rp-set [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information regarding all RPs that Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) perceives. The RPs may be either statically or dynamically learned. None A typical output for this command.
PAGE 935
show ip pim-sparse 2 show ip pim-sparse Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) router parameters. Synopsis Operands show ip pim-sparse [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id /slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id /slot/port | ve vlan_id}] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 936
2 show ip pim-sparse Join/Prune interval: 60 Inactivity interval: 180 Hardware drop enabled: Yes Prune wait interval: 3 Bootstrap Msg interval: 60 Candidate-RP Msg interval: 60 Register Suppress Time: 60 Register Probe Time: 10 Register Stop Delay: 60 Register Suppress interval: 60 SSM Enabled: No SPT Threshold: 1 ---------+-----------+---+----+------------------+---+---------+----+-----Interface|Local |Ver|Mode|Designated Router |TTL|Multicast|VRF |DR |Address | | |Address Port |Thr|Boundary | |Prio ----
PAGE 937
show ip pim traffic 2 show ip pim traffic Displays the Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) traffic statistics. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show ip pim traffic [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display PIM traffic statistics, categorized by each PIM enabled interface. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 938
2 show ip route show ip route Shows IP route information. Synopsis show ip route show ip route A.B.C.D/M [{debug | detail | longer}] show ip route [all] [connected] [ospf] [bgp] [slot line_card_number] [static] [summary] [vrf name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] show ip route nexthop [nexthopID [ref-routes]] Operands A.B.C.D/M Specifies the IPv4 address/length to show information for a specific route. debug Displays debug information. detail Displays more-specific routes with the same specified prefix.
PAGE 939
show ip route 2 Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime 1.1.1.0/24 DIRECT Te 2/1 0/0 D 1m57s 1.1.2.0/24 DIRECT Te 2/2 0/0 D 0m6s 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2 Te 2/1 1/1 S 1m32s 100.1.2.0/24 1.1.1.2 Te 2/1 1/1 S 1m16s 100.1.3.0/24 1.1.1.2 Te 2/1 1/1 S 1m13s 100.2.1.0/24 DIRECT Te 2/1 1/1 S 0m57s 100.3.1.0/24 1.1.1.2 Te 2/1 1/1 S 0m5s 100.3.1.0/24 1.1.2.
PAGE 940
2 show ip route Type BGP ISIS OSPF 4 Codes - B:BGP D:Connected I:ISIS O:OSPF R:RIP S:Static; Cost - Dist/Metric Codes - i:iBGP e:eBGP Codes - L1:Level-1 L2:Level-2 Codes - i:Inter Area 1:External Type 1 2:External Type 2 s:Sham Link Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime 100.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2 Te 2/1 1/1 S 5m37s switch(config)# do show ip route 100.1.1.
PAGE 941
show ipv6 route 2 show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 route information. Synopsis show lipv6 route Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the IPv6 route information.
PAGE 942
2 show lacp show lacp Displays Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) statistics. Synopsis Operands show lacp [counters [port-channel] | sys-id [port-channel] counters Displays LACP statistics for all port-channel interfaces. port-channel Displays counters for a specified port channel interface. Valid values range from 1 through 6144.
PAGE 943
show lacp sys-id 2 show lacp sys-id Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system ID and priority information. Synopsis show lacp sys-id Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the LACP system ID and priority. The system priority and the system Media Access Control (MAC) address make up the system identification.
PAGE 944
2 show license show license Displays license information. Synopsis Operands show license [rbridge-id {rbridge-id ID | all}] [all] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node. all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. Executes the command on all switches in the fabric. Displays the licenses installed on the local switch.
PAGE 945
show license See Also 2 license add, license remove, show license id Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 907
PAGE 946
2 show license id show license id Displays the RBridge License ID. Synopsis show license id [rbridge-id {rbridge-id |all}] [all] Operands rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node. all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. Executes the command on all switches in the fabric. Displays the license ID installed on the local switch.
PAGE 947
show linecard 2 show linecard Displays information about the interface modules (line cards) present in the chassis. Synopsis show linecard Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about the interface modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information: Slot Displays the slot number.
PAGE 948
2 show linecard Usage Guidelines Examples None To display the interface modules present in a Brocade VDX 8770-4 switch: switch# show linecard Slot Type Description ID Status ---------------------------------------------------------------------L1 LC48X10G 48-port 10GE card 114 ENABLED L2 LC48X10G 48-port 10GE card 114 ENABLED L3 VACANT L4 LC48X1G 48-port 1GE card 131 ENABLED See Also 910 linecard, show sfm, show slots Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 949
show lldp interface 2 show lldp interface Displays the LLDP status on the specified interface. Synopsis Operands show lldp interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 950
2 show lldp neighbors show lldp neighbors Displays LLDP information for all neighboring devices on the specified interface. Synopsis Operands show lldp neighbors [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} detail] interface Specifies an Ethernet interface. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 951
show lldp neighbors 2 System Description: Fibre Channel Switch.
PAGE 952
2 show lldp statistics show lldp statistics Displays the LLDP statistics on all interfaces or a specified interface. Synopsis Operands show lldp statistics [interface {tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] interface Specifies an Ethernet interface. tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 953
show logging auditlog 2 show logging auditlog Displays the internal audit log buffer of the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show logging auditlog [reverse] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] reverse Displays the audit log in reverse order. rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switch. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch. all Executes the command on all switches in the fabric.
PAGE 954
2 show logging raslog show logging raslog Displays the internal RASlog buffer of the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show logging raslog [attribute attribute] [blade blade] [count count] [message-type type] [reverse] [severity severity] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] attribute attribute Filters output by message attribute. Valid attributes include FFDC and VCS. blade blade Displays for the specified blade only.
PAGE 955
show logging raslog 2 To display all RASLog messages for an interface module: switch# show logging raslog blade LC2 NOS: 3.0.0 2012/05/28-12:07:41, [HASM-1004], 822, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Processor rebooted Reset 2012/05/28-12:07:41, [HASM-1104], 823, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, Heartbeat to M1 up 2012/05/28-12:07:48, [HASM-1108], 830, L2, INFO, VDX8770-4, All service instances become active.
PAGE 956
2 show mac-address-table show mac-address-table Displays forwarding information for all MAC addresses, for a specific dynamic or static MAC address, for all dynamic MAC addresses, for all static MAC addresses, for a specific interface, for a specific VLAN, or for MAC addresses associated with port profiles.
PAGE 957
show mac-address-table port 2 Specifies a valid port number. gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 1-gigabit Ethernet line-card interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. static Displays the static MAC addresses. vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. port-profile Displays MAC addresses associated with port profiles. address mac-address Specifies a 48-bit MAC address.
PAGE 958
2 show mac-address-table To display a dynamic MAC address table: switch# show mac-address-table dynamic vlanId Mac-address Type State 100 0011.2222.5555 Dynamic Inactive 100 0011.2222.
PAGE 959
show media 2 show media Displays the SFP information for all the interfaces present on a switch. Synopsis show media Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display a summary of all SFP information for the switch. The output will be several pages long. The TX Power Field in the show media command is not supported by the 40-Gbps optics.
PAGE 960
2 show media interface show media interface Displays the SFP information for a specific interface. Synopsis Operands show media interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fibrechannel rbridge-id/slot/port] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid external 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 961
show media interface 2 Vendor Rev 01 Options 001a Remote fault/Jabber detect/copper link up Temperature threshold/val 55 Centigrade Voltage threshold/val 3289.
PAGE 962
2 show media interface DD Type Enh Options Status/Ctrl Alarm flags[0,1] Warn Flags[0,1] Temperature Voltage Current TX Power RX Power See Also 924 28 3331.4 0.310 -21.7 -inf 0x68 0xfa 0x82 0x5, 0x40 0x5, 0x40 Centigrade mVolts mAmps dBm (6.8 uW) dBm (0.0 uW) Alarm low high -10 90 2900.0 3700.0 1.000 17.000 125.9 uW 631.0 uW 10.0 uW 1258.9 uW Warn low -5 3000.0 2.000 158.5 uW 15.8 uW high 85 3600.0 14.000 562.3 uW 1000.
PAGE 963
show media linecard 2 show media linecard Displays the SFP information for a specified interface module. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show media linecard number number Numeric identifier for the interface module. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display a summary of small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and Quad SFP media information for each interface on the specified module. This command is supported only on the local RBridge.
PAGE 964
2 show media linecard Baud Rate 103 (units 100 megabaud) Length 9u 0 (units km) Length 9u 50 (units 100 meters) Length 50u 0 (units 10 meters) Length 62.5u 0 (units 10 meters) Length Cu 0 (units 1 meter) Vendor Name 5ROCADE Vendor OUI 00:05:1e Vendor PN 57-1000128-01 Vendor Rev A Wavelength 17000(units nm) Options 0000 BR Max 15 BR Min 222 Serial No LTA111421000923 Date Code 111022 Optical Monitor yes Temperature 31 Centigrade Voltage 3313.2 (mVolts) Current 7.204 (mAmps) TX Power N/A RX Power 0.
PAGE 965
show mm 2 show mm Displays information about the Management Modules present in the chassis. Synopsis show mm Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about the management modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information: Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for management modules are M1 and M2. Type Displays the interface module type. The management module type is MM.
PAGE 966
2 show monitor show monitor Displays the monitoring information for all Port Mirroring sessions. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show monitor [session session_number] session session_number Specifies a session identification number. Valid values range from 0 through 511 for logical chassis mode, 0 through 23 for standalone mode.
PAGE 967
show name-server brief 2 show name-server brief Displays brief entries of local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show name-server brief [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which the brief name server entries are displayed. If no RBridge ID is specified, brief entries for all devices in the fabric are displayed.
PAGE 968
2 show name-server detail show name-server detail Displays local name server (NS) information about devices connected to a switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show name-server detail [rbridge-id rbridge-id] rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID of the switch for which the details about name server entries are displayed. If no RBridge ID is specified, detailed entries for all devices in the fabric are displayed.
PAGE 969
show name-server detail 2 Share Area The state of the Brocade shared area addressing method. If “Yes” then the port uses shared area addressing. Redirect Indicates whether or not the device is involved in Brocade Frame Redirection. If “Yes” then the device is involved in Frame Redirection zoning. If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the message: “total number of 0 entries.
PAGE 970
2 show name-server nodefind show name-server nodefind Displays the local name server (NS) information for a specific device. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show name-server nodefind {PID pid | WWN wwn} PID pid Specifies the Fibre Channel address of the device to search for. WWN wwn Specifies the World Wide Name (WWN) of the device to search for. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display local name server (NS) information about a specific detailed entry.
PAGE 971
show name-server zonemember 2 show name-server zonemember Displays the local name server (NS) zoning information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes show name-server zonemember {PID pid | WWN wwn} PID pid Specifies the Fibre Channel address of the device. WWN wwn Specifies the World Wide Name (WWN) of the device. None Privileged EXEC mode Description Use this command to display detailed local name server (NS) information about all devices zoned with the specified device.
PAGE 972
2 show name-server zonemember See Also 934 show name-server brief, show name-server detail, show name-server nodefind Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 973
show nas statistics 2 show nas statistics Displays automatic network attached storage (Auto NAS)) statistics. Synopsis Operands show nas statistics all | server-ip ip_addr mask [vlan VLAN_id | vrf VRF_name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id] all Shows all gathered statistics. server-ip IP address to show Auto NAS statistics for. ip_addr mask IPv4 address of a specified Auto NAS port in dotted-decimal notation with a CIDR notation mask.
PAGE 974
2 show netconf client-capabilities show netconf client-capabilities Displays the client capabilities associated with each NETCONF session. Synopsis show netconf client-capabilities Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display client capabilities for all active NETCONF sessions. It always displays the session-ID, login name of the user of the client session, the host IP address, and the time the user logged on.
PAGE 975
show netconf-state capabilities 2 show netconf-state capabilities Displays NETCONF server capabilities. Synopsis show netconf-state capabilities Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the NETCONF capabilities supported by the NETCONF server. None Examples switch# show netconf-state capabilities netconf-state capabilities capability urn:ietf:params:netconf:base:1.
PAGE 976
2 show netconf-state datastores show netconf-state datastores Displays the NETCONF datastores that are present on the NETCONF server. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 938 show netconf-state datastores Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display NETCONF datastores on the NETCONF server along with related locking information.
PAGE 977
show netconf-state schemas 2 show netconf-state schemas Displays the data models supported by the NETCONF server. Synopsis show netconf-state schemas Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the data models supported by the NETCONF server.
PAGE 978
2 show netconf-state sessions show netconf-state sessions Displays information about currently active NETCONF sessions.
PAGE 979
show netconf-state statistics 2 show netconf-state statistics Displays NETCONF server statistics.
PAGE 980
2 show notification stream show notification stream Displays notifications about the event stream. Synopsis show notification stream Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display notifications about the event stream.
PAGE 981
show ntp status 2 show ntp status Displays the current active NTP server IP address or LOCL (for local switch time when no NTP servers were configured or no reachable NTP servers are available). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes show ntp status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Specifies one or all RBridge IDs. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID on which the NTP server status displays. all Specifies all switches in the VCS cluster.
PAGE 982
2 show overlapping-vlan-resource linecard show overlapping-vlan-resource linecard Shows the utilization of the hardware table entries that support classified or transport VLAN classifications that use overlapping C-TAGs in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 944 show overlapping-vlan-resource linecard linecard linecard Location of the line card on the platform.
PAGE 983
show policymap 2 show policymap Displays configured policy-maps and class-map Policer parameters applied to switch interfaces. Synopsis Operands show policymap [interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port input | output] [details policyname] interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Interface where policy-map is bound. input | output Direction (inbound or outbound) where the policy-map is applied.
PAGE 984
2 show policymap switch# show policymap interface tengigabitethernet 4/1 input Interface : Ten Gigabit Ethernet 4/1 Policymap: policymapA-1 Direction: Input Input Excluded lossless priorities: None Class-map: default Police: cir 5 bps cbs 5678 bytes eir 512000 bps ebs 4096 bytes Police-priority-map: po-pr-map1 Conformed: 30720 bytes set-dscp 0 set-tc 0 Exceeded: 23424 bytes set-dscp 0 set-tc 0 Violated: 0 bytes Total: 54144 bytes To display policy-map binding information for all switch interfaces: switch
PAGE 985
show port port-channel 2 show port port-channel Displays the detailed LACP attributes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show port port-channel port_id port_id Port to display. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode. However, the channel can be assigned any number from 1 through 6144.
PAGE 986
2 show port-channel show port-channel Displays the Link Aggregation Group (LAG) information for a port-channel. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show port-channel [channel-group-number | detail | load-balance | summary] channel-group-number Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display. The number of available channels range from 1 through 63 for standalone mode, and from 1 through 6144 for Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 987
show port-profile 2 show port-profile Displays the AMPP port-profile configuration information. Synopsis show port-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the port profile configuration information.
PAGE 988
2 show port-profile domain show port-profile domain Displays the status of Automatic Migration of Port Profiles (AMPP) profiles and port-profile domains. Synopsis Operands show port-profile [port-profile-name] | domain port-profile-domain-name] [status | activated | applied] | associated] port-profile-name The name of a port-profile. domain Enables specification of a port-profile domain name. port-profile-domain-name Name of a port-profile domain.
PAGE 989
show port-profile interface 2 show port-profile interface Displays AMPP port-profile information for interfaces. Synopsis Operands show port-profile interface [all | port-channel channel-group-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] all Displays the port-profile information for all interfaces. port-channel channel-group-number Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display.
PAGE 990
2 show port-profile name show port-profile name Displays the port profile information for a named port-profile. Synopsis show port-profile name port-profile-name {qos | security | status | vlan} show port-profile name port-profile-name name port-profile-name validate Operands port-profile-name qos QoS sub-profile security Security sub-profile status Specific port-profile status vlan VLAN sub-profile validate Defaults Command Modes Description Validates two port-profiles against each other.
PAGE 991
show port-security 2 show port-security Displays the configuration information related to port security. Synopsis show port-security Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration information related to port security.
PAGE 992
2 show port-security addresses show port-security addresses Displays the configuration information related to port-security addresses. Synopsis show port-security addresses Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security addresses.
PAGE 993
show port-security interface 2 show port-security interface Displays the configuration information related to port-security interfaces. Synopsis Operands show port-security interface [all | port-channel channel-group-number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] all Displays the port-security information for all interfaces. port-channel channel-group-number Specifies a LAG port channel-group number to display.
PAGE 994
2 show port-security interface Violation time : Fri Mar 22 05:53:03 UTC 2013 Shutdown time(in Minutes) :5 Number of OUIs configured :1 See Also 956 None Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 995
show port-security oui interface 2 show port-security oui interface Displays the configuration information related to port security for Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) interfaces. Synopsis show port-security oui interface Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security for OUI interfaces.
PAGE 996
2 show port-security sticky interface show port-security sticky interface Displays the configuration information related to port security for a sticky interface. Synopsis show port-security sticky interface Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration information related to port-security for a sticky interface.
PAGE 997
show process cpu 2 show process cpu Displays information about the active processes in the switch and their corresponding CPU utilization statistics. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show process cpu [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [summary] [history] [top] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 998
2 show process info show process info Displays system processes hierarchically. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show process info [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is supported only for the local RBridge ID. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. This parameter is not supported.
PAGE 999
show process memory 2 show process memory Displays the memory usage information based on processes running in the system. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show process memory [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [summary] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 1000
2 show prom-access show prom-access Shows the Boot PROM access status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show prom-access None The boot PROM is accessible. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to determine whether the Boot PROM is accessible. Under non-FIPS compliant operation, you can access the Boot PROM by holding down the ESC key during the 4-second period when the switch is booting up. In FIPS compliant state, PROM access is disabled to prevent users from net-installing firmware.
PAGE 1001
show qos flowcontrol interface 2 show qos flowcontrol interface Displays all of the configured flow control information for an interface. Synopsis Operands show qos flowcontrol interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1002
2 show qos flowcontrol interface 5 6 See Also 964 Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off 0 0 show qos interface, show cee maps Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1003
show qos interface 2 show qos interface Displays a summary of all QoS configurations applied on an interface. Synopsis Operands show qos interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | all] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1004
2 show qos interface CoS2 TX on, RX on Multicast Packet Expansion Rate Limit 3000000 pkt/s, max burst 4096 pkts Multicast Packet Expansion Tail Drop Threshold (packets) TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 -----------------------------------------------Threshold: 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Traffic Class Scheduler configured for 0 Strict Priority queues TrafficClass: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 --------------------------------------------DWRRWeight: 0 0 0 0 60 0 40 0 Multicast Packet Expansion Traffic Class Scheduler TrafficCla
PAGE 1005
show qos maps 2 show qos maps Displays information on the defined QoS maps. Synopsis Operands show qos maps [cos-mutation [name] | cos-traffic-class [name]] cos-mutation name Specifies to report on only the named CoS-to-CoS mutation QoS map. cos-traffic-class name Specifies to report on only the named CoS-to-Traffic Class QoS map. Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Report shows all defined QoS maps.
PAGE 1006
2 show qos maps dscp-cos show qos maps dscp-cos Displays configured DSCP-CoS maps. Synopsis show qos maps dscp-cos Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-CoS maps. None To display information on defined QoS DSCP-CoS maps and application on interfaces.
PAGE 1007
show qos maps dscp-mutation 2 show qos maps dscp-mutation Displays configured DSCP-mutation maps. Synopsis show qos maps dscp-mutation Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-mutation maps and application on interfaces. This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches. To display information on defined QoS DSCP-mutation maps.
PAGE 1008
2 show qos maps dscp-traffic-class show qos maps dscp-traffic-class Displays configured DSCP-Traffic-Class maps. Synopsis show qos maps dscp-traffic-class Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class maps and their application on interfaces. None To display information on defined QoS DSCP-Traffic-Class maps.
PAGE 1009
show qos queue interface 2 show qos queue interface Displays the runtime state retrieved from the interface reflecting the number of packets and bytes sent and received for each priority. Synopsis Operands show qos queue interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1010
2 show qos rcv-queue interface show qos rcv-queue interface Displays a summary of the runtime ingress queue state information. Synopsis Operands show qos rcv-queue interface [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1011
show qos rcv-queue multicast 2 show qos rcv-queue multicast Displays the runtime state retrieved from the dataplane reflecting any multicast packet expansion packet drops resulting from a queue crossing the maximum queue depth. Synopsis Operands show qos rcv-queue multicast [tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | all] tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 1012
2 show qos red profiles show qos red profiles Displays configured Random Early Discard (RED) profiles. Synopsis show qos red profiles Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured RED profiles and application on interfaces. This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
PAGE 1013
show qos red profiles 2 CoS-to-Traffic Class map 'default' In-CoS: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ----------------------------------------------------Out-CoS/TrafficClass: 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/1 0/7 Interface DSCP trust untrusted DSCP-to-DSCP Mutation map 'default' (dscp= d1d2) d1 : d2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ------------------------------------0 : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 1 : 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2 : 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 : 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4 : 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5 : 50
PAGE 1014
2 show qos red statistics interface show qos red statistics interface Displays Random Early Discard (RED) statistics for a specific interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show qos red statistics interface interface-name interface-name Name of interface where a RED profile is applied. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display statistics for RED on a specific interface where a RED profile is applied.
PAGE 1015
show rbridge-id 2 show rbridge-id Displays the RBridge ID of each node that is configured in a Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) cluster. Synopsis Operands show rbridge-id [swbd-number int | chassis {virtual-ip} swbd-number int chassis virtual-ip Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Selects a switch type. One or more integers (including a decimal) that identifies a switch type.
PAGE 1016
2 show rbridge-running config show rbridge-running config Displays configuration for an RBridge ID. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show rbridge-running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID whose configuration will be displayed. None Privileged EXEC mode Displays the currently running configuration for the specified RBridge ID.
PAGE 1017
show rbridge-running config 2 dpod 1/0/17 ! dpod 1/0/18 ! dpod 1/0/19 ! dpod 1/0/20 ! dpod 1/0/21 ! dpod 1/0/22 ! dpod 1/0/23 ! dpod 1/0/24 ! logging raslog console INFO logging auditlog class SECURITY logging auditlog class CONFIGURATION logging auditlog class FIRMWARE logging syslog-facility local LOG_LOCAL7 switch-attributes 1 chassis-name VDX6720-24 host-name rb1 ! no support autoupload enable support ffdc snmp-server contact "Field Support." snmp-server location "End User Premise.
PAGE 1018
2 show rbridge-running config priority-group-table 1 weight 40 pfc on priority-group-table 15.0 pfc off priority-group-table 15.1 pfc off priority-group-table 15.2 pfc off priority-group-table 15.3 pfc off priority-group-table 15.4 pfc off priority-group-table 15.5 pfc off priority-group-table 15.6 pfc off priority-group-table 15.7 pfc off priority-group-table 2 weight 60 pfc off priority-table 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 15.
PAGE 1019
show rbridge-running config 2 system-monitor fan threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor fan alert state removed action raslog system-monitor power threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor power alert state removed action raslog system-monitor temp threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor cid-card threshold marginal-threshold 1 down-threshold 2 system-monitor cid-card alert state none action none system-monitor sfp alert state none action
PAGE 1020
2 show rbridge-local-running-config show rbridge-local-running-config Displays local configuration for an RBridge ID. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show rbridge-local-running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID whose configuration will be displayed. None Privileged EXEC mode Displays the currently local running configuration for the specified RBridge ID.
PAGE 1021
show rbridge-local-running-config 2 dpod 1/0/17 ! dpod 1/0/18 ! dpod 1/0/19 ! dpod 1/0/20 ! dpod 1/0/21 ! dpod 1/0/22 ! dpod 1/0/23 ! dpod 1/0/24 ! switch-attributes 1 chassis-name VDX6720-24 host-name rb1 ! fabric route mcast rbridge-id 1 ! rbridge-id 1 ip route 0.0.0.0/0 10.17.0.
PAGE 1022
2 show rbridge-local-running-config fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/3 mtu 9216 description LC 1/0/1-23 fabric isl enable fabric trunk enable switchport switchport mode access switchport access vlan 1 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0/4 mtu 9216 description LC 1/0/1-23 See Also 984 show global-running-config, show rbridge-running config Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1023
show redundancy 2 show redundancy Displays the control processor redundancy settings of the Management Module (MM). Synopsis show redundancy Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the redundancy settings of the MM.
PAGE 1024
2 show rmon show rmon Displays the current RMON status on the switch. Synopsis Operands show rmon [alarms [number] [brief] | events [number] [brief] | logs [event_number] | statistics [number] [brief]] alarms Specifies to display the RMON alarm table. number Specifies the alarm index identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535. brief Specifies to display a brief summary of the output. events Specifies to display the RMON events table.
PAGE 1025
show rmon 2 To display the RMON events: switch# show rmon events event Index = 4 Description "My Description" Event type Log & SnmpTrap Event community name admin Last Time Sent = 00:00:00 Owner admin See Also rmon alarm, rmon event Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 987
PAGE 1026
2 show rmon history show rmon history Displays information gathered by rmon event and rmon alarm commands. Synopsis Operands show rmon history [statistics | history_index] statistics history_index Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Displays a more detailed synopsis. Specifies the RMONhistory identification number. Valid values range from 1 through 65535.
PAGE 1027
show route-map 2 show route-map Displays all interfaces in the system that currently have a route map applied. Synopsis show route-map [name] [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] show route-map ve vlan-id {rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]} Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines name The name of the route-map. ve vlan_id Specifies the interface Ve for the mentioned RBridge ID. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes.
PAGE 1028
2 show route-map Policy routing matches: 100 packets; 500000 bytes ip policy route-map abc permit 20 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent_2 set ip precedence flash set ip next-hop 10.3.1.1 set ip next-hop 10.4.2.1 (selected) set ip interface null0 Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes sw0# show route-map xyz Interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/4 ip policy route-map xyz deny 10 (inactive) match ip address acl Vincent set ip precedence critical set ip vrf pulp_fiction next-hop 3.3.3.
PAGE 1029
show route-map interface 2 show route-map interface Displays the status of a route-map application on the specified interface. Synopsis show route-map interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port |tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | ve vlan-id} show route-map interface ve vlan-id rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all} Operands port-channel index Displays the status of the port-channel interface.
PAGE 1030
2 show route-map interface set ip interface null0 Policy routing matches: 0 packets; 0 bytes sw0# show route-map interface Ve 3 rbridge-id all Interface Ve 3 on rbridge-id 205 ip policy route-map foo permit 10 (Active) match ip address acl ACL_Vincent set ip precedence critical set ip next-hop 3.3.1.1 (selected) set ip next-hop 4.4.2.
PAGE 1031
show running reserved-vlan 2 show running reserved-vlan Displays the range of reserved VLAN values. Synopsis show running reserved-vlan Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the range of reserved VLAN values.
PAGE 1032
2 show running-config show running-config Displays the contents of the running configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running configuration. This is the configuration that is currently active on the local switch but which is not saved persistently. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1033
show running-config aaa 2 show running-config aaa Displays the AAA server configuration.
PAGE 1034
2 show running-config aaa accounting show running-config aaa accounting Displays the AAA server accounting configuration. Synopsis show running-config aaa accounting Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration attributes of AAA accounting services. Refer to the aaa authentication command for a description of the displayed attributes.
PAGE 1035
show running-config access-list 2 show running-config access-list Displays currently configured ACLs in the running configuration. Synopsis Operands show running-config {ip | ipv6 | mac} access-list {standard | extended} [access-list [NAME]] access-list NAME Specifies a Level 2 or Level 3 ACL. ip | ipv6 | mac Displays the configured rules of either a Layer 2 or Layer 3 ACL. standard | extended Specifies the ACL type.
PAGE 1036
2 show running-config ag show running-config ag Displays the configured N_Port to VF_Port mappings, port grouping information, and other parameters for Access Gateway (AG) mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config ag rbridge-id rbridge-id Specific RBridge identifier for a switch. Displays AG configuration on local switch when RBridge ID not used. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display parameters configured for AG mode.
PAGE 1037
show running-config ag 2 modes lb rename pg0 ! timeout fnm 120 counter reliability 25 ! ! sw0# show running-config ag ag mapset nport 1/0/1 fports 1/1/1 1/1/92 1/1/173 mapset nport 1/0/2 fports 1/1/24 1/1/105 1/1/186 mapset nport 1/0/3 fports 1/1/37 1/1/118 1/1/199 mapset nport 1/0/4 fports 1/1/410 1/1/1211 1/1/2012 mapset nport 1/0/5 fports 1/1/513 1/1/1314 1/1/2115 mapset nport 1/0/6 fports 1/1/616 1/1/1417 1/1/2218 mapset nport 1/0/7 fports 1/1/719 1/1/1520 1/1/2321 mapset nport 1/0/8 fports 1/1/822 1/
PAGE 1038
2 show running-config banner show running-config banner Displays the switch banner. Synopsis show running-config banner Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the banner test string configured for the switch. None To display the switch banner: switch# show running-config banner banner login "Please don’t disturb the setup on this switch.
PAGE 1039
show running-config cee-map 2 show running-config cee-map Displays the Converged Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) map. Synopsis Operands show running-config cee-map [precedence | priority-group-table [pgid]| priority-table | remap {fabric-priority | lossless-priority}] precedence Displays only the precedence of the default CEE map. priority-group-table Without a specified priority group ID, displays the priority group table for each priority group ID. pgid Specifies one priority group ID.
PAGE 1040
2 show running-config class-map show running-config class-map Displays configured class-maps. Synopsis show running-config class-map Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured police class-maps. This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches. To display configured class maps:.
PAGE 1041
show running-config diag post 2 show running-config diag post Displays the defined POST configuration. Synopsis show running-config diag post Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the POST configuration.
PAGE 1042
2 show running-config dot1x show running-config dot1x Displays the IEEE 802.1x Port Authentication configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config dot1x [enable | test timeout] enable Shows the configured state of globally enabled IEEE 8.02.1x port authentication. test timeout Shows the configured timeout value in seconds for the IEEE 802.1x readiness check. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display IEEE 802.1x Port Authentication information.
PAGE 1043
show running-config dpod 2 show running-config dpod Displays Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config dpod [rbridge-id/slot/port] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies the slot number. port Specifies the port number. Displays all port reservations on the local switch.
PAGE 1044
2 show running-config fabric route mcast show running-config fabric route mcast Displays fabric route multicast configuration information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config fabric route mcast {rbridge-id rbridge-id | priority} rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. priority Displays the priority value. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display fabric route multicast configuration information.
PAGE 1045
show running-config fcoe 2 show running-config fcoe Displays the running configuration for FCoE. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config fcoe [fabric-map default | map default] fabric-map default Displays the contents of the fabric map. map default Displays the list of available maps. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the currently running configuration for FCoE.
PAGE 1046
2 show running-config fcsp auth show running-config fcsp auth Displays the E_Port-to-EX_Port authentication protocol parameters. Synopsis show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] fcsp auth Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the E_Port-to-EX_Port authentication protocol parameters such as auth-type, group, hash type, and policy state. The policy status can be one of the following:.
PAGE 1047
show running-config hardware connector 2 show running-config hardware connector Displays the SFP configurations in the running-config. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config hardware connector None Displays information for the local switch. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the SFP configuration for the specified switches. Usage Guidelines This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1048
2 show running-config interface fcoe show running-config interface fcoe Displays the status of FCoE interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1010 show running-config interface fcoe [vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number] vn-number/rbridge-id/front-port-number Specifies a valid FCoE port interface. vn-number Specifies the VN number for FCoE. rbridge-id Specifies the routing bridge ID. This is not valid in standalone mode.
PAGE 1049
show running-config interface FibreChannel 2 show running-config interface FibreChannel Displays Fibre Channel port attributes. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface FibreChannel [rbridge-id/slot/port [desire-distance | fill-word | isl-r_rdy | long-distance | shutdown | speed | trunk-enable | vc-link-init]] rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. desire-distance Displays the setting of the desired distance attribute.
PAGE 1050
2 show running-config interface FibreChannel Enter interface FibreChannel to set the values.
PAGE 1051
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet Displays the status of 40-gigabit Ethernet interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1052
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet bpdu-drop show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet bpdu-drop Displays the BPDU drop status of a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1053
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet cee 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet cee Displays whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] cee rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1054
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet channel-group show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet channel-group Displays channel group configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface participating in link aggregation. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1016 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
PAGE 1055
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet description 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet description Displays the description string associated with a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1056
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 1057
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet dot1x 2 dot1x reauthMax 5 dot1x reauthentication dot1x timeout server-timeout 60 See Also dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1019
PAGE 1058
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fabric Displays fabric protocol configuration parameters for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1020 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fabric [isl [enable] | trunk [enable]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1059
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet fcoeport Displays whether a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface is configured as an FCoE port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fcoeport rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1060
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lacp Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1061
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet lldp Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1062
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mac Displays configured MAC parameters for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1063
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mtu 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet mtu Displays the configured MTU for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1064
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet port-profile-port show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet port-profile-port Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1026 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
PAGE 1065
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet priority-tag 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet priority-tag Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1066
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet qos show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet qos Displays the Quality of Service (QoS) configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1067
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet rmon 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet rmon Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection [history index | stats index]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1068
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet sflow show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet sflow Displays the sFlow configuration for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1030 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1069
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet shutdown 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet shutdown Displays whether a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1070
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet switchport show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet switchport Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 40-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id | slot | port] switchport [access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] | native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1071
show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet udld 2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet udld Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1072
2 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet vlan show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet vlan Displays information about VLAN classification groups for a 40-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1034 show running-config interface fortygigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1073
show running-config interface gigabitethernet 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet Displays the status of 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. Displays the configuration of all 1-gigabit Ethernet interfaces on the local switch.
PAGE 1074
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet bpdu-drop show running-config interface gigabitethernet bpdu-drop Displays the BPDU drop status of a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1075
show running-config interface gigabitethernet channel-group 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet channel-group Displays channel group configuration information for an interface participating in link aggregation. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1076
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet description show running-config interface gigabitethernet description Displays the description string associated with a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1038 show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1077
show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 1078
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet dot1x dot1x dot1x dot1x dot1x dot1x See Also 1040 port-control auto quiet-period 120 reauthMax 5 reauthentication timeout server-timeout 60 dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1079
show running-config interface gigabitethernet lacp 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet lacp Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1080
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet lldp show running-config interface gigabitethernet lldp Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1042 show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
PAGE 1081
show running-config interface gigabitethernet mac 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet mac Displays configured MAC parameters for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1082
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet mtu show running-config interface gigabitethernet mtu Displays the configured MTU for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1044 show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1083
show running-config interface gigabitethernet port-profile-port 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet port-profile-port Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1084
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet priority-tag show running-config interface gigabitethernet priority-tag Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Description show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1085
show running-config interface gigabitethernet qos 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet qos Displays the Quality of Service (QoS) configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
PAGE 1086
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet rmon show running-config interface gigabitethernet rmon Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection [history index | stats index]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1087
show running-config interface gigabitethernet sflow 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet sflow Displays the sFlow configuration for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1088
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet shutdown show running-config interface gigabitethernet shutdown Displays whether a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1089
show running-config interface gigabitethernet switchport 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet switchport Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 1-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] switchport [access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] |native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1090
2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet udld show running-config interface gigabitethernet udld Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 1-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1091
show running-config interface gigabitethernet vlan 2 show running-config interface gigabitethernet vlan Displays information about VLAN classification groups for the 1-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface gigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1092
2 show running-config interface management show running-config interface management Displays the management interface configuration. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface management [rbridge-id/ | port] [ip] access group rbridge-id/ | port Specifies the management interface to be displayed as the rbridge-id followed by a slash (/) and the port number. On standalone platforms, the port number for the management port is always 0.
PAGE 1093
show running-config interface port-channel 2 show running-config interface port-channel Displays the status of port-channel interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config interface port-channel [number] number Specifies a valid port-channel number. Displays the configuration of all port channel interfaces on the local switch. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration of port channel interfaces.
PAGE 1094
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet show running-config interface tengigabitethernet Displays the status of 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by the its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1095
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet bpdu-drop 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet bpdu-drop Displays the BPDU drop status of a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] bpdu-drop [enable] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1096
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee show running-config interface tengigabitethernet cee Displays whether the default CEE map has been applied to a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1058 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] cee rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1097
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet channel-group 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet channel-group Displays channel group configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface participating in link aggregation. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] channel-group [mode | type] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID.
PAGE 1098
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet description Displays the description string associated with a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1060 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] description rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1099
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x Displays IEEE 802.1x port-based access control configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 1100
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet dot1x dot1x reauthMax 5 dot1x reauthentication dot1x timeout server-timeout 60 See Also 1062 dot1x authentication, dot1x port-control, dot1x quiet-period, dot1x reauthentication, dot1x reauthMax, dot1x timeout re-authperiod, dot1x timeout server-timeout, dot1x timeout supp-timeout, dot1x timeout tx-period Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1101
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fabric 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fabric Displays fabric protocol configuration parameters for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fabric [isl [enable] | trunk [enable]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1102
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fcoeport show running-config interface tengigabitethernet fcoeport Displays whether a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface is configured as an FCoE port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] fcoeport rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1103
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lacp 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lacp Displays interface configuration parameters for the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lacp [timeout] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1104
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lldp show running-config interface tengigabitethernet lldp Displays Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuration information for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] lldp [dcbx-version | disable | iscsi-priority | profile] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1105
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mac 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mac Displays configured MAC parameters for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mac [access-group] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1106
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mtu show running-config interface tengigabitethernet mtu Displays the configured MTU for a 10 gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1068 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] mtu rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1107
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet port-profile-port 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet port-profile-port Displays whether AMPP port-profile configuration mode is enabled for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] port-profile-port rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1108
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet priority-tag show running-config interface tengigabitethernet priority-tag Displays whether 802.1p priority tagging is configured for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1070 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] priority-tag rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1109
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet qos 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet qos Displays the quality of service (QoS) configured for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] qos [cos | cos-mutation | cos-traffic-class | flowcontrol [rx | tx] | trust [cos]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1110
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet rmon show running-config interface tengigabitethernet rmon Displays the Remote Monitoring protocol (RMON) configuration for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] rmon [collection [history index | stats index]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1111
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet sflow 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet sflow Displays the sFlow configuration for a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] sflow [enable | polling-interval | sample-rate] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1112
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet shutdown show running-config interface tengigabitethernet shutdown Displays whether a 10-gigabit Ethernet interface is enabled. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1074 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] shutdown rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1113
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet switchport 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet switchport Displays the configured switching characteristics for the 10-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id | slot | port ] switchport [access [vlan] | mode | trunk [allowed [vlan] | native-vlan | tag [native-vlan]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1114
2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet udld show running-config interface tengigabitethernet udld Displays Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol (UDLD) configuration information for a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] udld enable rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1115
show running-config interface tengigabitethernet vlan 2 show running-config interface tengigabitethernet vlan Displays information about VLAN classification groups for a 10-gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface tengigabitethernet [rbridge-id/slot/port] vlan [classifier [activate [group]]] rbridge-id Specifies a switch by its RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number.
PAGE 1116
2 show running-config interface vlan show running-config interface vlan Displays the status of VLAN interfaces. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config interface vlan [vlan_id] [arp-ageing-timeout | description | ip | mac access-group | shutdown | spanning-tree] vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. arp-ageing-timeout Displays the configured interface timeout value in minutes for the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) for VLANs.
PAGE 1117
show running-config interface vlan ip 2 show running-config interface vlan ip Displays the IP configuration of VLAN interfaces. Synopsis Operands show running-config interface vlan [vlan_id] ip [address | igmp [last-member-query-interval | query-interval | query-max-response-time | snooping [enable | fast-leave | mrouter | mrouter-timeout | querier] | static-group static-group-address] | mtu | proxy-arp] vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1118
2 show running-config interface vlan ip • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. • On all other Brocade VDX switches: 1 through 3962 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 3963 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 1119
show running-config ip access-list 2 show running-config ip access-list Displays the configuration for the IP ACL and its configured rules. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config ip access-list [ip | ipv6] ip | ipv6 Specifies the IP type. An ACL can contain rules for only one version of IP (either IPv4 or IPv6). None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the ACL parameters.
PAGE 1120
2 show running-config ip dns show running-config ip dns Displays the domain name service (DNS) parameters. Synopsis Operands Description Command Modes show running-config ip dns None Use this command to display the configured DNS parameters. The DNS parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers.
PAGE 1121
show running-config ip igmp 2 show running-config ip igmp Displays IGMP configuration information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config ip igmp [snooping [enable]] snooping Displays IGMP snooping configuration information. enable Displays whether IGMP snooping is enabled. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display IGMP snooping configuration information.
PAGE 1122
2 show running-config ip route show running-config ip route Displays routing information. Synopsis Operands show running-config ip route [next-hop | next-hop-enable-default | next-hop-recursion | routing-table] next-hop Displays the routing protocol configured for resolving the next hop. next-hop-enable-default Specifies enabling of next hop resolution to default. Defaults Command Modes Description next-hop-recursion Specifies next hop recursion.
PAGE 1123
show running-config ldap-server 2 show running-config ldap-server Displays the SSH server status in the running-config. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config ldap-server [host ipaddr | host-name] host Identifies the IPv4 address of the host. ipaddress IPv4 address of the host. host-name Name of the host. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current status of the LDAP server in the running-config.
PAGE 1124
2 show running-config line show running-config line Displays command line session configuration information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config line [vty [exec-timeout]] vty Displays the terminal type. exec-timeout Displays the configured idle time in minutes before the command line session automatically logs off. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configuration information about command line sessions.
PAGE 1125
show running-config logging 2 show running-config logging Displays the log configuration Synopsis show running-config logging Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configuration of the logging facilities on the local switch. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1126
2 show running-config logging auditlog class show running-config logging auditlog class Displays the severity level configured for the audit log class. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config logging auditlog class None Displays the information for the local switch. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the enabled audit log class. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1127
show running-config logging raslog 2 show running-config logging raslog Displays the severity level configured for the RASLog console. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config logging raslog None Displays the RASLog console configuration. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configured severity levels for the RASlog console. Valid values consist of one of the following: INFO, WARNING, ERROR, or CRITICAL.
PAGE 1128
2 show running-config logging syslog-facility show running-config logging syslog-facility Displays the syslog facility log level. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config logging syslog-facility [local] local Displays the local syslog facility level. Displays the local configuration. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the local syslog facility log level. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1129
show running-config logging syslog-server 2 show running-config logging syslog-server Displays the syslog server configuration. Synopsis show running-config logging syslog-server Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the servers that are running the syslogd daemon and to which system messages are sent. Servers are specified in the configuration database by IP address.
PAGE 1130
2 show running-config mac-address-table show running-config mac-address-table Displays configuration information about MAC interfaces and configurations. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config monitor mac-address-table [aging-time | static] aging-time Specifies the aging time value (in seconds). static Specifies a static MAC address. Default aging time is 300 seconds.
PAGE 1131
show running-config monitor 2 show running-config monitor Displays configuration information about the monitor session. Synopsis Operands show running-config monitor {session session_number {description}} session session_number The session number to display. description Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Displays the session’s description. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configuration information about the monitor session.
PAGE 1132
2 show running-config ntp show running-config ntp Displays the Network Time Protocol (NTP) server configuration. Synopsis show running-config ntp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current NTP server configuration. None To display the configured NTP server switch# show running-config ntp ntp server 172.26.1.
PAGE 1133
show running-config password-attributes 2 show running-config password-attributes Displays global password attributes. Synopsis show running-config password-attributes Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display global password attributes. The attributes will not be displayed when they hold default values.
PAGE 1134
2 show running-config police-priority-map show running-config police-priority-map Displays configured police-priority-maps. Synopsis show running-config class-map Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display configured police class-maps. This command is only supported on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, and later switches.
PAGE 1135
show running-config policy-map 2 show running-config policy-map Displays the currently running policy-map configurations. Synopsis show running-config policy-map Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the policy-map configurations currently operating on the switch. Output includes the policy-map name, class-map name, and class-map configuration.
PAGE 1136
2 show running-config port-profile show running-config port-profile Displays configured AMPP port-profiles. Synopsis Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1098 show running-config port-profile [name] Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles is displayed. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display port-profile information.
PAGE 1137
show running-config port-profile activate 2 show running-config port-profile activate Displays activated AMPP port-profiles. Synopsis show running-config port-profile [name] activate Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display port profiles that are activated. These port profiles are available for association with MAC addresses. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Specifies the name of a port-profile.
PAGE 1138
2 show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile show running-config port-profile fcoe-profile Displays the configured FCOE subprofile. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config port-profile [name] fcoe-profile [fcoeport [default]] name Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the FCOE profile applied is displayed. fcoeport [default] Specifies an FCOE map name.
PAGE 1139
show running-config port-profile qos-profile 2 show running-config port-profile qos-profile Displays the configured Quality of Service (QoS) subprofile. Synopsis Operands show running-config port-profile [name] qos-profile [cee [name] | qos [cos cos| cos-mutation name| cos-traffic-class name | flowcontrol [pfc | rx | tx] | trust [cos]] name Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the QoS subprofile applied is displayed.
PAGE 1140
2 show running-config port-profile security-profile show running-config port-profile security-profile Displays security subprofiles. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config port-profile [name] security-profile [mac [access-group [acl-name | in]]] name Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles with the security subprofile applied is displayed. mac The configured MAC parameters. access-group The applied ACL.
PAGE 1141
show running-config port-profile static 2 show running-config port-profile static Displays statically associated VM MAC addresses. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config port-profile [name] static [mac-address] name Specifies the name of a port-profile. If no name is provided, information about all port-profiles associated with VM MAC addresses is displayed. mac-address Displays the port-profile associated with a specific MAC address.
PAGE 1142
2 show running-config port-profile vlan-profile show running-config port-profile vlan-profile Displays information about VLAN subprofiles. Synopsis Operands show running-config port-profile [name] vlan-profile [switchport [access [vlan [vlan_id]] | mode [access | trunk] | trunk [allowed [vlan [add [vlan_id]| all | except vlan_id | none | remove [vlan_id]] | native-vlan vlan_id]]] name Specifies the name of a port-profile.
PAGE 1143
show running-config port-profile vlan-profile Usage Guidelines 2 On the Brocade VDX family of switches, VLANs are treated as interfaces from a configuration point of view. By default, all the DCB ports are assigned to VLAN 1 (VLAN ID equals 1). Valid VLAN IDs are as follows: • On Brocade VDX 8770 switches: 1 through 4086 for 802.1Q VLANs (VLAN IDs 4087 through 4095 are reserved on these switches), and 4096 through 8191 for service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context.
PAGE 1144
2 show running-config port-profile-domain show running-config port-profile-domain Displays the port-profile domains and their associated port-profiles. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 1106 show running-config port-profile-domain Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the port-profile domains and their associated port profiles.
PAGE 1145
show running-config protocol cdp 2 show running-config protocol cdp Displays the Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP) information. Synopsis show running-config protocol cdp Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP).
PAGE 1146
2 show running-config protocol edge show running-config protocol edge Displays the Edge Loop Detection (ELD) parameters. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config protocol edge {hello-interval | pdu-rx-limit | shutdown-time} hello-interval Displays the hello-interval-limit value. pdu-rx-limit Displays the bpdu-rx-limit value. shutdown-time Displays the shutdown-time-limit value. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about ELD parameters.
PAGE 1147
show running-config protocol lldp 2 show running-config protocol lldp Displays the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) parameters. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol lldp advertise {{dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv | dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv | dcbx-iscsi-app-tlv | dcbx-tlv | dot1-tlv | dot3-tlv | optional-tlv} | description | disable | hello | iscsi-priority | mode | multiplier | profile {description} | system-description | system-name} advertise Displays the Advertise TLV configuration information.
PAGE 1148
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp Displays the protocol configuration information for MSTP. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol spanning-tree mstp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan] bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
PAGE 1149
show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst 2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst Displays the protocol configuration information for PVST. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol spanning-tree pvst [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan] bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
PAGE 1150
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst Displays the protocol configuration information for RPVST. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol spanning-tree rpvst [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan] bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
PAGE 1151
show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp 2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp Displays the protocol configuration information for RSTP. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol spanning-tree rstp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan] bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
PAGE 1152
2 show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp Displays the protocol configuration information for STP. Synopsis Operands show running-config protocol spanning-tree stp [bridge-priority | cisco-interoperability | description | error-disable-timeout | forward-delay | instance | max-age | max-hops | port-channel | region | revision | information | shutdown | transmit-holdcount | vlan] bridge-priority Displays the Bridge priority commands.
PAGE 1153
show running-config protocol udld 2 show running-config protocol udld Displays the UDLD global parameters. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config protocol udld advertise {hello | multiplier | shutdown} hello Displays the Hello Transmit interval.multiplier Displays the Timeout Multiplier. shutdown Displays the shutdown status. This command has no defaults. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about the UDLD global parameters.
PAGE 1154
2 show running-config radius-server show running-config radius-server Displays the local switch configuration for the RADIUS server from the configuration database. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1116 show running-config radius-server host {ip-address | hostname} host Identifies the RADIUS server by host name or IP address. hostname Specifies the host name of the RADIUS server. ip-address Specifies the IP address of the RADIUS server.
PAGE 1155
show running-config rbridge-id 2 show running-config rbridge-id Displays configuration for the RBridge ID. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the attribute. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the RBridge ID configuration parameters.
PAGE 1156
2 show running-config rbridge-id linecard show running-config rbridge-id linecard Displays the interface module (line card) configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id linecard rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the attribute. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display slot configuration for the interface modules in the chassis.
PAGE 1157
show running-config rbridge-id ssh 2 show running-config rbridge-id ssh Displays the Secure Shell (SSH) configuration for an RBridge ID. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config rbridge-id rbridge-id ssh rbridge-id rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID for which to display the SSH configuration. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the SSH configuration for an RBridge ID.
PAGE 1158
2 show running-config rmon show running-config rmon Displays Remote Monitor configuration information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config rmon [alarm | event] alarm Displays the Remote Monitor alarm configuration. event Displays the Remote Monitor event configuration None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display Remote Monitor configuration information.
PAGE 1159
show running-config role 2 show running-config role Displays the configured roles. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config role [name role_name] name role_name Specifies role assigned to the user. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the roles that have been created and their descriptions.
PAGE 1160
2 show running-config route-map show running-config route-map Displays the status of a route-map application on the specified interface. Synopsis Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1122 show running-config route-map [name] Specifies the name of the route-map. Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of a route-map application on the specified interface.
PAGE 1161
show running-config rule 2 show running-config rule Displays configured access rules. Synopsis Operands show running-config rule [index] [{action {reject | accept} | command command_name | operation {read-only | read-write} | role role_number}] rule Displays all configured rules index Displays the rule with the specified index number. The valid range is from 1 through 512. action {reject | accept} Displays all rules with the specified action: accept or reject.
PAGE 1162
2 show running-config rule To display a single rule: switch# show running-config rule 30 rule 30 action accept operation read-write role NetworkSecurityAdmin command role See Also 1124 role name, rule, show running-config role Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1163
show running-config secpolicy 2 show running-config secpolicy Displays the Switch Connection Control (SCC) security policy information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] secpolicy {defined-policy | active-policy} defined-policy Displays the defined policy and its policy member set. active-policy Displays the active policy and its policy member set.
PAGE 1164
2 show running-config secpolicy ! member-entry 22:22:22:22:22:22:22:22 ! member-entry 33:33:33:33:33:33:33:33 VCS mode To show only the defined policy of rbridge-id 3: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 secpolicy defined-policy rbridge-id 3 secpolicy defined-policy SCC_POLICY member-entry aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa ! member-entry bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb:bb ! member-entry cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc ! ! switch# To show only the active policy of rbridge-id 3: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 secpolicy
PAGE 1165
show running-config sflow 2 show running-config sflow Displays the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and ports of sFlow collectors. Synopsis show running-config sflow Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses and ports of sFlow collectors.
PAGE 1166
2 show running-config sflow-policy show running-config sflow-policy Displays the configured sFlow policies. Synopsis show running-config sflow-policy Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configured sFlow policies. None To display the configured sFlow policies.
PAGE 1167
show running-config sflow-profile 2 show running-config sflow-profile Displays the configured sFlow policies. Synopsis show running-config sflow-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the configured sFlow profiles.
PAGE 1168
2 show running-config snmp-server show running-config snmp-server Shows the running configuration of the SNMP server on the switch. Synopsis show running-config snmp-server Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current SNMP configurations of host, community, contact, user, and location. This command has no default configurations.
PAGE 1169
show running-config snmp-server engineid 2 show running-config snmp-server engineid Shows the engine ID of the SNMP server on the switch. Synopsis show running-config snmp-server engineid Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the engine ID of the SNMP server on the switch.
PAGE 1170
2 show running-config ssh show running-config ssh Displays the Secure Shell (SSH) status in the running-config. Synopsis show running-config ssh Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the SSH status in the running-config.
PAGE 1171
show running-config ssh server 2 show running-config ssh server Displays the SSH server status in the running-config. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] ssh server rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1172
2 show running-config ssh server When SSH Server Key-exchange is configured to DH Group 14: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 When SSH Server Key-exchange method has the default value: switch# show running-config rbridge-id 3 ssh server key-exchange rbridge-id 3 When SSH service is enabled: switch# show running-config [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] ssh server % No entries found See Also 1134 ssh server shutdown, show ssh s
PAGE 1173
show running-config ssh server key-exchange 2 show running-config ssh server key-exchange Displays the SSH server key-exchange status in the running-config. Synopsis show running-config ssh server key-exchange Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the current status of SSH server key-exchange in the running-config.
PAGE 1174
2 show running-config support show running-config support Displays the support parameters in the running configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config support [ffdc] ffdc Displays the FFDC settings. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the support parameters in the running configuration. This command is supported only on the local switch. This command is not supported on the standby management module.
PAGE 1175
show running-config support autoupload-param 2 show running-config support autoupload-param Displays autoupload parameters. Synopsis show running-config support autoupload-param Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Displays autoupload parameters. None switch(config)# do show running-config support autoupload-param support autoupload-param hostip 10.31.2.
PAGE 1176
2 show running-config switch-attributes show running-config switch-attributes Displays switch attributes. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config switch-attributes [rbridge-id] {chassis-name | host-name} chassis-name Displays the switch chassis name. host-name Displays the switch host name. Displays all switch attributes on the local switch. The default host name is “sw0”. The default chassis name depends on the switch model.
PAGE 1177
show running-config system-monitor 2 show running-config system-monitor Displays the system monitor configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also show running-config system-monitor [fan | power | temp | cid-card | sfp | compact-flash | MM | LineCard | SFM] fan Displays the threshold and alert setting for the FAN component. power Displays the threshold and alert setting for the power component.
PAGE 1178
2 show running-config system-monitor-mail show running-config system-monitor-mail Displays the system monitor mail configuration. Synopsis Operands show running-config system-monitor-mail {fru enable} fru Displays FRU information. enable Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1140 Displays the status of the FRU. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running system monitor configuration. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1179
show running-config tacacs-server 2 show running-config tacacs-server Displays the TACACS+ server configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config tacacs-server [host ipaddr | hostname] host Identifies the TACACS+ server by host name or IP address. hostname Specifies the domain name of the TACACS+ server. ipaddr Specifies the IP address of the TACACS+ server (IPv4 or IPv6).
PAGE 1180
2 show running-config telnet server show running-config telnet server Displays the Telnet server status in the running-config. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] telnet server rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1181
show running-config threshold-monitor 2 show running-config threshold-monitor Displays the system’s threshold configuration. Synopsis show running-config threshold-monitor Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running system threshold configuration. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1182
2 show running-config threshold-monitor interface show running-config threshold-monitor interface Displays the system’s running interface configuration. Synopsis show running-config threshold-monitor interface Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running system’s interface threshold configuration. Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor interface command.
PAGE 1183
show running-config threshold-monitor security 2 show running-config threshold-monitor security Displays the system’s running security configuration. Synopsis show running-config threshold-monitor security Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running system’s security threshold configuration. Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor security command.
PAGE 1184
2 show running-config threshold-monitor sfp show running-config threshold-monitor sfp Displays the system’s running SFP configuration. Synopsis Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1146 show running-config threshold-monitor sfp Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the running system’s SFP threshold configuration. Default values are not displayed under the show running-config threshold-monitor sfp command.
PAGE 1185
show running-config username 2 show running-config username Displays the user accounts on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show running-config username [[username] [desc] [enable] [encryption-level] [password] [role]] username The account name associated with the user. The maximum number of characters is 40. desc Displays the description of the user configuration.
PAGE 1186
2 show running-config vcs show running-config vcs Displays VCS configuration information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config vcs [virtual [ip [address]]] virtual Displays the VCS configuration. ip Displays the virtual IP configuration. address Displays the virtual IP address. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display VCS configuration information.
PAGE 1187
show running-config zoning 2 show running-config zoning Displays the zoning configuration. Synopsis Operands show running-config zoning [defined-configuration | enabled-configuration] defined-configuration Displays the defined configuration parameters. See show running-config zoning defined-configuration. NOTE To display the enabled-configuration enabled-zone information, use the show zoning enabled-configuration command. enabled-configuration Displays the enabled configuration parameters.
PAGE 1188
2 show running-config zoning defined-configuration show running-config zoning defined-configuration Displays the defined zone configuration. Synopsis show running-config zoning defined-configuration Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the defined zone configuration for a Brocade VCS Fabric. The command lists the zones present in each configuration, and the members of each zone.
PAGE 1189
show running-config zoning defined-configuration 2 zoning defined-configuration zone zone1 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:80 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81 member-entry alias1 member-entry alias2 member-entry alias3 ! zoning defined-configuration zone zone2 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:80 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:81 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:82 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:83 member-entry 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:84 ! See Also show running-config zoning, show running-conf
PAGE 1190
2 show running-config zoning enabled-configuration show running-config zoning enabled-configuration Displays the enabled zone configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show running-config zoning enabled-configuration [cfg-action | cfg-name | default-zone-access] cfg-action Displays the enabled configuration action. cfg-name Displays the enabled configuration name. default-zone-access Displays the default-zone access mode.
PAGE 1191
show running-config zoning enabled-configuration See Also 2 show running-config zoning, show running-config zoning defined-configuration, show zoning enabled-configuration Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1153
PAGE 1192
2 show running-config nas server-ip show running-config nas server-ip Displays information about the specified Auto NAS (automatic network attached storage) interface. Synopsis Operands show running-config nas server-ip {gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}} gigabitethernet Selects a 1-GbE interface. tengigabitethernet Selects a 10-GbE interface. fortygigabitethernet Selects a 40-GbE interface.
PAGE 1193
show secpolicy 2 show secpolicy Displays the Switch Connection Control (SCC) security policy information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show running-config secpolicy {defined-policy | active-policy} defined-policy Displays the defined policy and its policy member set. active-policy Displays the active policy and its policy member set.
PAGE 1194
2 show sflow show sflow Displays sFlow configuration information and statistics. Synopsis Operands show sflow [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] | all all Displays all sFlow information and statistics. interface Displays sFlow information for an Ethernet interface. fortygigabitethernet Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID.
PAGE 1195
show sflow 2 Actual sampling rate: 32768 pkts Counter polling interval: 20 seconds Samples received from hardware: 0 Port backoff threshold: 48 --------------------------------------------------- To display all sFlow statistics: switch# show sflow all sFlow services are: enabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 pkts Global default counter polling interval: 20 secs Collector server address Number of samples sent ------------------------------------------------------3ffe:1900:4545:3:200:f8ff:fe21:67cf :
PAGE 1196
2 show sflow-profile show sflow-profile Displays the sflow profile configurations. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show sflow-profile {string | all} string Specifies the name of the profile. all Displays all profile information. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the sflow profile configurations.
PAGE 1197
show sfm 2 show sfm Displays information about the switch fabric modules present in the chassis. Synopsis show sfm Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about the switch fabric modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information: Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for switch fabric modules are S1 through S3 for Brocade VDX 8770-4 switches and S1 through S6 for Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
PAGE 1198
2 show sfm S2 SFM Switch Fabric Module 113 ENABLED# S3 SFM Switch Fabric Module 113 ENABLED # = At least one enabled SFM in these slots is required.
PAGE 1199
show sfp 2 show sfp Displays the SFP breakout configurations. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show sfp [linecard linecard [port port ]] linecard linecard Specifies line card information. port port Specifies port information. Displays the SFP breakout information using a line card. Port number is optional. If absent, all SFP port configurations are shown.
PAGE 1200
2 show slots show slots Displays information about the modules present in the chassis. Synopsis show slots Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about all modules present in a modular switch. The output includes the following information: Slot Displays the slot number. Slots for interface modules are L1 through L4 on Brocade VDX 8770-4 switches, and L1 through L8 on the Brocade VDX 8770-8 switches.
PAGE 1201
show slots Usage Guidelines Examples DISABLED The module is powered on but disabled. FAULTY The module is faulty because an error was detected. UNKNOWN The module is inserted but its state cannot be determined.
PAGE 1202
2 show span path show span path Displays the SPAN path information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show span path session session_number session session_number The path for the SPAN session to display. None Privileged EXEC Use this command to display the path for the SPAN session.
PAGE 1203
show spanning-tree 2 show spanning-tree Displays all Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show spanning-tree [pvst | mst-config | vlan vlan_id] pvst Spanning-tree PVST+ information. mst-config MSTP region configuration information. vlan vlan_id Specifies the VLAN number. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display all STP information.
PAGE 1204
2 show spanning-tree brief show spanning-tree brief Displays the status and parameters of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description show spanning-tree [vlan vlan_id] brief vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display a summary of the status and parameters of STP for each interface, including the port roles and port states.
PAGE 1205
show spanning-tree brief 2 Typical output of a summary that contains an rbridge-id as a non-root port. switch# show spanning-tree brief Spanning-tree Mode: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Root Port Bridge ID Priority 32768 Address 0005.1ecd.0b8a Hello Time 2, Max Age 20, Forward Delay 15 ID : 5/0/22 Priority 32768 Address 0105.3352.6f27 STP Switch Id: 01e0.5200.
PAGE 1206
2 show spanning-tree interface show spanning-tree interface Displays the state of the Spanning Tree Protocol for all named port-channels or 1-gigabit Ethernet, or 10-gigabit Ethernet interfaces. Synopsis Operands show spanning-tree interface [port-channel number | fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] port-channel number Specifies the port-channel number.
PAGE 1207
show spanning-tree interface 2 Bridge Id: 8000.0005.1e76.1aa0 Port Te 0/0 enabled IfIndex: 67108864; Id: 8000; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding Designated Path Cost: 0 Configured Path Cost: 2000 Designated Port Id: 0; Port Priority: 128 Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.
PAGE 1208
2 show spanning-tree mst brief show spanning-tree mst brief Displays the status and parameters of the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance information in brief. Synopsis show spanning-tree mst brief Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status and parameters of the MSTP instance information. It includes the port roles, port states and port types.
PAGE 1209
show spanning-tree mst detail 2 show spanning-tree mst detail Displays details on an interface for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance running. Synopsis Operands show spanning-tree mst detail [interface port-channel number |interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-i d/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] interface Specifies the interface for which to display the MSTP information.
PAGE 1210
2 show spanning-tree mst detail Number of topology change(s): 0 Bpdu-guard errdisable timeout: disabled Bpdu-guard errdisable timeout interval: 300 sec Migrate Time: 3 sec CIST Port Details. ================== Instance: 0; Vlans:1, 100 Port Te 0/0 enabled IfIndex: 67108864; Id: 8000; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0 Configured Path Cost: 2000 Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128 Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.
PAGE 1211
show spanning-tree mst detail 2 Port Te 1/0/20 enabled IfIndex: 68420100; Id: 8014; Role: Disabled; State: Discarding Designated External Path Cost: 0; Internal Path Cost 0 Configured Path Cost: 2000 Designated Port Id: 0; CIST Priority: 128 Designated Bridge: 0000.0000.0000.
PAGE 1212
2 show spanning-tree mst instance show spanning-tree mst instance Displays information on a specified Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance. Synopsis Operands show spanning-tree mst instance instance_id [interface port-channel number |interface fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port |interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] instance_id Specifies the MSTP instance for which to display information.
PAGE 1213
show spanning-tree mst instance 2 MSTI Bridge Id: 8001.0005.1e76.
PAGE 1214
2 show spanning-tree mst interface show spanning-tree mst interface Displays information for a specified interface for a Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) instance. Synopsis Operands show spanning-tree mst interface [port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] port-channel number Specifies the port-channel of the interface.
PAGE 1215
show spanning-tree mst interface 2 Instance Role Sts Cost Prio VLANs ----------------------------------------------------------------------0 DIS DSC 2000 128 1 See Also show spanning-tree brief, show spanning-tree mst brief Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1177
PAGE 1216
2 show ssh server status show ssh server status Displays the current Secure Shell (SSH) server key-exchange status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show ssh server status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1217
show ssh server rekey-interval status 2 show ssh server rekey-interval status Displays the status information related to the Secure Shell (SSH) server rekey-interval. Synopsis show ssh server rekey-interval status Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode This command displays the status information related to the SSH server rekey-interval.
PAGE 1218
2 show startup-config show startup-config Displays the contents of the startup configuration. Synopsis show startup-config Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the contents of the startup configuration. This command is supported only on the local switch. To display the startup configuration: switch# show startup-config chassis virtual-ip 10.24.73.
PAGE 1219
show startup-db 2 show startup-db Displays the startup database information. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show startup-db Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the startup database information. Enter show startup-db ? to display the list of available database entries.
PAGE 1220
2 show statistics access-list show statistics access-list Displays the statistics of an access-list status, or the statistical information on the specified ACL bound to the specified interface.
PAGE 1221
show statistics access-list seq seq seq seq See Also 2 81 hard-drop ip 10.10.75.0 0.0.0.0 10.10.0.0 0.0.255.255 count log (0 frames) 91 hard-drop ip any any count (0 frames) 100 deny udp 10.10.75.0 0.0.0.255 10.10.76.0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1222
2 show statistics access-list interface show statistics access-list interface Displays the statistical information on any ACL of the type specified bound on the specified interface. Synopsis Operands show statistics access-list interface {port-channel index | gigabitethernet slot/port | tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortygigabitethernet slot/port | vlan vlan_id | ve vlan_id} {in | out} port-channel index Specifies the port-channel index to which the ACL is bound.
PAGE 1223
show storm-control 2 show storm-control Displays information for traffic controlled by configured rate limits.
PAGE 1224
2 show storm-control To display storm-control information for all traffic on the 10-gigabit Ethernet interface 102/4/1: switch# show storm-control interface tengigabitethernet 102/4/1 Interface Type rate (Mbps) conformed violated Te102/4/1 broadcast 100,000 12500000000 12500000000 Te102/4/1 unknown-unicast 100,000 12500000000 12500000000 Te102/4/1 multicast 100,000 12500000000 12500000000 total 25000000000 25000000000 25000000000 To display storm-control information for all traffic in the system: switch
PAGE 1225
show support 2 show support Displays a list of core files on the switch. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show support [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. Valid completions for rbridge-id include the following: rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. This parameter is not valid in standalone mode. all Specifies all switches in the fabric. Displays information for the local switch.
PAGE 1226
2 show system show system Displays system information. Synopsis Operands show system {rbridge-id rbridge-id} rbridge-id Executes the command on the specified switches. rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Specifies the RBridge ID. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display system information of hardware and software details.
PAGE 1227
show system internal nas 2 show system internal nas Displays all NAS server IP addresses in the system. Synopsis show system internal nas Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the specified Auto NAS server IP addresses. This command is supported only on Brocade VDX 8770-4, VDX 8770-8, VDX 6740, and VDX 6740T switches.
PAGE 1228
2 show system monitor show system monitor Displays the overall status for a selected switch. Synopsis Operands show system monitor {rbridge-id [rbridge-id | all]} rbridge-id rbridge-id all Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1190 Specifies a switch using the switch’s RBridge ID. Reports all RBridge information. None RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to display the overall switch status and the status of the contributors defined as part of the policy.
PAGE 1229
show telnet server status 2 show telnet server status Displays the current Telnet server status. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples show telnet server status [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1230
2 show threshold monitor show threshold monitor Displays the current status of environmental thresholds and alerts for interfaces, security, and SFPs. Synopsis Operands show threshold monitor [interface all area | security area [login-violation [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all] | telnet-violation [rbridge-id rbridge-id | all]] | sfp all area [current |rxp |temperature |txp |voltage] interface all area Displays status of interface thresholds and alerts.
PAGE 1231
show udld 2 show udld Shows global UDLD information. Synopsis show udld Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Shows global unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol configuration values such as whether the protocol is enabled on the switch and the hello time and timeout values.
PAGE 1232
2 show udld interface show udld interface Shows UDLD information for interfaces. Synopsis Operands show udld interface [{fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing UDLD information. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1233
show udld interface 2 Description UDLD headings Examples Heading Description DCBX Version The current DCBX version Auto-Sense States whether Auto-Sense is active. Transmit TLVs Describes what information is being transmitted for the TLV. DCBX FCoE Priority Bits Describes the current FCoE priority bit for DCBX.
PAGE 1234
2 show udld statistics show udld statistics Shows UDLD statistics. Synopsis Operands show udld statistics [interface {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port}] fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface for showing statistics. rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID. slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number.
PAGE 1235
show users 2 show users Displays the users logged in to the system and locked user accounts. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes show users [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support Virtual Cluster Switching (VCS) on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1236
2 show vcs show vcs Displays the Brocade VCS Fabric configuration. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show vcs {detail | virtual-ip} detail Displays detailed information about each RBridge in the fabric. virtual-ip Displays the virtual IP address. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the Brocade VCS Fabric parameters (VCS ID and the switch RBridge ID) and Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 1237
show vcs Co-ordinator : WWN : Switch MAC : FCF MAC : Switch Type : Internal IP : Management IP : Node :3 Serial Number : Condition : Status : VCS Id : Rbridge-Id : Co-ordinator : WWN : Switch MAC : FCF MAC : Switch Type : Internal IP : Management IP : (output truncated) 2 NO 10:00:00:05:33:78:00:00 00:05:33:78:00:81 19:30:00:48:19:31 Brocade VDX 8770-4 127.1.0.80 10.17.11.80 BWW2516G01G Good Connected to Cluster 1 82 NO 10:00:00:05:33:6F:2B:D2 00:05:33:6F:2B:D2 0B:20:B0:64:10:26 Elara2f 127.1.0.82 10.17.
PAGE 1238
2 show vcs FCF MAC Switch Type Firmware Ver Internal IP Management IP Node :2 Serial Number Condition Status VCS Id Rbridge-Id Co-ordinator WWN Switch MAC FCF MAC Switch Type Firmware Ver Internal IP Management IP Node :3 Serial Number Condition Status VCS Id Rbridge-Id Co-ordinator WWN Switch MAC FCF MAC Switch Type Firmware Ver Internal IP Management IP : : : : : 00:05:1E:CD:22:6A VDX6720-24 v4.0.0pkadu_nos4.0.0_pit_a_03_0425_01133_att1 127.1.0.1 10.17.10.
PAGE 1239
show version 2 show version Displays the current firmware version. Synopsis Operands show version [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] [all-partitions] [brief] rbridge-id rbridge-id Defaults Command Modes Description Executes the command on the specified switch. Specifies the RBridge ID for the switch. brief Displays a brief version of the firmware information. all-partitions Displays firmware information for both the active and the standby partitions. For each module, both partitions are displayed.
PAGE 1240
2 show version L1/0 NOS L1/1 NOS L2/0 NOS L2/1 NOS 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 4.1.0 ACTIVE STANDBY ACTIVE STANDBY To display the firmware for all partitions in the brief view: switch# show version all-partitions brief Slot Name Primary/Secondary Versions Status -----------------------------------------------------M1 NOS 4.1.0 STANDBY 4.1.0 M2 NOS 4.1.0 ACTIVE* 4.1.0 L1/0 NOS 4.1.0 ACTIVE 4.1.0 L1/1 NOS 4.1.0 STANDBY 4.1.0 L2/0 NOS 4.1.0 ACTIVE 4.1.0 L2/1 NOS 4.1.0 STANDBY 4.
PAGE 1241
show virtual-fabric status 2 show virtual-fabric status Displays the status of the Virtual Fabric (VF): VF-capable, VF-incapable, or VF-enabled. Synopsis show virtual-fabric status Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the status of the VF with respect to all nodes in the fabric. The possible states are as follows: • VF-capable: All nodes in the fabric can support service or transport VFs.
PAGE 1242
2 show vlan show vlan Displays information about a specific VLAN interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines show vlan [vlan_id | brief [provisioned | unprovisioned]|classifier] vlan_id Specifies the VLAN interface to display. Refer to “the Usage Guidelines. brief Displays VLAN information for all interfaces including static and dynamic. classifier Displays all VLAN classification information.provisionedDisplays provisioned VLANs.
PAGE 1243
show vlan 2 • The following example shows all VLANs that are configured, provisioned (active) and unprovisioned (inactive): switch# show vlan brief Total Number of VLANs configured: 6 Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned: 0 Total Number of VLANs provisioned: 6 VLAN Name State Ports (F)-FCoE (u)-Untagged, (T)-Transparent (t)-Tagged (R)-RSPAN (c)-Converged ========================================= 300 vlan300 ACTIVE Te 4/0/1(t) 5000(T) vlan5000 ACTIVE Te 2/0/1/(t) Te 4/0/1(t) 5500(T) vlan5500 ACTIVE Te 3/0/1
PAGE 1244
2 show vlan • The following example shows only unprovisioned VLANs: switch# show vlan brief unprovisioned Total Number of VLANs configured: 8 Total Number of VLANs unprovisioned: 3 Total Number of VLANs provisioned: 5 VLAN Name State Ports (F)-FCoE (u)-Untagged, (t)-Tagged (R)-RSPAN (c)-Converged ======== ================ ======= ====== 2000 VLAN2000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned) 4000 VLAN4000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned) 8000 VLAN8000 INACTIVE(unprovisioned) See Also 1206 None Network OS Command Reference 53-10
PAGE 1245
show vlan classifier 2 show vlan classifier Displays information about a specific VLAN classifier group. Synopsis Operands show vlan classifier [group number | interface group-number | interface port-channel number | rule number | interface tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | interface gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port] group number Specifies the VLAN classifier group number. Valid values range from 1 through 16. interface group number Specifies the VLAN classifier interface group number.
PAGE 1246
2 show vlan private-vlan show vlan private-vlan Displays information about private VLANs. Synopsis show vlan private-vlan Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about private VLANs. None Typical command output display.
PAGE 1247
show vlan rspan-vlan 2 show vlan rspan-vlan Displays information about remote SPAN VLANs. Synopsis show vlan rspan-vlan Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display information about remote SPAN VLANs.
PAGE 1248
2 show vnetwork show vnetwork Displays virtual assets from the vCenter that are discovered on a Brocade VDX switch.
PAGE 1249
show vnetwork vcenter Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples 2 Selects a vCenter (required). vms Displays discovered VMs. vss Displays discovered standard virtual switches. datacenter Selects a datacenter. name Selects a virtual switch. vcenter Selects a vCenter (required). None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the virtual assets configured on the vCenter and discovered on the VDX switch.
PAGE 1250
2 show vnetwork switch# show PortGroup ============ TestVMs VMkernel vnetwork pgs vSwitch =============== vSwitch1 vSwitch1 vSwitch1 vSwitch1 vlanId ============= 50-50, 50-50, 0-0, 0-0, Host ============================ ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com ESX-4921.englab.brocade.com ESX-4922.englab.brocade.com ESX-4921.englab.brocade.
PAGE 1251
show vrf 2 show vrf Displays VRF configuration information. Synopsis show vrf Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to view VRF configuration information.
PAGE 1252
2 show vrrp show vrrp Displays information about VRRP and VRRP-E sessions. Synopsis show vrrp VRID [detail] [summary] show vrrp detail show vrrp interface [detail] [summary] show vrrp summary Operands VRID The virtual-group ID about which to display information. Valid values range from 1 to 128. detail Displays all session information in detail, including session statistics. summary Displays single line, session-information summaries.
PAGE 1253
show vrrp 2 Interface: Ten Gigabit Ethernet 0/18; Ifindex: 403832850 Mode: VRRP Admin Status: Enabled Address family: IPv4 Authentication type: No Authentication State: Master Virtual IP(s): 1.1.1.5, 1.1.1.6, 1.1.1.8, 1.1.1.
PAGE 1254
2 show zoning enabled-configuration show zoning enabled-configuration Displays information about the enabled zoning configuration. Synopsis show zoning enabled-configuration Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the cfg-name and enabled-zone fields of the enabled zoning configuration for a Brocade VCS Fabric. This command is supported in VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 1255
show zoning operation-info 2 show zoning operation-info Displays information about transactions and database size. Synopsis show zoning operation-info Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and transaction token information for a Brocade VCS Fabric. db-max Defines the maximum size in bytes of the zone database in nonvolatile memory.
PAGE 1256
2 shutdown shutdown Disables the selected interface. Synopsis shutdown no shutdown Operands Defaults Command Modes None The interface is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Description Use this command to disable an interface. Usage Guidelines Enter no shutdown to enable the interface.
PAGE 1257
shutdown (UDLD) 2 shutdown (UDLD) Disables the unidirectional link detection (UDLD) protocol on all ports. Synopsis shutdown no shutdown Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Protocol UDLD configuration mode Use this command to disable the UDLD protocol on all ports without affecting configuration. The no shutdown command unblocks all ports that have been blocked by the UDLD protocol..
PAGE 1258
2 shutdown (STP) shutdown (STP) Disables the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Per Vlan Spanning Tree (PVST), or Rapid PVST(RPVST) globally. Synopsis shutdown no shutdown Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None STP is not enabled as it is not required in a loop-free topology. Protocol Spanning Tree configuration mode Use this command to disable the all versions of STP globally.
PAGE 1259
shutdown-time 2 shutdown-time Specifies the time a port will be disabled after Edge Loop Detection (ELD) detects a loop. Synopsis shutdown-time num no shutdown-time num Operands Defaults num Specifies the number of minutes before a port is re-enabled. Valid values range from 10 through 1440 minutes (10 minutes to 24 hours). The default value is 0 minutes. The port will not be re-enabled automatically.
PAGE 1260
2 slot slot Enables or disables the slot. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description slot number {disable | enable} number The slot to control. The valid values are 0 or 1. disable Disables the slot. enable Enables the slot. This command has no defaults. Privileged EXEC mode Use this enable or disable the slot.
PAGE 1261
snmp-server community 2 snmp-server community Sets or removes the community string and read-write or read-only access for each community. Synopsis snmp-server community string [ro | rw] no snmp-server community string [ro | rw] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines string Specifies the community string. ro | rw Sets the read-only or read-write access for each community. If no access is specified, read-only (ro) is the default.
PAGE 1262
2 snmp-server contact snmp-server contact Sets the SNMP server contact string. Synopsis snmp-server contact string no snmp-server contact string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples string Specifies the server contact. You must enclose the text in double quotes if the text contains spaces. The default contact string is “Field Support.” Global configuration mode Use this command to set the SNMP server contact string.
PAGE 1263
snmp-server context 2 snmp-server context Maps the context name in an SNMPv3 packet’s protocol data unit (PDU) to the name of a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. Synopsis snmp-server context context_name vrf-name vrf_name no snmp-server-context context_name vrf-name vrf_name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples context Enables the specification of a variable context_name that can be passed in the SNMP PDU.
PAGE 1264
2 snmp-server engineid local snmp-server engineid local Configures a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent. Synopsis snmp-server engineid local engine_id no snmp-server engineid local Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples engine_id Specifies the ID of the engine. None Global configuration mode (for a standalone switch), RBridge ID configuration mode (for VCS mode). Use this command to configure a user-defined engine ID for the SNMP agent.
PAGE 1265
snmp-server host 2 snmp-server host Sets the trap destination IP addresses, version, community string (for v1 and v2c), and destination port for the SNMP server host.
PAGE 1266
2 snmp-server host The no snmp-server host host community-string string version 2c command brings version 2c down to version 1. The no snmp-server host host community-string string command removes the SNMP server host from the switch configuration altogether. Examples The following snmp-server host ipv6_host command creates an entry for trap host 1050:0:0:0:5:600:300c:326b associated with community “public.” The trap host receives traps from the configured switch.
PAGE 1267
snmp-server location 2 snmp-server location Sets the SNMP server location string. Synopsis snmp-server location string no snmp-server location string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples string Specifies the SNMP server location string. You must enclose the text in double quotes if the text contains spaces. The location string is “End User Premise.” Global configuration mode Use this command to set the SNMP server location string.
PAGE 1268
2 snmp-server sys-descr snmp-server sys-descr Sets the Management Information Base (MIB-2) object identifier (OID) system description. Synopsis snmp-server sys-descr string no snmp-server sys-descr Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples string The text for the system description. The string must be between 4 and 255 characters in length. The system description is “Brocade VDX switch”. Global configuration mode Use this command to specify the MIB-2 OID description.
PAGE 1269
snmp-server user 2 snmp-server user Creates or changes the attributes of SNMPv3 users. Synopsis snmp-server user username [groupname group-name] [auth] {md5 | sha} [auth-password string {encrypted}] [priv] {DES | AES128} [priv-password string {encrypted}] no snmp-server user user-name Operands username The name of the user that connects to the agent. The name must be between 1 and 16 characters long.
PAGE 1270
2 snmp-server user Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure SNMPv3 users that can be associated with a trap and inform response functionality. To add a new user to either group, one of the default users must be deleted. Optional encryption for auth-password and priv-password is also provided. Enter no snmp-server user user-name to delete a user. This command may not be successful where encrypted passwords are generated by third-party or open-source tools.
PAGE 1271
snmp-server v3host 2 snmp-server v3host Specifies the recipient of the SNMPv3 notification parameter. Synopsis snmp-server v3host [host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}] [notifytype {traps | informs}] engineid engine-id udp-port port_number [severity-level {none | debug | info | warning | error | critical}] no snmp-server v3host[host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host}] Operands host {ipv4_host | ipv6_host | dns_host} Specifies the IP address of the host. IPv4, IPv6, and DNS hosts are supported.
PAGE 1272
2 source source Configures the monitoring session.
PAGE 1273
source Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines slot Specifies a valid slot number. port Specifies a valid port number. direction rx Specifies to monitor the receiving traffic. direction tx Specifies to monitor the transmitting traffic direction both Specifies to monitor transmitting and receiving traffic. 2 None Monitor session configuration mode Use this command to enable a session for monitoring traffic.
PAGE 1274
2 spanning-tree autoedge spanning-tree autoedge Enables automatic edge detection. Synopsis spanning-tree autoedge no spanning-tree autoedge Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Auto-detection is not enabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to automatically identify the edge port. The port can become an edge port if no Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) is received. If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridge nodes.
PAGE 1275
spanning-tree bpdu-mac 2 spanning-tree bpdu-mac Sets the MAC address of the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU). Synopsis spanning-tree bpdu-mac [0100.0ccc.cccd | 0304.0800.0700] no spanning-tree bpdu-mac [0100.0ccc.cccd | 0304.0800.0700] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description 0100.0ccc.cccd Cisco Control Mac 0304.0800.0700 Brocade Control Mac None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to explicitly set the MAC address of the BPDU.
PAGE 1276
2 spanning-tree cost spanning-tree cost Changes an interface's spanning-tree port path cost. Synopsis Operands spanning-tree cost cost cost Specifies the path cost for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) calculations. Valid values range from 1 through 200000000. Defaults The default path cost is 200000000. Command Modes Interface subtype configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Use this command to configure the path cost for spanning-tree calculations.
PAGE 1277
spanning-tree edgeport 2 spanning-tree edgeport Enables the edge port on an interface to allow the interface to quickly transition to the forwarding state. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines spanning-tree edgeport [bpdu-filter | bpdu-guard] bpdu-filter Sets the edge port Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) filter for the port. bpdu-guard Guards the port against the reception of BPDUs. Edge port is disabled.
PAGE 1278
2 spanning-tree guard root spanning-tree guard root Enables the guard root to restrict which interface is allowed to be the spanning-tree root port or the path-to-the-root for the switch. Synopsis spanning-tree guard root [vlan vlan_id] no spanning-tree guard root Operands Defaults Command Modes Description vlan vlan_id Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. Guard root is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable the guard root on the interface.
PAGE 1279
spanning-tree guard root See Also 2 show spanning-tree Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1241
PAGE 1280
2 spanning-tree hello-time spanning-tree hello-time Configures the hello-time in seconds on the interface. Synopsis spanning-tree hello-time seconds no spanning-tree hello-time Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines seconds Sets the interval between the hello Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent by the root switch configuration messages. Valid values range from 1 through 10. 2 seconds.
PAGE 1281
spanning-tree instance 2 spanning-tree instance Sets restrictions for the port of particular MSTP instances. Synopsis spanning-tree instance instance_id [cost cost | priority priority| restricted-role | restricted-tcn] no spanning-tree instance instance_id Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines instance_id Specifies the MSTP instance. Valid values range from 1 through 32. cost cost Specifies the path-cost for a port. Valid values range from 1 through 20000000.
PAGE 1282
2 spanning-tree link-type spanning-tree link-type Enables and disables the rapid transition for the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines spanning-tree link-type [point-to-point | shared] point-to-point Enables rapid transition. shared Disables rapid transition. The spanning-tree link-type is set to point-to-point. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to specify a link type for STP.
PAGE 1283
spanning-tree portfast 2 spanning-tree portfast Enables the Port Fast feature on an interface to allow the interface to quickly transition to forwarding state. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description spanning-tree portfast [bpdu-filter | bpdu-guard] bpdu-filter Sets the Port Fast BPDU filter for the port. bpdu-guard Guards the port against the reception of BPDUs. Port Fast is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable the Port Fast feature.
PAGE 1284
2 spanning-tree priority spanning-tree priority Changes an interface's spanning-tree port priority. Synopsis spanning-tree priority priority no spanning-tree priority Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines priority Specifies the interface priority for the spanning tree. The range of valid values is from 0 through 240. Port priority is in increments of 16. The default value is 128.
PAGE 1285
spanning-tree restricted-role 2 spanning-tree restricted-role Restricts the role of the port from becoming a root port. Synopsis spanning-tree restricted-role no spanning-tree restricted-role Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None The restricted role is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to configure the port from becoming a root port. If xSTP is enabled over VCS, this command must be executed on all the RBridges.
PAGE 1286
2 spanning-tree restricted-tcn spanning-tree restricted-tcn Restricts the topology change notification Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) sent on the port. Synopsis spanning-tree restricted-tcn no spanning-tree restricted-tcn Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None The restricted TCN is disabled. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to restrict the topology change notification BPDUs sent on the port.
PAGE 1287
spanning-tree shutdown 2 spanning-tree shutdown Enables or disables spanning tree on the interface. Synopsis spanning-tree shutdown no spanning-tree shutdown Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None Spanning tree is not enabled in VCS Fabric mode. It is enabled in standalone mode. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to disable spanning tree on the interface or VLAN.
PAGE 1288
2 spanning-tree vlan spanning-tree vlan Configures the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface. Synopsis spanning-tree vlan vlan_id no spanning-tree vlan Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vlan vlan_id Sets the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the VLAN identifier for the spanning tree interface.
PAGE 1289
speed (Ethernet) 2 speed (Ethernet) Sets the speed on the Ethernet interface. Synopsis speed {10000 | 1000 | auto} no speed Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 10000 Forces the speed to 10 Gbps. 1000 Forces the speed to 1 Gbps. auto Allows the interface to negotiate the speed setting. Speed is auto. 10 gigabit Ethernet interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for a specific interface.
PAGE 1290
2 speed (Fibre Channel) speed (Fibre Channel) Sets the operational speed of a Fibre Channel port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples speed {auto | 1gbps | 2gbps | 4gbps | 8gbps} auto Allows the interface to negotiate the port speed. 1gbps Sets the operational port speed to 1 Gbps. 2gbps Sets the operational port speed to 2 Gbps. 4gbps Sets the operational port speed to 4 Gbps. 8gbps Sets the operational port speed to 8 Gbps. Speed is auto.
PAGE 1291
speed (port-channel) 2 speed (port-channel) Sets the speed on the port-channel interface. Synopsis speed {1000 | 10000 | 40000} no speed Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples 1000 Forces the speed to 1 Gbps. 10000 Forces the speed to 10 Gbps. 40000 Forces the speed to 40 Gbps. Speed is 10000. Port-channel interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for a specific port-channel interface.
PAGE 1292
2 speed (LAG) speed (LAG) Sets the speed on the LAG interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines 1254 speed {1000 | 10000 | 40000} 1000 Forces the speed to 1 Gbps. 10000 Forces the speed to 10 Gbps. 40000 Forces the speed to 40 Gbps. Speed is 10000 Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the speed negotiation value for the interface. The speed command is available only for 10-gigabit Ethernet ports.
PAGE 1293
spt-threshold 2 spt-threshold Configures the Shortest Path Tree (SPT) threshold. Synopsis spt-threshold {infinity | num} no spt-threshold Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples infinity Use only the rendezvous point to send packets, do not switch over to SPT. num Rate (in kilobytes per second) that must be reached before switching to SPT. Valid values range from 1 through 4294967295. Default value is 1.
PAGE 1294
2 ssh ssh Connects to a remote server using the Secure Shell (SSH) protocol. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ssh [-c] [-l] [-m] {IP Address | hostname} -c Specifies the encryption algorithm for the SSH session. This parameter is optional; if no encryption algorithm is specified, the default (3des) is used. Supported algorithms include the following: 3des Triple Data Encryption Standard (DES). This is the default setting.
PAGE 1295
ssh 2 To connect to a remote device using an SSH connection with a login name: switch# ssh -l admin 127.2.1.8 admin@127.2.1.
PAGE 1296
2 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 Specifies the method used for generating the one-time session keys for encryption and authentication with the Secure Shell (SSH)server. Synopsis ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 no ssh server key-exchange dh-group-14 Operands Defaults Command Modes None This command is not configured as DH Group 14.
PAGE 1297
ssh server rekey-interval 2 ssh server rekey-interval Configures the Secure Shell (SSH) server rekey-interval. Synopsis ssh server rekey-interval interval no ssh server rekey-interval Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines interval The value for the rekey interval. Range is from 900 to 3600 seconds. None Global configuration mode Use this command to configure the SSH server rekey-interval. Use the no ssh server rekey-interval command to remove the rekey-interval.
PAGE 1298
2 ssh server shutdown ssh server shutdown Disables SSH service on the switch. Synopsis ssh server shutdown no ssh server shutdown Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Global configuration mode RBridge ID configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to disable SSH service on the switch. Enter no ssh server shutdown to enable SSH service. This command is not distributed across the cluster.
PAGE 1299
ssh server status 2 ssh server status Displays SSH service on the switch. Synopsis ssh server status Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Global configuration mode Use this command to display the SSH service on the switch.
PAGE 1300
2 static-network (BGP) static-network (BGP) Configures a static BGP4 network, creating a stable network in the core. Synopsis static-network no static-network network/mask [distance num] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples network/mask Network and mask in CIDR notation. num Administrative distance value for this network. The range is from 1 through 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 1301
storm-control ingress 2 storm-control ingress Limits ingress traffic on a specified interface. Synopsis storm-control ingress {broadcast | unknown-unicast | multicast} {limit-bps | limit-percent} rate [{monitor | shutdown]} no storm-control ingress {broadcast | unknown-unicast | multicast} {limit-bps | limit-percent} rate [{monitor | shutdown]} Operands broadcast Specifies that the command will operate on broadcast traffic only.
PAGE 1302
2 storm-control ingress Enter no storm-control ingress to disable BUM storm control for a particular traffic type on an interface.
PAGE 1303
summary-address 2 summary-address Configures route summarization for redistributed routes for an Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR). Synopsis summary-address A.B.C.D E.F.G.H no summary-address Operands Defaults Command Modes Description A.B.C.D E.F.G.H IP address and mask for the summary route representing all the redistributed routes in dotted decimal format. Summary addresses are not configured.
PAGE 1304
2 support support Enables or disables the first-fault data capture (FFDC). Synopsis support ffdc no support ffdc Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines ffdc Enables FFDC. FFDC is enabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable FFDC. This command is supported only on the local switch. This command is not supported on the standby management module. Enter no router ffdc to disable FFDC.
PAGE 1305
support autoupload enable 2 support autoupload enable Specifies if support autoupload is enabled or disabled. When set to enabled, the data files are automatically transferred to the configured remote location. Synopsis support autoupload enable no support autoupload enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Support autoupload is disabled by default.
PAGE 1306
2 support autoupload-param support autoupload-param Defines autoupload parameters. Synopsis Operands support autoupload-param hostip host-ip user user_acct password password protocol [ftp | scp | sftp] directory path hostip host-ip Specifies the IP address of the remote host. user user_acct Specifies the user name to access the remote host. password password Specifies the password to access the remote host. protocol FTP | SCP | SFTP Specifies the protocol used to access the remote server.
PAGE 1307
switch-attributes 2 switch-attributes Sets switch attributes. Synopsis switch-attributes rbridge-id chassis-name string host-name string no switch-attributes Operands rbridge-id Specifies the RBridge ID the attribute is to be set for. Only the local RBridge ID is supported. chassis-name string Sets the switch chassis name. The string must be between 1 and 30 ASCII characters in length. host-name string Sets the switch host name. The string must be between 1 and 30 ASCII characters in length.
PAGE 1308
2 switchport switchport Puts the interface in Layer 2 mode. Synopsis switchport no switchport Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None All Layer 2 interfaces are mapped to default VLAN 1 and the interface is set to access mode. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to put the interface in Layer 2 mode and to set the switching characteristics of the Layer 2 interface.
PAGE 1309
switchport access 2 switchport access Sets the Layer 2 interface as access. Synopsis switchport access {vlan vlan_id | rspan-vlan vlan_id | mac HHHH.HHHH.HHHH | mac-group mac-group-id} no switchport access {vlan vlan_id | rspan-vlan vlan_id | mac HHHH.HHHH.HHHH | mac-group mac-group-id} Operands vlan vlan_id Sets the port VLAN (PVID) to the specified vlan_id. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. Range is below 4096 for 802.
PAGE 1310
2 switchport access The following examples illustrate configuration with service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. In global configuration mode, establish a mac-group: switch(config)# mac-group 1 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0002.0002.0002 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0005.0005.0005 switch(config-mac-group 1)# mac 0008.0008.
PAGE 1311
switchport mode 2 switchport mode Sets the mode of the interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines switchport mode {access | trunk} access Sets the Layer 2 interface as access. trunk Sets the Layer 2 interface as trunk. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to set the mode of the Layer 2 interface. Access mode assigns the port to a VLAN (refer to the Usage Guidelines). Trunk mode makes the port linkable to other switches and routers.
PAGE 1312
2 switchport mode private-vlan switchport mode private-vlan Sets the private VLAN (PVLAN) mode of the Layer 2 interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes switchport mode private-vlan trunk [trunk host | trunk promiscuous | host] trunk Sets the port mode to PVLAN trunk port. This port can carry multiple VLANs. The outgoing packets carry all VLANs, except for native VLANs. trunk host Sets the port mode to host (community or isolated) mode.
PAGE 1313
switchport port-security 2 switchport port-security Enables or disables port security on an interface port. Synopsis switchport port-security no switchport port-security Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable port security on an interface port. Use the no switchport port-security command to disable port security on the interface.
PAGE 1314
2 switchport port-security mac-address switchport port-security mac-address Configures the MAC address option for port security on an interface port. Synopsis Operands switchport port-security mac-address address vlan vlan_id mac-address address Specifies the MAC address-based VLAN classifier rule used to map to a specific VLAN. vlan vlan_id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1315
switchport port-security max 2 switchport port-security max Configures the maximum number of MAC addresses used for port security on an interface port. Synopsis switchport port-security max value no switchport port-security max Operands value Defaults None Command Modes Description The maximum number of secure MAC addresses. Range is from 1 through 8192.
PAGE 1316
2 switchport port-security oui switchport port-security oui Configures an Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) MAC address for port security on an interface port. Synopsis switchport port-security oui address no switchport port-security oui Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines address The OUI MAC address from which to accept vendor traffic, in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
PAGE 1317
switchport port-security shutdown-time 2 switchport port-security shutdown-time Configures the shutdown-time option for port security on an interface port. Synopsis switchport port-security shutdown-time time Operands time Defaults None Command Modes Description The amount of time to shut down the interface port, in minutes. Range is from 1 through 15. Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to configure the shutdown-time option for port security on an interface port.
PAGE 1318
2 switchport port-security sticky switchport port-security sticky Converts dynamic MAC addresses to sticky secure MAC addresses. Synopsis Operands switchport port-security sticky mac-address address vlan vlan_id mac-address address Specifies the MAC address-based VLAN classifier rule used to map to a specific VLAN. vlan vlan_id Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies a VLAN. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1319
switchport port-security violation 2 switchport port-security violation Configures the violation response options for port security on an interface. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description switchport port-security violation {restrict | shutdown} restrict Drops packets with unknown source addresses until you remove a sufficient number of secure MAC addresses to drop below the maximum value. shutdown Puts the interface into the error-disabled state for a predetermined amount of time.
PAGE 1320
2 switchport private-vlan association trunk switchport private-vlan association trunk Assigns a primary private VLAN to private VLAN trunk port. Synopsis switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan association trunk primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID Operands Defaults Command Modes primary_vlan_ID The primary VLAN identification. secondary_vlan_ID The secondary VLAN identification.
PAGE 1321
switchport private-vlan host-association 2 switchport private-vlan host-association Assigns a secondary and primary VLAN pair to host port. Synopsis switchport private-vlan host-association primary_vlan_ID secondary_vlan_ID no switchport private-vlan host-association Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines primary_vlan_ID The primary VLAN identification. Refer to the Usage Guidelines. secondary_vlan_ID The secondary VLAN identification.
PAGE 1322
2 switchport private-vlan mapping switchport private-vlan mapping Maps primary VLAN and secondary VLAN to a promiscuous port. Synopsis switchport private-vlan mapping primary_vlan_ID [add | remove] secondary_vlan no switchport private-vlan mapping Operands primary_vlan_ID add Adds the secondary VLAN to the primary mapping. remove Removes the secondary VLAN from the primary mapping. secondary_vlan Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines The primary VLAN identification.
PAGE 1323
switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan 2 switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan Adds a VLAN to a private VLAN (PVLAN) trunk port. Synopsis switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan {all | none | [add | remove | except] vlan_id] ctag ctag} no switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan vlan_id Operands all Allows all VLANs. none Removes all VLANs except for VLAN 1. add Adds a specified VLAN. remove Removes the specified VLAN. except Allows all VLANs except the specified VLAN.
PAGE 1324
2 switchport private-vlan trunk allowed vlan switch(config-if-te-2/0/2)# switchport private-vlan association trunk 6000 8000 See Also 1286 switchport mode, switchport private-vlan association trunk Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1325
switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan 2 switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan Sets native private VLAN (PVLAN) characteristics on a trunk port. Synopsis switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan vlan_id no switchport private-vlan trunk native-vlan Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vlan_id Specifies a VLAN to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1326
2 switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan Adds or removes VLANs on a Layer 2 interface in trunk mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines switchport trunk allowed {vlan | rspan-vlan} {add vlan_id {ctag {id | ctag-range} | all | except vlan_id | none | remove vlan_id} add vlan_id Adds a VLAN to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. The VLAN can be an 802.1Q VLAN, an RSPAN VLAN, or a transport VLAN.
PAGE 1327
switchport trunk allowed vlan rspan-vlan 2 switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk allowed vlan add 100 To remove the tagged VLAN 100 from the interface: switch(config)# interface tengigabitethernet 178/0/9 switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk allowed vlan remove 100 The following examples illustrate configuration in a Virtual Fabrics context: Configure an interface as a trunk switchport.
PAGE 1328
2 switchport trunk default-vlan switchport trunk default-vlan Configures tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match any classification rule on a trunk port, supporting service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. Synopsis switchport trunk default-vlan vlan_id no switchport trunk default-vlan vlan_id Operands Defaults Command Modes vlan_id Adds a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) to transmit and receive through the Layer 2 interface. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1329
switchport trunk native-vlan 2 switchport trunk native-vlan Sets native VLAN characteristics as an 802.1Q VLAN, or, in a Virtual Fabrics context, as service or transport VF on a trunk port, matching tagged or untagged data traffic that does not match a classification rule.
PAGE 1330
2 switchport trunk native-vlan switch(conf-if-te-178/0/9)# switchport trunk native-vlan 120 The following illustrates the use of the command in a Virtual Fabrics context: • Configure an interface as a switchport trunk and set the tagging of the native VLAN at the interface level: switch(config)# int te 2/0/1 switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport mode trunk switch(config-if-te-2/0/1)# switchport trunk tag native-vlan • Change the native VLAN from the default of 1 to a classified VLAN (VLAN ID > 4095) a
PAGE 1331
switchport trunk tag native-vlan 2 switchport trunk tag native-vlan Enables tagging on native VLAN traffic. Synopsis switchport trunk tag native-vlan no switchport trunk tag native Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to enable tagging for native traffic on a specific interface. Enter no switchport trunk tag native to untag native traffic for a specific interface.
PAGE 1332
2 system-description system-description Sets the global system description specific to LLDP. Synopsis system-description line no system-description Operands Defaults Command Modes line Specifies a description for the LLDP system. The string must be between 1 and 50 ASCII characters in length. None Protocol LLDP configuration mode Description Use this command to set the global system description specific to LLDP.
PAGE 1333
system-max 2 system-max Sets the maximum number of Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests that the system will allocate. Synopsis system-max arp number_of_arps no system-max arp Operands arp Enables setting the maximum number of ARP requests. number_of_arps An integer value from 0 through 16384. Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to set the maximum number of ARP requests that the system will allocate.
PAGE 1334
2 system-monitor system-monitor Manages the monitoring of FRUs and sets a variety of alerts when thresholds are exceeded.
PAGE 1335
system-monitor threshold down-threshold 2 Specifies the monitoring of thresholds Specifies an integer value that, when exceeded, indicates when hardware is down. marginal-threshold Specifies an integer value that, when exceeded, indicates when hardware is operating marginally. Defaults Command Modes For system monitoring defaults, see the “System Monitor” chapter in the Network OS Administrator’s Guide Supporting Network OS v.4.0.0.
PAGE 1336
2 system-monitor-mail system-monitor-mail Configures Fabric Watch e-mail alerts on the switch. Synopsis system-monitor-mail {fru |interface | relay {host_ip |domain_name} |security | sfp} enable | email-id] no system-monitor-mail Operands fru Configures e-mail alerts for FRUs. interface Configures e-mail alerts for interfaces. relay Configures the relay host for e-mail to work in a non-DNS environment. host_ip Specifies the IPv4 address of the mail server.
PAGE 1337
system-monitor-mail switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 domain-name 2 abc.brocade.com switch# show running-config system-monitor-mail relay system-monitor-mail relay 1.2.3.4 domain-name abc.brocade.com To create a mapping: switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.4 domain-name abc.brocade.com To delete the mapping: switch(config)# no system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.4 To change the domain name: switch(config)# system-monitor-mail relay host-ip 1.2.3.
PAGE 1338
2 system-name system-name Sets the global system name specific to LLDP. Synopsis system-name name no system-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples name Specifies a system name for the LLDP. The string must be between 1 and 32 ASCII characters in length. The host name from the switch is used. Protocol LLDP configuration mode Use this command to set the global system name specific to LLDP. Enter no system-name to delete the name.
PAGE 1339
table-map (BGP) 2 table-map (BGP) Maps external entry attributes into the routing table, ensuring that those attributes are preserved after being redistributed into OSPF. Synopsis table-map string no table-map string Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines string Specifies a route map to be whose attributes are to be preserved. Range is from 1 through 63 ASCII characters. This option is disabled.
PAGE 1340
2 table-map (BGP) switch(config-rbridge-id-10)# router bgp switch(config-bgp-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast switch(config-bgp-ipv4u)# no table-map TAG_IP See Also 1302 route-map Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1341
tacacs-server 2 tacacs-server Configures a Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System plus (TACACS+) server. Synopsis tacacs-server host {hostname |ip-address} [port portnum] [protocol {chap| pap}] [key shared_secret] [encryption-level value_level] [timeout secs] [retries num] no tacacs-server {hostname |ip-address} Operands host {hostname |ip-address} Specifies the IP address or domain name of the TACACS+ server. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
PAGE 1342
2 tacacs-server Examples To configure an IPv4 TACACS+ server: switch(config)# tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6 protocol chap retries 100 switch (config-tacacs-server-10.24.65.6)# To modify an existing TACACS+ server configuration: switch(config)# tacacs-server host 10.24.65.6 switch(config-tacacs-server-10.24.65.6)# key "changedsec" To delete a TACACS+ server: switch(config)# no tacacs-server host 10.24.65.
PAGE 1343
tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled 2 tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled Activates IEEE BPDU packets. Synopsis tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled no tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled Operands None Defaults None Command Modes mode Description Use this command to activate IEEE BPDU packets. ATTENTION This command should be enabled when the interface is connected to a switch which sends tagged IEEE bpdu packets. Usage Guidelines Enter no tagged-ieee-bpdu-enabled to disable this feature. This command should only be used on edge ports.
PAGE 1344
2 tcp burstrate tcp burstrate Sets the threshold for the burst rate of TCP traffic, and defines the lockout time once that threshold is passed. Synopsis tcp burstrate packet lockup seconds no tcp burstrate Operands Defaults Command Modes Description packet The maximum number of packets allowed over five seconds. Range is from 1 through 100000. lockup seconds Sets the number of seconds to lock up the port. Range is from 1 through 3000. This feature is disabled.
PAGE 1345
telnet 2 telnet Establishes a Telnet session to a remote networking device. Synopsis Operands telnet {IP Address | hostname} [port-number port] IP Address The server IP address in either IPv4 or IPv6 format. hostname The host name (a string between 1 and 63 ASCII characters in length). port-number port Specifies the port number in the remote device to connect to. Valid values range from 0 through 65535.
PAGE 1346
2 telnet server shutdown telnet server shutdown Disables Telnet service on the switch. Synopsis telnet server shutdown no telnet server shutdown Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Global configuration mode RBridge ID configuration mode Description Usage Guidelines Examples Use this command to disable Telnet service on the switch. Enter no telnet server shutdown to enable Telnet service. This command is not distributed across a cluster.
PAGE 1347
terminal 2 terminal Sets terminal parameters for the current session. Synopsis terminal [length number_of_lines] [monitor] [timeout value] no terminal [length] [monitor] [timeout] Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines length number_of_lines Specifies the number of lines to be displayed. Valid values range from 1 through 512. Specify 0 for infinite length. monitor Enables terminal monitoring. timeout value Specifies the timeout value in minutes.
PAGE 1348
2 threshold-monitor cpu threshold-monitor cpu Configures monitoring of CPU usage of the system and alerts the user when configured thresholds are exceeded. Synopsis threshold-monitor cpu {[actions [none | raslog [{limit limit_when_reached | poll polling_interval | retry number_of_retries]]} no threshold-monitor cpu Operands actions Specifies the action to be taken when a threshold is exceeded. none No action is taken. raslog Specifies RASLog messaging.
PAGE 1349
threshold-monitor interface 2 threshold-monitor interface Configures monitoring of port statistics on all external gigabit Ethernet interfaces: 1 GbE, 10 GbE, and 40 GbE.
PAGE 1350
2 threshold-monitor interface area Enables policy configuration.CRCAlignErrors The total number of frames received with either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) or an alignment error. IFG The minimum-length interframe gap (IFG) between successive frames is violated. The typical minimum IFG is 12 bytes. MissingTerminationCharacter The number of frames that terminate in anything other than the Terminate character.
PAGE 1351
threshold-monitor interface none Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 2 Compares a data value to a threshold boundary level. See Operands. RBridge ID configuration mode When any monitored error crosses the configured high or low threshold, an alert is generated and a problem port can be taken out of service. Use this command to monitor port statistics on all external gigabit Ethernet interfaces and generate a variety of actions, from alerts through Port Fencing.
PAGE 1352
2 threshold-monitor memory threshold-monitor memory Configures monitoring of the memory usage of the system and alerts the user when configured thresholds are exceeded.
PAGE 1353
threshold-monitor memory Examples See Also 2 switch(config-rbridge-id-154)# threshold-monitor memory actions none high-limit 80 low-limit 50 limit 70 retry 2 poll 30 rbridge-id Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1315
PAGE 1354
2 threshold-monitor security threshold-monitor security Configures monitoring of security parameters, such as telnet and login violations.
PAGE 1355
threshold-monitor security fence Specifies that Port Fencing is applied, which disables the port until further action is taken. none No alert is sent raslog Specifies RASLog messaging. limit Specifies the percent of threshold usage, from 0 through 80. The default is 75. poll Specifies the polling interval in seconds, from 0 through 3600. The default is 120. retry Specifies the number of polling retries before desired action is taken, from 1 through 100. The default is 3.
PAGE 1356
2 threshold-monitor sfp threshold-monitor sfp Configures monitoring of SFP parameters.
PAGE 1357
threshold-monitor sfp above Enables setting a value for highthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a high threshold is exceeded. below Enables setting a value for highthresh-action and lowthresh-action, which specifies the action to be taken when a low threshold is exceeded.all Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used, and that Port Fencing is applied in the case of highthresh-action only. all Specifies that email and RASLog messaging are used.
PAGE 1358
2 threshold-monitor sfp See Also 1320 rbridge-id Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1359
timeout fnm 2 timeout fnm For Access Gateway mode, this sets and displays the fabric name monitoring time-out value (TOV) for Modified Managed Fabric Name Monitoring (M-MFNM) mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples timeout fnm value value A value from 30 to 120 seconds. The default is 120 seconds Access Gateway configuration mode You must be in Access Gateway (AG) configuration mode to use this command.
PAGE 1360
2 timers timers Configures Link State Advertisement (LSA) pacing and Shortest Path First (SPF) throttle timers. Synopsis Operands timers {lsa-group-pacing interval | throttle spf start hold max} lsa-group-pacing interval Specifies the interval at which OSPF LSAs are collected into a group and refreshed, check-summed, or aged by the OSPF process. Valid values range from 10 to 1800 seconds. The default is 240 seconds.
PAGE 1361
timers (BGP) 2 timers (BGP) Adjusts the interval at which BGP KEEPALIVE and HOLDTIME messages are sent. Synopsis timers {keep-alive keepalive_interval hold-time holdtime_interval} no timers Operands keep-alive Sets the interval for KEEPALIVE messages. keepalive_interval The KEEPALIVE interval in seconds. Range is from 0 through 65535. Default is 60. hold-time Sets the interval for HOLDTIME messages. holdtime_interval The HOLDTIME interval in seconds. Range is from 0 through 65535. Default is 180.
PAGE 1362
2 traceroute traceroute Traces the network path of packets as they are forwarded to a destination address. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples traceroute dest-addr [src-addr src-addr] | [ipv6 dest-ipv6-addr] | host-name [maxttl value] [minttl value] [timeout seconds] [vrf vrf-name] dest-addr Specifies the IPv4 address of the destination device. src-addr address Specifies the IPv4 address of the source device.
PAGE 1363
track 2 track Specifies a VRRP interface to track. Synopsis track {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} [priority range] no track {fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | gigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port | port-channel number | tengigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port} [priority range] Operands fortygigabitethernet rbridge-id/slot/port Specifies a valid 40-gigabit Ethernet interface.
PAGE 1364
2 track Examples To set the track port to 21/2/4 and the track priority to 60: switch(config)# rbridge-id 21 switch(config-rbridge-id-21)# protocol vrrp switch(config-rbridge-id-21)# int te 21/1/6 switch(conf-if-te-21/1/6)# vrrp-group 1 switch(config-vrrp-group-1)# track tengigabitethernet 21/2/4 priority 60 See Also 1326 vrrp-group Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01
PAGE 1365
transmit-holdcount 2 transmit-holdcount Configures the maximum number of Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) transmitted per second for the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), and R-PVST+. Synopsis transmit-holdcount number no transmit-holdcount Operands number Defaults 6 units Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Specifies the number of BPDUs than can be sent before pausing for 1 second. Valid unit values range from 1 through 10.
PAGE 1366
2 transport-service transport-service In a Virtual Fabrics context, associates a service VF with a trunk port interface as a transport VF. Synopsis transport-service tlsid no transport-service tlsid Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines tlsid The transport LAN service ID. Range is from 1 through 1000. This feature is disabled by default.
PAGE 1367
trunk-enable 2 trunk-enable Enables trunking on a Fibre Channel port. Synopsis trunk-enable no trunk-enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None Trunking is disabled. Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode Use this command to enable trunking on a Fibre Channel port. This command can be used only on Network OS platforms with Fibre Channel ports (Brocade VDX 6730-32 and Brocade VDX 6730-76 switches), in Brocade VCS Fabric mode, and with the FCoE license installed.
PAGE 1368
2 udld enable udld enable Enables the Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD) protocol on an interface. Synopsis udld enable no udld enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples None Disabled on interfaces by default. Interface subconfiguration mode (fo, gi, te) Enables the UDLD protocol on the interface. Use no udld enable to unblock the interface if it has been blocked by the UDLD protocol.
PAGE 1369
unhide fips 2 unhide fips Makes available irreversible commands used in enabling Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) compliance. Synopsis unhide fips Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Irreversible commands related to enabling FIPS compliance are hidden. Use this command to make the following hidden commands available: fips root disable, fips selftests, fips selftests, and prom-access disable.
PAGE 1370
2 unlock username unlock username Unlocks a locked user account. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples unlock username name [rbridge-id {rbridge-id | all}] name The name of the user account. rbridge-id Enables RBridge ID mode to support VCS on individual nodes. rbridge-id Specifies a unique identifier for a node. all Specifies all identifiers for a node.
PAGE 1371
update-time (BGP) 2 update-time (BGP) Configures the interval at which BGP next-hop tables are modified. Synopsis update-time sec no update-time sec Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines sec Update time in seconds. Range is from 0 through 30. Default is 5 seconds. This option is disabled. BGP address-family IPv4 unicast configuration mode Use this command to configure the interval at which BGP next-hop tables are modified.
PAGE 1372
2 usb usb Enables or disables an attached USB device. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines usb {on |off} on Turns the USB device on. off Turns the USB device off. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to enable or disable an attached USB device. The device will be inaccessible until it is enabled. This command is executed on the local switch. A switch reload will automatically turn the USB device off. This command is supported only on the local switch.
PAGE 1373
usb dir 2 usb dir Lists the contents of an attached USB device. Synopsis usb dir Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to list the contents of an attached USB device. This command is executed on the local switch. The USB device must be enabled before this function is available. This command is supported only on the local switch. This command is not supported on the standby management module.
PAGE 1374
2 usb remove usb remove Removes a file from an attached USB device. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines usb remove directory directory file file directory directory Specifies one the name of the directory where the file you want to remove is located. Valid USBstorage directories are /firmware, /firmwarekey, /support, and /config. file file Specifies the name of the file to be removed.
PAGE 1375
user (alias configuration) 2 user (alias configuration) Launches the user level alias configuration mode. Synopsis user string no user string Operands string Defaults None Command Modes Description Alias name string. The number of characters can be from 1 through 64. Alias configuration mode Use this command to launch the user-level alias configuration mode. This name is only visible to the user currently logged in to the switch. Use the alias command to configure the alias for the user name.
PAGE 1376
2 username username Configures a user account. Synopsis username username password password role role_name [encryption-level {0 | 7}] [desc description] [enable true | false] no username name Operands username Specifies the account login name. password password Specifies the account password. The exclamation mark (!) is supported, and you can specify the password in either double quotes or the escape character (\), for example "secret!password" or secret\!password.
PAGE 1377
username 2 switch(config)# username userBrocade password ******** role user desc "User to monitor" enabled true switch(config-username-userBrocade)# To modify an existing user account: switch(config)# username testUser enabled false switch(config-username-testUser)# desc "add op test user" switch(config)# no username testUser desc See Also show running-config username, show users, unlock username Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01 1339
PAGE 1378
2 username admin enable false username admin enable false Toggles the lockout option for the default admin account. Synopsis username admin enable false no username admin enable false Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None This feature is disabled. Global configuration mode This command toggles the lockout option for the default admin account. The account lockout policy locks an account when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts.
PAGE 1379
username user enable false 2 username user enable false Toggles the lockout option for user accounts with admin privileges. Synopsis username user enable false no username user enable false Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None This feature is disabled. Global configuration mode This command toggles the enable option for user accounts with admin privileges. The account lockout policy locks an account when the user exceeds the configured number of maximum failed login attempts.
PAGE 1380
2 vc-link-init vc-link-init Specifies the fill word used on long distance links for an 8 Gbps Fibre Channel port. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples vc-link-init {idle | arb} idle Sets the long distance link fill word to IDLE. arb Sets the long distance link fill word to ARB(ff). vc-link-init is idle. Interface Fibre Channel configuration mode Use this command to specify the fill word used in long distance links.
PAGE 1381
vcenter 2 vcenter Authenticates with an established vCenter and provides additional options. Synopsis vcenter name [activate | interval interval | {url URL username username password password}] no vcenter name Operands name Name of an established vCenter. activate Activates the vCenter. interval Enables the discovery timer. interval Discovery timer interval in minutes, Range is 0 through1440. Default is 30, and 0 disables discovery.
PAGE 1382
2 vcenter discovery (ignore delete responses) vcenter discovery (ignore delete responses) Causes a vCenter to ignore delete responses. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1344 vcenter name discovery ignore-delete-all-response [number | always] name Name of the vcenter. number Number of discovery cycles to ignore. Default is 0. always Always ignore delete-all requests from the vCenter. The default for number is o.
PAGE 1383
vcs (logical chassis cluster mode) 2 vcs (logical chassis cluster mode) Changes RBridge ID and/or VCS ID of a logical chassis cluster mode and, with the no form of the command, converts a logical chassis cluster to a fabric cluster. Synopsis vcs [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsid vcsid] no vcs [rbridge-id rbridge-id] [vcsid vcsid] logical-chassis enable no vcs logical-chassis enable rbridge-id {all | range} default-config Operands rbridge-id rbridge-id Changes the existing RBridge ID.
PAGE 1384
2 vcs (logical chassis cluster mode) The following provides examples of using the no form of this command. Examples of using the "no" form of this command See Also 1346 Command Command Behavior switch# no vcs rbridge-id logical chassis enable Changes the RBridge ID of the node to the value and then transitions the node from logical chassis cluster mode to fabric cluster mode.
PAGE 1385
vcs (standalone mode) 2 vcs (standalone mode) Configures Brocade VCS Fabric technology parameters and can enable one of the two types of Brocade VCS fabric modes: fabric cluster mode or logical chassis cluster mode. NOTE Platforms that allow standalone mode are the Brocade VDS 6710-54, 6720, and 6730.
PAGE 1386
2 vcs (standalone mode) Command examples for enabling logical chassis cluster mode Command Command Behavior switch# vcs logical-chassis enable The VCS ID becomes the default value of 1, the RBridge ID is not changed, and Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled. switch# vcs vcsid 22 rbridge-id 15 logical-chassis enable The VCS ID is changed to 22, the RBridge ID is changed to 15, and Brocade VCS logical chassis cluster mode is enabled.
PAGE 1387
vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) 2 vcs config snapshot (logical chassis cluster mode) Takes a configuration snapshot for a specified RBridge ID. Synopsis vcs config snapshot {create | restore} rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id snapshot-id no vcs config snapshot rbridge-id rbridge-id snapshot-id [all | rbridge-id] Operands create Captures the snapshot configuration from the RBridge ID specified. restore Restores the snapshot configuration to the RBridge ID specified.
PAGE 1388
2 vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode) vcs logical-chassis enable (fabric cluster mode) Changes specified nodes from fabric cluster mode to logical chassis cluster mode.
PAGE 1389
vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode) 2 vcs rbridge-id (fabric cluster mode) Changes the RBridge ID and, optionally, the VCS ID, and can enable logical chassis cluster mode. Synopsis Operands vcs rbridge-id rbridge-id [logical-chassis enable | vcsid vcsid [logical-chassis enable]] rbridge-id rbridge-id Allows you to change the existing RBridge ID, and gives you the option of changing the VCS ID at the same time.
PAGE 1390
2 vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode) vcs vcsid (fabric cluster mode) Changes the VCS ID and, optionally, the RBridge ID, and can enable logical chassis cluster mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vcs vcsid vcsid [logical-chassis enable | rbridge-id rbridge-id [logical-chassis enable]] vcsid vcsid Changes the existing VCS ID. The range for this value is 1 to 8192. The default is 1. rbridge-id rbridge-id Changes the existing RBridge ID.
PAGE 1391
vcs virtual-fabric enable 2 vcs virtual-fabric enable Enables the Virtual Fabrics feature, allowing the configuration of service or transport VFs in a Virtual Fabrics context. This expands the VLAN ID address space above the standard 802.1Q limit of 4095 to support multitenancy. Synopsis vcs virtual-fabric enable no vcs virtual-fabric enable Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines None This feature is disabled by default.
PAGE 1392
2 vcs replace rbridge-id vcs replace rbridge-id Replaces a node in a logical chassis cluster. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples vcs replace rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id rbridge-id RBridge ID of the node you are replacing. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to replace a node in a logical chassis cluster with a new node. You need to re-use the RBridge ID and then enter the WWN of the new node when prompted, as shown in the Example.
PAGE 1393
vcs virtual ip 2 vcs virtual ip Assigns a single virtual IP address to all switches in a Brocade VCS Fabric. Synopsis vcs virtual-ip address ipv4_address/prefix_len no vcs virtual-ip address Operands ip address Configures the virtual IP address. ipv4_address/prefix_len Specifies the IP address in IPv4 format by means of a CIDR prefix (mask). Defaults Command Modes None Global configuration mode Description Use this command to assign a single virtual IP address to the configured principal switch.
PAGE 1394
2 virtual-fabric virtual-fabric Designates the FCoE Virtual Fabric Identification (VFID). Synopsis virtual-fabric 1 Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines FCoE fabric-map configuration mode Use this command to designate the VFID. The VFID value is 1. No other values are allowed. You must be in the feature configuration mode for FCoE fabric-map for this command to function.
PAGE 1395
virtual-ip 2 virtual-ip Configures a virtual IPv4 address for the virtual router. Synopsis virtual-ip A.B.C.D no virtual-ip A.B.C.D Operands Defaults Command Modes Description A.B.C.D Virtual IPv4 address of the virtual router. None Virtual-router-group configuration mode Use this command to configure a virtual IPv4 address for the virtual router. This virtual IPv4 address is the IP address that an end-hosts sets as its default gateway.
PAGE 1396
2 vlag ignore-split vlag ignore-split Controls the ignore-split recovery functionality. Synopsis vlag ignore-split no vlag ignore-split Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None vlag ignore-split is enabled. Port-channel configuration mode Use this command to enable or disable the ignore-split recovery functionality. When ignore-spilt-recovery is active, neither of the RBridges modify their actor SID when splitting or rejoining the vLAG.
PAGE 1397
vlan classifier activate group 2 vlan classifier activate group Activates a VLAN classifier group. Synopsis vlan classifier activate group number vlan vlan_id no vlan classifier activate group number Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines number Specifies which VLAN classifier group to activate. Valid values range from 1 through 16. vlan vlan_id Specifies which VLAN interface to activate. Refer to the Usage Guidelines.
PAGE 1398
2 vlan classifier group vlan classifier group Adds and deletes rules to a VLAN classifier group. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines vlan classifier group number [add rule number| delete rule number] number Specifies the VLAN group number for which rules are to be added or deleted. Valid values range from 1 through 16. add rule number Specifies a rule is to be added. Valid values range from 1 through 256. delete rule number Specifies a rule is to be deleted.
PAGE 1399
vlan classifier rule 2 vlan classifier rule Creates a VLAN classifier rule. Synopsis vlan classifier rule rule_id [[mac mac_address] | [proto {hex_addr encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | arp encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | ip encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc} | ipv6 encap {ethv2 | nosnapllc | snapllc}]] no vlan classifier rule Operands rule_id Specifies the VLAN identification rule. Valid values range from 1 through 2556. mac Specifies the Media Access Control (MAC) list.
PAGE 1400
2 vlan dot1q tag native vlan dot1q tag native Enables 802.1tagging on the native VLAN. Synopsis vlan dot1q tag native no vlan dot1q tag native Operands Defaults Command Modes Description None The native VLAN is enabled. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable dot1q (IEEE 802.1Q) tagging for all native VLANs on all trunked ports on the switch. Usually, you configure 802.1Q trunks with a native VLAN ID, which strips tagging from all packets on that VLAN.
PAGE 1401
vlan-profile (AMPP) 2 vlan-profile (AMPP) Activates the VLAN profile mode for AMPP. Synopsis vlan-profile no vlan-profile Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples Port-profile configuration mode Use this command to activate the VLAN profile mode for AMPP. This mode allows configuration of VLAN attributes of a port-profile. Enter no vlan-profile to delete the profile. To create a basic VLAN profile supporting 802.
PAGE 1402
2 vnetwork vcenter discover vnetwork vcenter discover Explicitly starts the discovery process on the vCenter. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description vnetwork vcenter vcenter_name discover vcenter_name Name of a vCenter. None Privileged EXEC mode Use this command to explicitly start the discovery process on the specified vCenter. The discovery of virtual assets from the vCenter occurs during one of the following circumstances: • When a switch boots up.
PAGE 1403
vrf 2 vrf Creates and enters Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) configuration mode. Synopsis vrf name Operands name Defaults None Command Modes Description RBridge ID configuration mode Use this command to create and enter Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) configuration mode. Usage Guidelines None Examples None See Also Character string for the name of the VRF. The string can be up 24 characters long, but should not contain punctuation or special characters.
PAGE 1404
2 vrf-lite-capability (OSPF) vrf-lite-capability (OSPF) Disables the down-bit (DN bit) that is set when routes are redistributed from multiprotocol BGP (MP-BGP) to OSPF, Synopsis vrf-lite-capability no vrf-lite-capability Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples See Also 1366 OSPF VRF router configuration mode Use this command to disable the down-bit (DN bit) that is set when routes are redistributed from multiprotocol BGP (MP-BGP) to OSPF.
PAGE 1405
vrrp-extended-group 2 vrrp-extended-group Configures a virtual-router-extended group. Synopsis vrrp-extended-group group-ID no vrrp-extended-group group-ID Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines group-ID A user-assigned number from 1 through 128 that you assign to the virtual router group. None Virtual Ethernet (ve) interface configuration mode Use this command to identify a virtual-router-extended group and enter into the virtual router configuration mode.
PAGE 1406
2 vrrp-group vrrp-group Configures a virtual router group. Synopsis vrrp-group group-ID no vrrp-group group-ID Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Examples group-ID A value from 1 through 128 that you assign to the virtual router group. None Interface subtype configuration mode Use this command to identify a virtual router group and enters into the virtual router configuration mode. Enter no vrrp-group group-ID to remove a specific VRRP group.
PAGE 1407
zoning defined-configuration alias 2 zoning defined-configuration alias Creates or deletes a zone alias. Synopsis zoning defined-configuration alias aliasName member-entry member [; member] … no member-entry member no zoning defined-configuration alias aliasName Operands alias aliasName Specifies a zone alias. member-entry member Specifies the WWN of the device to be added to the zone alias.
PAGE 1408
2 zoning defined-configuration alias switch(config-alias-alias1)# member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01 To add two additional WWNs to the zone alias: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration alias alias1 switch(config-alias-alias1)# member-entry \ 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:02;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:03 To remove a WWN from a zone alias: switch(config)# zoning defined-configuration alias alias1 switch(config-alias-alias1)# no member-entry 10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01 To delete a zone alias from the defined config
PAGE 1409
zoning defined-configuration cfg 2 zoning defined-configuration cfg Creates a new zone configuration or adds a zone to an existing configuration. Synopsis zoning defined-configuration cfg cfgName member-zone zoneName[ ; zoneName]… no member-zone zoneName no zoning defined-configuration cfg cfgName Operands cfgName Specifies the name of the zone configuration. member-zone zoneName Specifies the name of a zone to be added to the configuration or removed from the configuration.
PAGE 1410
2 zoning defined-configuration cfg NOTE Zone aliases are not valid zone configuration members. Adding an alias to an existing zone configuration will not be blocked. However, the attempt to enable a zone configuration that contains aliases will fail with an appropriate error message.
PAGE 1411
zoning defined-configuration zone 2 zoning defined-configuration zone Creates a new zone or adds a member to an existing zone. Synopsis zoning defined-configuration zone zoneName member-entry member [; member] … no member-entry member no zoning defined-configuration zone zoneName Operands zone zoneName Specifies the name of the zone to be configured. member-entry member Specifies the name of the zone member to be added to the zone. The zone member can be specified by a WWN or a by a zone alias.
PAGE 1412
2 zoning defined-configuration zone The zoning defined-configuration zone command changes the defined configuration: • To save the configuration persistently, issue the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save command. CAUTION For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name command.
PAGE 1413
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear 2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear Clears all zone configurations in the defined configuration. Synopsis zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-clear Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Global configuration mode Use this command to clear all defined zone information. The enabled configuration is not affected. This command is supported only in Brocade VCS Fabric mode.
PAGE 1414
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save Saves the defined configuration to persist across reboots. Synopsis zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-save Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Global configuration mode Use this command to save the current zone configuration persistently.
PAGE 1415
zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort 2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort Aborts a current fabric-wide transaction. Synopsis zoning enabled-configuration cfg-action cfg-transaction-abort Operands None Defaults None Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines Global configuration mode Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it.
PAGE 1416
2 zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name Enables a zone configuration. Synopsis zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name cfgName no zoning enabled-configuration cfg-name Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines cfgName Specifies the configuration to be enabled. Zoning is not implemented and default zoning applies. Global configuration mode Use this command to enable a specific configuration.
PAGE 1417
zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access 2 zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access Sets the default zone access mode. Synopsis Operands Defaults Command Modes Description Usage Guidelines zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access {allaccess | noaccess} allaccess Sets the default zone access mode to “All Access”. Each device can access all other devices attached to the VCS Fabric. noaccess Sets the default zone access mode to “No Access”.
PAGE 1418
2 1380 zoning enabled-configuration default-zone-access Network OS Command Reference 53-1003115-01